Chapter 08

Probability Distribution

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

Following is the chapter map of this chapter.

Random Variable

Discrete Random Variable Continuous Random Variable

Probability Mass Function Probability Density Function

P(X) (p.m.f.) f(x) (p.d.f.)

Probability Distribution

Cumulative Distribution Function Cumulative Distribution Function

(c.d.f. of a discrete r.v.) (c.d.f. of a continuous r.v.)

Expected Value E(x) (Mean)

Variance Var(x)
Standard Deviation  of a discrete r.v.

Let us recall each of the above mentioned terms.

Random Variable :

A random variable is a function from the sample space S of an experiment to the set of real numbers denoted by
X : S → R. A random variable is usually denoted by capital letter X, Y. There are two types of random variables
(I) Discrete Random Variable (II) Continuous Random Variable

(I) Discrete Random Variable : A random variable X, which takes isolated values that are either finite or countably
infinite is called a discrete random variable.
(i) Probability Mass Function (p.m.f.) : If X is a discrete random variable defined on a sample space S with
{x1, x2, x3, ... ,xn} as its range set, then the function P which assigns a number pi = P[X = xi] for each value xi, is
called probability mass function such that
n
(a) pi ≥0 for i = 1, 2, 3, ... ,n (b) Σp i =1
i=1
08.2

(ii) Probability Distribution : If X is a discrete random variable on a sample space S with the range set {x1, x2, x3, ...xn}
and pi = P[X = xi] as its p.m.f., then the set of ordered pairs (xi, pi); i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n is called the probability
distribution of X. For convenience it is represented in tabular form.

(iii) Cumulative Distribution Function (c.d.f.) : If X is a discrete random variable with range set {x1, x2, x3, ..., xn}
and p1, p2, p3, ..., pn as their respective probabilities, then the cumulative distribution function of X at some fixed
value x, denoted by F(x) and it is defined as F(x) = P [X  x], x  range set of X.
In particular F(xi) = P[X  xi] = p1 + p2 + p3 + ... + pi , i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n
Note : Cumulative distribution function is well defined for all real values of x. But discrete random variables take
isolated values, it is constant for all values of x between two consecutive values of X. It has jump at the points xi,
i = 1, 2, 3, ...,n. Hence it is a step function.

(iv) Expected Value : If X is a discrete random variable taking values x1, x2, x3, ..., xn with probabilities p1, p2, p3, ..., pn
respectively, then the expected value E(x) of X is defined as
n n
Σ xipi
i=1 Σ xi pi
i=1
E( x) = Σn x p = = = mean
i i n
i=1 1 Σ pi
i=1

(v) Variance : If X is a discrete random variable taking values x1, x2, x3, ..., xn with probabilities p1, p2, p3, ..., pn
respectively, then its variance denoted by Var (X) is given by
n l n h2
Var(X) = Σ x p — 2 Σ xipi ı =E ( X 2 )—(E(X))2
i=1 i i
yi=1 ı

(vi) Standard deviation : A non-negative square root  of Var (X) is called the standard deviation of X.

Thus σ= Var (X) =

(II) Continuous Random Variable : A random variable X, which takes any real value in the given interval,
i.e. uncountably infinite values, is called a continuous random variable.

(i) Probability Density Function (p.d.f.) : If X is a continuous random variable, the function f(x) is called the
probability density function of X, if it satisfies

f ( x)  0, x R
(a) (b)
 f (x) dx =1
−

(ii) Cumulative Distribution Function (or Distribution Function) : If X is a continuous random variable with
probability density function f(x), then the cumulative distribution function of X, denoted by F(x) is defined for all
xi  R as
xi
F(xi) = P[X  xi] =
−
 f ( x ) dx
Probability Distribution - MCQs 08.3

Characteristics of cumulative distribution function :

The cumulative distribution function F(xi) for a continuous random variable X has following characteristics.

1. F(xi) = The area under the curve y =f(x) to the left of xi

2. F(x) increases smoothly with increase in value of x.
3. For X(a, b), F(X = x < a) = 0 and F(X = x > b) = 1
4. P[X > x ] = 1 – P [X  x ] = 1 – F(x )
0 0 0
5. P[c < X < d] = P[c  X  d] = P[c < X  d] = P[c  X < d] = F(d) – F(c)

Distinguish between discrete and continuous random variables :

Discrete Random Variable Continuous Random Variable

1. The values of discrete random variable are 1. The values of continuous random variable are generally
generally obtained by counting. obtained by measurement.
2. To study its basic property, simple mathematical 2. To study its basic property, one requires calculus methods
tools such as summation and difference are such as derivatives and integration.
sufficient.
3. As the name suggests, it jumps from one value to the 3. As the name suggests, it can take the immediate real value,
other, it cannot have any intermediate value. it does not jump.
These are isolated values on the real number line. These aren’t the isolated values on the real number line.
4. For Example : 4. For Example :
Number of earning members in a family. Height of a person in cm.
Number of days of rainfall. Weight of a person in kg.
Number of cars sold by different companies. Strike rate of a batsman in his career.
08.4

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK:

1. Which of the following are examples of discrete random variable?

(i) Number of stars in the sky (ii) Speed of a vehicle
(iii) Height of a student (iv) Number of vehicles sold
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iii) (c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (i) and (iv)

2. Which of the following are examples of a continuous random variable?

(i) Number of days of rainfall (ii) Weight of a student
(iii) Number of earning members of a family (iv) Temperature of a city
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iv) (c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (i) and (iii)

3. Sum of all the probabilities of a discrete random variable is

(a) 1
(b) 0
(c) any number between 0 and 1 excluding both 0 and 1
(d) any number between 0 and 1 including 0 and 1 both

4. The probability distribution of a discrete random variable X, is a set of

(a) the probabilities pi of xi  range set of X
(b) xi  range set of X
(c) all the ordered pairs (xi, pi), where xi range set of X and pi is its probability
(d) both (a) and (b)

5. X is a discrete random variable with its range set {xi / 1  i  n} and F(x) is its cumulative distribution function,
then F(x)
(a) is zero for all real values of x other than xi (b) is defined only for xi
(c) jump at xi (d) is a constant function

6. Expected value of a probability distribution is also considered to be its

(a) weighted median (b) variance (c) standard deviation (d) weighted average

7. Variance of a probability distribution

(a) is always positive (b) is always non-negative
(c) can be negative (d) can be non-positive irrational

8. If X is a discrete random variable, then Var (X) has

(a) the unit, square of that of X (b) the unit, square root of that of X
(c) the unit, same as that of X (d) no unit

9. If X is a discrete random variable, then its standard deviation  has

(a) the unit, same as that of X (b) the unit, square root of that of X
(c) the unit, square as that of X (d) no unit

10. If X is a continuous random variable having f(x) as its p.d.f., then

 
(a) f(x) > 0, 6 xR (b) f ( x ) dx = 1 (c) P(X = x) =  f ( x)dx (d) all of these
− −
Probability Distribution - MCQs 08.5

11. If X is a continuous random variable having f(x) as its p.d.f. and F(x) as its c.d.f., then
(a) F(x) is defined only for the values of X for which f(x)  
(b) F(x) = 0 for all real values of x other than values of X for which f(x) = 0
(c) For X(a, b); F(x) = 1 for x  a, xR
(d) P[X > a] = 1 – F(a) for X = a
12. According to the geometrical interpretation of the p.d.f. f(x)
(a) f(x < a) = Area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and the X-axis to the left of x = a
(b) f(x = b) = Area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and the X-axis to the left to x = b
(c) P(X  d) = Area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and the X-axis to the left of x = d
(d) P(c < X < d) = f(d) – f(c)
13. According to the geometrical interpretation of the c.d.f. F(x)
(a) F(x < a) = Area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and the X-axis to the left of x = a
(b) F(x = b) = Area bounded by the curve y = f(x) and the X-axis to the left or x = b
(c) P(c < X < d) = F(c) – F(d)
d

(d) P (x  d) =  F(x) dx
−
14. Which of the following is incorrect for the c.d.f. F(x)?
(a) If the range of continuous r.v. is (a, b), then F(x < a) = 1 and F(x > b) = 0
(b) F(x) increases smoothly with increase in value of x
(c) P[X  d] = F(d) = P [x < d]
(d) P[c < X < d] = P [c  X < d] = P [c  X  d] = P [c  X  d] = F(d) – F(c)
15. If the function P(X = x) = kx , x = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
=0 , otherwise
is a probability mass function (p.m.f.), then k =
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) 16 (d)
14 15 30
16. If k > 0 and the function
 4
P(X = x) = k  x  , x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
 
=0 , otherwise
is a p.m.f., then k =
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) 64 (d)
4 16 15

17. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is f(x) = kx2 (1 – x3) , 0x1

=0 , otherwise, then k =
1 1
(a) 6 (b) (c) (d) 3
6 3
18. If the probability distribution of a discrete r.v. X is
xi –3 –1 0 1 3
P(X = xi ) 2k k 3k 5k k ,

then P(X < 0) and P (X > –1) are respectively.

(a) 1 3 (b) 1 3 (c) 1 5 (d) 1 5
, , , ,
4 4 2 4 4 6 2 6
08.6

19. Adiscrete r.v. has probability distribution :

X = xi 1 2 3 4
P(X = xi ) 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.2 ,

then P(X = x is odd) and P(X = x is even) are respectively

(a) 0.4, 0.6 (b) 0.5, 0.5 (c) 0.6, 0.4 (d) 0.3, 0.7

20. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

1
f (x) = , – 1 x  3
4
=0 , otherwise,
then P (X > 0) =
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.50 (c) 0.75 (d) 1

21. If a continuous r.v. X has probability density function (p.d.f.)

f (x) = ax , 0  x 1
=a , 1  x 2
= 3a −ax , 2  x 3
=0 , otherwise
then a =
1 1
(a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 2
3 2

22. Probability distribution of a discrete r.v. X is

X=x 0 1 2 3 4
P(X = x) k 2k 4k 2k k
If a = P (X  2) and b = P (X < 3), then

(a) a – b + 1 = 0 (b) a + b – 1 = 0 (c) a = b (d) 7a = 2b

23. P.d.f. of a discrete r.v. is

P(x) = 6x (1 – x) , 0x1
=0 , otherwise.
If P (X < a) = P (X > a), then
1 a2 a3 1
(a) 2a + 2a – 1 = 0
2
(b) a = 3 2
(c) 4a + 6a + 1 = 0 (d) − =
2 2 3 2

24. A fair coin is tossed 3 times. If a person receives ` X2 when he gets X heads in all, then his expected gain is
(a) ` 1 (b) ` 5 (c) ` 2.25 (d) ` 3

25. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

1
f ( x) = , 1<x<
x2
=0 , otherwise,
then the c.d.f. of X is F(x) =
1 1 1 1
(a) −1 (b) 1 − (c) 1 + (d) x −
x x x x
Probability Distribution - MCQs 08.7

26. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

f(x) = 3 (1 –2x2) , 0<x<1
=0 , otherwise

then, P  1  X  1  =
4 3 

216 179 179 179
(a) (b) (c) (d)
846 846 216 864

27. A die is tossed. If a prime number occurs, players Aloses that number of rupees and if a non-prime number occurs,
A wins that number of rupees. Then expected value of game to player Ais :
1 1 2 2
(a) − (b) (c) (d)
6 6 3 5

28. If the p.m.f. of a discrete r.v. X is

2x
P ( x )= , x = 1, 2, ..., n
n ( n +1)
=0 , otherwise,
then E(X) =
2n 1 n 1 3n 1 2n 1
(a) + (b) + (c) + (d) +
3 6 3 6 2 6 3 3

29. A r.v. X assumes values 1, 2, 3, ..., n with equal probabilities if E(x2) : E(x) is equal to 17 : 1, then value of n is
(a) 25 (b) 42 (c) 26 (d) 51

30. The probability of a r.v. X is given below

X=x –2 3 1
1 1 1
P(X = x)
3 2 6
Its standard deviation is
(a) 5 (b) 7 (c) 7 (d) 5

HOMEWORK:

31. Which of the following are the examples of discrete random variable?
(i) Number of unemployed youths in a town having population of 1 lakh.
(ii) Number of families of a town using four wheelers.
(iii) Speed of four wheelers running on a particular highway.
(iv) Life span of a component of an electronic gadget.
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (iii) and (iv) (c) (i) and (iii) (d) (ii) and (iv)

32. Which of the following are the examples of a continuous random variable?
(i) Total rainfall in a city for a particular month.
(ii) Number of students weighing more than average weight of a student.
(iii) Income of a family member.
(iv) Number of cities having temperature same as that on the same day of the previous year.
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (ii) and (iv) (c) (i) and (iii) (d) (iii) and (iv)
08.8

33. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

3+ 2x
f ( x) = 2x4
18 ,
=0 , otherwise, then F(3) equals
5 4 F(4) + F(2)
(a) (b) (c) F(4) – F(2) (d)
9 9 2

34. If the p.d.f. of continuous r.v. X is

f(x) = k. e– x , 0  x <  ( > 0)
=0 , otherwise ,
then k =

(a) 1 (b) (c)  (d) e– 
2

35. If p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

f(x) = a . e–ax , x  0, a > 0
=0 , otherwise.
If P(0 < X < k) = 0.5, then k =
1 1 1 1
(a) log a (b) log 2 (c) log   (d) 2 log  
2 a 2 a 
36. If the probability distribution of a discrete r.v. X is
X=x –2 –1 0 1 2 3
P(X = x) 0.1 k 0.2 2k 0.3 k ,

then P(X = –1) =

1 2 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10 10 10 100

37. A discrete r.v. X takes values 0, 1, 2, 3 and its mean is 1.3.

If P(X = 3) = 2  P(X = 1) and P (X = 2) = 0.3, then P (X = 0) =
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.56 (c) 0.3 (d) 0.4

38. Let the r.v. X denote the sum of the scores obtained when two dice are thrown. Then the expected value of X is :
225 7
(a) 7 (b) 42 (c) (d)
36 36
39. The p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is
k
f ( x) = , 0 < x <4
x
=0 , otherwise , then P (X  1) =
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.75 (c) 0.4 (d) 0.5

4x3
40. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is f ( x ) = , 1<x<2
15
=0 , otherwise,
then c.d.f. of X is
x4 + 1 x4 − 1
(c) x + 1
4
x4 − 1
(a) (b) (d)
60 60 15 15
Probability Distribution - MCQs 08.9

41. In the p.m.f. of a random variable X, three missing entries are in the ratio 1 : 2 : 3.
X=x 1 2 3 4 5

P(X = x) – – –

Then E (X) =
(a) 36 (b) 0.36 (c) 3.6 (d) 14.6

For the p.m.f. P(x) = k   ,

6
42. x = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, (k > 0)
 x
 
=0 , otherwise.
The value of k is
2 1 6 8
(a) (b) (c) (d)
128 128 128 128

43. For the following probability distribution of X

X=x 0 1 2
P(X = x) 0.45 0.05 0.5
The variance of X is
(a) 3.1525 (b) 1.0 (c) 2.05 (d) 0.9475

44. The p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

x3 , 0<x<2
f ( x) =
4
= 0 , otherwise, then P(X < 1) is
15 4 11 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
16 16 16 16

45. The following is the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X

f(x) = k (x2 – 2) , –1<x<2, (k > 0)
=0 , otherwise.
Then the value of k is
1 1 2 2
(a) − (b) (c) (d) −
3 3 3 3

46. The probability distribution of a discrete r.v. X is given below .

(X = x) –1 0 3
5 2 2
P (X = x)
9 9 9
Its standard deviation is
206 206 206 206
(a) (b) 9 (c) (d) 3
81 9
08.10

The p.d.f of a continuous r.v. X is f ( x ) =

13x
47. −3, –1 < x < 3
4
=0 , otherwise ,
then P(x > 4) is
(a) 1 13
0 (b) (c) (d) 1
2 16

48. For the following probability distribution

X=x 1 0 4
1 3 1
P(X = x)
2 8 8
Vax (X) =
1 3
(a) 3 (b) (c) 0 (d)
2 2 2

49. A fair coin is tossed 3 times. Aperson gets ` 2X, if he gets X number of heads. Then his expected gain is
(a) ` 1 (b) ` 2 (c) ` 3 (d) ` 4

50. The probability distribution of a discrete r.v. X is given below.

X=x 0 2 4 6
1 3 3 1
P(X = x)
8 8 8 8
Then the standard deviation of X is
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 3

51. The probability that there is at least one error in a typing statement prepared byA is 0.4 and for B and C they are 0.3
and 0.5 respectively. A, B, C prepared 10, 20 and 30 statements respectively. Then the expected number of correct
statements is :
(a) 30 (b) 25 (c) 35 (d) 37

52. A player tosses three unbiased coins. He wins ` 10 if 3 heads appear, ` 5 if 2 heads appear ` 1 if 1 head appears.
He loses ` 20 if 3 tails occur. Then his expected gain is
(a) ` 1 (b) ` 2 (c) ` 3 (d) ` 4

53. If the p.d.f. of a continuous r.v. X is

f(x) = 3 (1 – 2x2) , 0<x<1
=0 , otherwise
then the c.d.f. of X is F(x) =
2x3
(a) 2x – 3x 2
(b) 3x – 4x 3
(c) 3x – 2x 3
(d) 3x −
3
(k +1) a
54. If the range of a random variable X is {0, 1, 2, 3} with P (x = k) = for k  0, then a =
3k
27 58 9 81
(a) (b) (c) (d)
58 27 16 112
Probability Distribution - MCQs 08.11

55. A discrete random variable X has its range {0, 1, 2, 3} and the probabilities are given by :
P(X = 0) = 2k4, P(x = 1) = 3k2 – 5k3, P(x = 2) = 2k – 3k2, P(X = 3) = 3k –1, then k =
1
(a) ± 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) all of these
2

56. A box contain 10 tickets. 2 of the tickets carry a price of ` 8 each, 5 of the tickets carry a price of ` 4 each and
3 of the tickets carry a price of ` 2 each. If one ticket is drawn at random, then what is the mean value of the price?
(a) ` 3.40 (b) ` 2.80 (c) ` 3.10 (d) ` 4.20

57. The c.d.f. for a discrete random variable

(a) is constant for all X = xi
(b) is zero for all X , xi < X < xi+1, i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n
(c) does not exist for all X, xi < X < xi+1, i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n
(d) behaves like a step function and jumps for all X = xi, i = 1, 2, 3, ..., n

58. A discrete r.v. X assumes values 1, 2, 3, ... , n with equal probabilities, then what will be n, if Var (X) = E(X) ?
(a) –1 (b) 7 (c) –5 (d) 11

59. If X is a discrete random variable with the distribution

X=x 0 1 2 3
P(X = x) k 3k 3k k ,
then k and variance are respectively
1 3 1 24 1 3 1 3
(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
8 2 10 25 10 2 8 4

60. A discrete random variable X has the following distribution

X = xi 0 1 2 3
P(X = xi) k 2k 3k 4k ,
then
1 6
(a) k = , P(x < 3) = 1 (b) Var (X) = 2 , P (x < 3) =
10 10
1
(c) E(x) = 5, Var (x) = 1 (d) k = , Var (x) = 1
10

61. The probability distribution of a discrete random variable X is given by

X –1 0 1 2

1 1 1 1
P(X)
3 6 6 3
Then the value of 6 E (X2) – Var (X) is
12 113 19 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
113 12 12 2
08.12

62. If a discrete random variable X has the distribution

X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
P(X) 0 p 2p 2p 3p p2 2p2 7p2 + p ,
then
1
(a) p = (b) E(X) = 36.6 (c) p = –1 (d) E(X) = 3.66
100

63. If the p.m.f. of a discrete r.v. X is

2x
P ( x )= , x = 1, 2, 3, ... ,n
n ( n +1)
=0 , otherwise,
then Var (X) =

(a) ( n + 2 )( n −1) (b) (n − 2)(n +1) (c) (n + 2)(n −1) (d) (n − 2)(n +1)
18 18 6 6

RESPONSE SHEET

Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63
Response
 Chapter 06

Applications of Definite Integral

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

y
Area under curve : B
A
(i) Let y = f(x) be a real valued function defined on [a, b].
Then the area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the X-axis
and the ordinates x = a and x = b is given by
b b x C x
O D
A =  y dx =  f (x) dx x=a x=b
a a y

(ii) The area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the X-axis y x=a x=b
[area lies below the X-axis], the ordinates x = a and D C x
x
O
x = b, is negative. The area is given by
b b

A=  y dx
a
=  f (x) dx
a
B
A

(iii) The area bounded by the curve x = f(y), the Y-axis and the
y=d D B
abscissae y = c and y = d is given by
b x=f(y)
A =  f ( y) dy
c
y=c C A

x x
O
y
y
(iv) Consider curve that lies above as well as below the X-axis.
Area A1 > 0 and are A2 < 0
x=b
Then the total area of the region is given by A1
x t x
A = A1 + |A2| O
A1 x=a A2
t b

where A1 =  f (x) dx and A = f (x) dx

a
2  t

y
 06.2

(v) Area between two curves : Let y = f(x) and y = g(x) be two functions such that
0  g( x)  f (x) for a  x  b y
Required area is ABCD
y = f(x)
= area ABFE − Area DFEC A B
b b

=  f (x) dx −  g ( x)
a a
dx y = g(x)
C D
b
x
 f ( x) − g(x) dx
x O E F
=
a x=a x=b
y

It may be observed in figure that the curve y = f(x) lies above the curve y = g(x),
justifying g (x)  f ( x) for a  x  b .

Important results:

2 2 2 ( − 2)a2
(i) The area bounded the circle x + y = a and the line x + y = a is sq.units.
4
2
8a2
(ii) The area bounded by the parabola y = 4ax and its latus rectum is sq. units.
3
(iii) The area bounded by the rectangular hyperbola x2 − y2 = c2, the X-axis and its latra recta is
2c2[ 2 − log( 2 +1)] sq.units.,
(iv) The area bounded by the ellipse bx2 + ay2 = a2b2 is ab sq. units.
x2 y2 x y
The area bounded by the ellipse + = 1 and chord AB (the line + = 1)
(v) a2 2
a b
b
where A  (a, 0) and B  (0, b) is ab( − 2) sq. units.
4
8a2
2
(vi) The area of the region bounded by the parabola y = 4ax and the line y = mx is sq. units.
3m3
8b2
(vii) The area of the region bounded by the parabola x2 = 4by and the line x = my is sq. units.
3m3
16ab
(viii) The area of the region bounded by the parabola y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4by is sq. units.
3
(ix) The area bounded by the curve xy = c, X-axis and the ordinates x = c, x = 2c is c2 log2 sq.units.
(x) The area bounded by the line y = mx + c, X-axis and the ordinates x = a, x = b is
m(b2 − a2 )
+ c(a − b) sq. units.
2 m(b2 − a2 )
The area bounded by the line y = mx, X-axis and the ordinates x = a, x = b is sq. units.
(xi) 2

(xii) The area bounded by the curve y = sinx and X-axis, from x = 0 to x = is 1 sq. unit.
2

(xiii) The area bounded by the curve y = cosx and X-axis, from x = 0 to x = is 1 sq. unit.
2
Applications of Definite Integral - MCQs 06.3

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK:

1. Area enclosed between the curve y2 = 2x and x − y = 4 is

(a) 16 sq. units (b) 9 sq. units (c) 18 sq. units (d) 36 sq. units

2. The area of the region bounded by x = y2 – y and Y- axis is

3 5 2 1
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
2 3 3 6

3. Area enclosed between curve y = x3 and y = 4x on the positive side of the X-axis is
(a) 4 sq. units (b) 6 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 2 sq. units

4. Area bounded by x =1, x = 2, xy = 1 and X-axis is

1
(a) (log 2) sq. units (b) 2 sq. units (c) 1 sq. unit (d) sq. units
4

5. Area under the curve y = 2x + x2 above X-axis and x = 1 and x = 3 is

25 25 50 50
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 4 3 4

6. Area under the curve y = sinx, from x = 0 to x =  is

(a) 1 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 3 sq. units (d) 2 sq. units

7. Area enclosed between the two parabolas y2 = x and x2 = y is

1 1
(a) sq. units (b) 3 sq. units (c) sq. units (d) 1 sq. unit
4 3

8. The area bounded by the line 2y = x – 2, X-axis, the ordinates x = − 4 and x = −1 is

3 9 27 81
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
4 4 4 4

9. The area of the region bounded by the parabola y2 = 16x and its latus rectum is
16 32 128 64
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3

10. The area bounded by the curve y = x3, X-axis, the ordinates x = 1 and x = 3 is
(a) 5 sq. units (b) 10 sq. units (c) 20 sq. units (d) 40 sq. units

The area bounded by the curve y = 2 1− x , X-axis, the ordinates x = 0 and x = 1 is

2
11.
 3 
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c)  sq. units (d) sq. units
2 2 4
 06.4

12. The area bounded by the curve y = sinx, X-axis, the ordinates x = 0 and x = 2, is
(a) 2 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 1 sq. unit

13. The area of the smaller region bounded by the ellipse 4x2 + 9y2 = 36 and the line 2x +3y = 6 is
3 3 3 3
(a) (b) 2 (−2) sq. units (c)
2
(−1) sq. units
4
(−1) sq. units (d) 4 (−4) sq. units

14. The area bounded by the curve y = 2 cosx, X-axis from x = 0 to x = 2  is

(a) 2 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 16 sq. units

15. The area of the region bounded by x2 = 4y, y = 2, y = 4 and the Y-axis in the first quadrant, is
(a) 32 − 8 2 32 + 8 2 32 32 − 2
sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3

16. The area bounded by the parabola y = 4x – x2 – 3 and X-axis is

2 4 8 16
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3

17. The area enclosed by the circle x2 + y2 = 16 and the lines x = 0, x = 2 is

2  4 
(a)  2 + sq. units (b)  + sq. units
 3 3  4 3 3 
   
4  8 
(c)  2 + sq. units (d)  4 + sq. units
3 3   3 3 
   

18. The area of the region bounded by the curves y = x2 + 2, y = x, x = 0 and x = 3, is

(a) 8.5 sq. units (b) 9.5 sq. units (c) 10.5 sq. units (d) 11.5 sq. units

19. The area bounded by y = logx, X− axis, ordinates x = 1 and x = 2, is

1 2 4
(log 2)2 sq. units (b) log sq. units (c) log sq. units (d) log 4 sq. units
(a)
2 e e

20. The area bounded by the straight lines x = 0, x = 2 and the curves y = 2x, y = 2x – x2, is
4 1   3 4
− sq. units (b) − sq. units
(a)    log 2 3 
 3 log 2   
 4   3 4
(c)  −1 sq. units −
log 2 
(d) 
log 2 3 
sq. units
   

21. The area bounded by the curve x3 = ay, X-axis and the line x = a, is
a3 a a2 a4
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
4 3 4 3
 
Area bounded by the curve y = tan x between x = − and x =
2 , is
22.
4 4
  
(a) 2 sq. units (b) (2 − ) sq. units (c) (1 − ) sq. units (d) (2 + ) sq. units
2 4 4
Applications of Definite Integral - MCQs 06.5

23. Area bounded by the parabola y2 = 2x, x = 0, the ordinates y = 1 and y =4, is
65 65 21
(a) 21 sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 6 2

24. Area bounded by the parabola y = 4x2 , Y-axis, the lines y = 1 and y = 4, is
3 5 7 3
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
7 3 3 5

25. Area enclosed by the parabola ay = 3(a2 − x2 ) and X-axis is

2 2 sq. units 2
2a2 sq. units
(a) 4a sq. units (b) 6a (c) 8a sq. units (d)
3
26. Area bounded by the curve y = x3, X -axis, the ordinates x = 1and x = 4, is
255
(a) 16 sq. units (b) 27 sq. units (c) 227 sq. units (d) sq. units
5 4

27. Area included between the two curves y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4ay, is
19 2 sq. units 4 2
(a) a (b) a sq. units (c) 17 a2 sq. units (d) 16 a2 sq. units
3 3 3 3

28. The area bounded by the curve y = f ( x ) , X-axis and ordinates x = 1 and x = b is equal to

(b −1)sin (3b + 4), then f ( x) is

(a) 3( x −1)cos(3x + 4) + sin (3x + 4) (b) (b −1)sin (3x + 4) + 3cos(3x + 4)
(c) (b −1)cos(3x + 4) + 3sin (3x + 4) (d) (x −1) sin (3x + 4)

29. Area bounded by the parabola y2 = x and straight line 2 y = x , is

4
(a) sq. units (b) 3 sq. units (c) 2 sq. units (d) 3 sq. units
3 4 3 2

30. Area bounded by the curve y = sin−1 x , X-axis and ordinates x = 1 and x = 2 , is
   1
(a)  sq. units (b)   −1  sq. units (c)  + 1  sq. units (d)

−

sq. units
2 2 2 4 2
     

HOMEWORK:

31. Area bounded by the lines y = x, x = −1, x = 2 and X-axis, is

5 3 1 2
(a) sq.units (b) sq.units (c) sq.units (d) sq.units
2 2 2 5

32. Area between the curve y = cos x and X-axis, when 0  x   , is

(a) 2 sq.units (b) 4 sq.units (c) 0 sq.units (d) 3 sq.units
 06.6

33. Area bounded by the curve xy = c, X-axis between x = 1 and x = 4, is

(a) c log 3 sq.units (b) 2 log c sq.units (c) 2c log 2 sq.units (d) 2c log 5 sq.units


34. Area under curve y = sin 2x + cos 2x between x = 0 and x = , is
4
1 1
(a) 2 sq.units (b) 1 sq.units (c) sq.units (d) sq.units
2 4

35. Area under curve y = 3x + 4 between x = 0 and x = 4, is

56 64 112 112
(a) sq.units (b) sq.units (c)sq.units (d) sq.units
9 9 3 9
x y
x2 y2 +
36. Area of the region bounded by + = 1 and the line =1, is
9 4 3 2
5 3 2
(a) 9( − 2) sq. units (b) ( − 2) sq. units (c) ( − 2) sq. units (d) ( − 2) sq. units
4 2 3

37. The are enclosed between the parabolas y2 = 16x and x2 = 16y is
16 96 25 256
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3

38. Area enclosed between curve y = ax and y = ax2 is

a 5a a a
(a) sq. units
2 sq. units (b) 6 sq. units (c) 6 sq. units (d) 3

39. Area under the curve y2 = 4x from x = 0 to x = 2 is

(a) 8 2 16 2 16 3 8 3
sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 2 2

40. Area under the curve y = logx, the X-axis and the ordinates at x =1 to x = e is
(a) 2 sq. units (b) e sq. units (c) 1 sq. unit (d) 3 sq. units

41. The area bounded by the line y = x, X-axis and the ordinates x =1, x = 2, is
5 3 1 2
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. unit (d) sq. unit
2 2 3 3

42. The area bounded by the curve y = x2, X-axis and the ordinate x = 2, is
16 8 64 32
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3
4
43. The area bounded by the curve y = , X-axis and the ordinates x =1, x = 3, is
x2
1 2 4 8
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3
Applications of Definite Integral - MCQs 06.7

44. The area bounded by the curve y2(x2 + 6x − 55) =1, X –axis and the ordinates x = 7, x = 14 is
(a) log 2 sq. units (b) 2 log 2 sq. units (c) 3 log 2 sq. units (d) 4 log 2 sq. units

 
45. Area bounded by the curve y = sinx and the lines y = 0, x = and x = − is
2 2
(a) 2 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 16 sq. units

46. The area of the triangular region bounded by the lines 2y = x, y = 2x and x = 4 is
(a) 3 sq. units (b) 6 sq. units (c) 12 sq. units (d) 24 sq. units

47. The area of the region bounded by y2 = 4x, x =0, x = 4 and the X-axis in the first quadrant is
64 32
(a) 16 sq. units (b) 32 sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3

48. The area bounded by the curve y = cos 3x, 0  x  is
6
1 2 1
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) 1 sq. unit
3 3 6
49. The area bounded by the parabola y = 4 – x2, X – axis and the lines x = 0, x = 2 is
16 8 4 2
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3 3

50. The area of the region bounded by the curve y2 = 16x and lines x = 4, x = 1 above the X-axis is
36 47 56 112
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
5 3 3 3

51. Area of the region bounded by the curve y2 = 4x, Y-axis and the line y = 3 is
9
(a) 2 sq. units (b) sq. units (c) 6 3 sq. units (d) 4 3 sq. units
4

52. The area bounded by the loop of the curve y2 = x2 (1 – x) is

2 4 16 8
(a) sq. units (b) sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
15 15 15 15
3
53. If the area above the X-axis, bounded by the curves y = 2kx and x = 0 and x = 2 is sq. units, then the
log 2
value of k is
1
(a) (b) 1 (c) −1 (d) 2
2

54. The area bounded by the parabola y2 = 4ax and two ordinates x = 4, x = 9 is
152 a
(c) 4a (9 − 4) sq. units
2
(a) 4a2 sq. units (b) 4a2 .4 sq. units (d) sq. units
3

55. Area under curve y = x2 − 4x , is

16 16 4 32
(a) sq. units (b) −
3 sq. units (c) sq. units (d) sq. units
3 3 3
 06.8

56. Area bounded by the curve xy − 3x − 2 y −10 = 0 , X-axis and the lines x = 3, x = 4 is
(a) 16 log 2−13 sq. units (b) 16 log 2 − 3 sq. units
(c) 16 log 2+3 sq. units (d) 16 log 2 +3 sq. units

2
57. If the area bounded by the curves y2 = 4ax and y = mx is a sq. units, then the value of m is
3
1
2 (b) −2 (c) (d) 2 2
(a) 2

58. Area bounded by the lines y = 2 + x, y = 2 − x and x = 2 is

(a) 3 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 8 sq. units (d) 16 sq. units

59. For 0  x  , the area bounded by y = x and y = x + sin x, is

(a) 2 sq. units (b) 4 sq. units (c) 2 sq. units (d) 4 sq. units
  
60. The area of the region bounded by the X -axis and the curves defined by y = tan x, −  x  is
 3 3 
 
(a) log 2 sq. units (b) −log 2 sq. units (c) 2 log 2 sq. units (d) 0 sq. units

61. If a curve y = a x + bx passes through the point (1, 2) and the area bounded by the curve, line x = 4 and
X-axis is 8 sq. units, then
(a) a = 3, b = −1 (b) a = 3, b = 1 (c) a = −3, b = 1 (d) a = −3, b = −1

62. The area bounded by the X-axis, the curve y = f ( x) and the lines x = 1, x = b is equal to b2 +1 − 2 for all
b  1, then f ( x) is
x
(a) x −1 (b) x +1 (c) x2 +1 (d)
1+ x2

x = 0, x =
63. The ratios of the areas bounded by the curves y = cos x and y = cos 2x between and X-axis, is
3
(a) :1 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 1

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63
Response
 Chapter 04

Integration

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

Introduction:

The name integral calculus has its origin in the process of summation because the word “to integrate” mean “to find the
sum of ” .

Derivative, Primitive and Integration:

d
We have read in differential calculus that if f (x) = F (x) , then F(x) is known as the derivative of f(x) and f(x) is
dx
called a primitive or an integral of F(x). The process of finding the primitive is called Integration.

From the definition it follows that

d
 f (x) + c = F (x)   F (x) dx = f (x) + c
dx

FORMULAE

xn+1 n ( px + q)n+1
1. (a)  xndx = n +1 + c (n  −1) (b)  ( px + q) dx = p(n +1)
+ c (n  −1)

1 1
1 dx =
2. (a)  x dx = log x + c (b)  px + q p
log px + q + c

1
cos( px + q) dx = sin( px + q) + c
3. (a)  cos x dx = sin x + c (b)  p

1
sin( px + q) dx = − cos( px + q) + c
4. (a)  sin x dx = − cos x + c (b)  p

1
sec2 ( px + q) dx = tan( px + q) + c
5. (a)  sec 2
x dx = tan x + c (b)  p

1
 cosec ( px + q) dx = − cot( px + q) + c
2
6. (a)  cosec2 x dx = − cot x + c (b)
p

1
sec( px + q) tan( px + q) dx = sec( px + q) + c
7. (a) sec x tan x dx = sec x + c (b)  p

1
cosec( px + q) cot( px + q) dx = − cosec( px + q) + c
8. (a)
 cosec x cot x dx = −cosec x + c (b)  p
 04.2

px+q 1 px+q
e dx = +c
x

 e dx = e + c e
x
9. (a) (b)
p
x ax px+q 1 a px+q
10. (a)  a dx = +c
log a
+c (b) a dx =
p log a

f '( x) f '(x)
11.  f (x)
dx = log f ( x) + c 12.  f (x)
dx = 2 f (x) + c

 f ( x)n+1
 f (x) + c (n  −1)  tan x dx = log sec x + c = −log cos x + c
n
13. f '( x) dx = 14.
n +1
π x
15. cot x dx = log sin x + c 16. sec x dx = log sec x + tan x + c = log tan + +c
   
4 2
 x
17. cosec x dx = log cosec x − cot x + c = log tan +c
  
2
1 1 x
dx = tan−1 +c 1 1 x−a
18.
 x2 + a2 a
 
19.
 x2 − a2
dx = log +c
a  2a x+a

20. 1
dx =
1
log
a+ x
+c
21.  1
dx = log x + +c
 a2 − x2 2a a−x x2 + a2
x +a
2 2

x
dx = sin−1 +c
22.  1
x −a
2 2
dx = log x + x2 − a2 + c 23.  1
a2 − x2
a
 
 du 
24.  uv dx = u v dx −   v dx dx 25. ex  f (x) + f '(x)dx = ex f (x) + c
dx  
x 2 2 a2
x +a +
26.  x + a dx = 2
2 2
2 log x + x2 + a2 + c

2
x2 − a2 dx = x x2 − a2 − a log x + x2 − a2 + c
27.  2 2

x 2 2 a2 x
28.  a − x dx =
2
a − x + sin −1   + c
2
2 2 a

1 n −1
29.  sinn x dx = − n sinn−1 x cos x + n sinn−2 x dx

1 n −1
30.  cosn x dx = n cosn−1 x sin x + n 
cosn−2 x dx
Integration - MCQs 04.3

Types of Integrals :
ax + b
Type I : Integral of the form ∫ cx + d dx

Method : Direct Division

ax2 + bx + c
Type II : Integral of the form ∫ dx
px + q
Method : Direct Division
aex + b
Type III : Integral of the form ∫ dx
ce x + d
d
Method : Express Numerator = A(Denominator) + B (Denominator)
dx
a sin x + b cos x
Type IV : Integral of the form ∫ dx
c sin x + d cos x

d
Method : Express Numerator = A(Denominator) + B (Denominator)
dx

1
Type V : Integral of the form  dx
a sin x + b cos x

Method : ➢ Divide the numerator and denominator by

➢ Express the coefficient of sinx and cosx as cos  and sin  respectively and then apply the formula
cosec( x + θ) dx
for ∫
Integral of the form ∫
1
Type VI : dx
ax + bx + c
2

Method : Express the quadratic equation as a sum or difference of squares and hence evaluate by using any one of
formulae 18, 19 or 20 as applicable.

px + q
Type VII : Integral of the form ∫ dx
ax + bx + c
2

d
Method : Express px + q = A (ax2 + bx + c) + B
dx

Integral of the form ∫

P( x)
Type VIII : dx where P(x) is a polynomial in x of degree ≥ 2
ax + bx + c
2

Method : Direct division

1 1
Integral of the form ∫ ∫
dx dx
Type IX : or
a sin x + b cos x + c
2 2
a sin x + b cos x + c sin x cos x
2 2

Method : ➢ Divide the numerator and denominator by cos2 x .

➢ Write 'sec2 x ' in the denominator (if any) as '1 + tan2 x ' .
➢ Put tan x = t
 04.4

ax + b
Type X : Integral of the form ∫ cx + d
dx

Method : Express ax + b = A(cx + d ) + B

1
Type XI : Integral of the form ∫ dx
(ax + b) cx + d
Method : Put cx + d = t
Type XII : Integral of the form

dx or ∫ ∫
1 1 1
∫a sin x + b cos x + c a sin x + b
dx or
a cos x + b
dx

x 2t 1− t 2
Method : Put tan = t . Also, sin x = and cos x =
2 1+ t 2 1+ t2

: Integral of the form ∫

1
Type XIII dx

Method : Express the quadratic equation as a sum or difference of squares and hence evaluate by using any
one of formulae 21, 22 or 23 as applicable.
px + q
Type XIV : Integral of the form ∫ dx

d
Method : Express px + q = A (ax2 + bx + c) + B
dx

Type XV : Integral of the form ∫ dx

Method : Multiply and divide by ∫ px + q . The integral is then converted to type XIV.
1
Type XVI : Integral of the form  dx
( px + q) ax2 + bx + c
1
Method : Put px + q =
t

Type XVII : Integral of the form  ax2 + bx + c dx

Method : Completing the squares and then applying any one of formulae 26, 27, 28 as applicable.

Type XVIII : Integral of the form  ( px + q) ax2 + bx + c dx

d
Method : Express px + q = A  (ax2 + bx + c) + B
dx
Type XIX : uv dx = u v dx −  du 
    dx  v dx  dx
 
: uv → can be selected in order LIATE
Type XX :  ex  f (x) + f ( x) dx = ex f (x) + c

Note : Result is also true if x is replace by kx i.e.  ekx  f (kx) + f (kx) dx = ekx f (kx) + c
Integration - MCQs 04.5

eax
Type XXI : (a)  e ax sin bx dx = (a sin bx − b cos bx) + c
a 2 + b2
e ax
(b)  e ax cos bx dx = (a cos bx + b sin bx) + c
a 2 + b2
P(x)
Type XXII : Partial Fractions : To evaluate  Q(x) dx deg P(x)  deg Q(x)
Case (i) : Factors of Q(x) are Linear and non-repeated.
Let Q(x) = (x − a ) (x − a ) (x − a ) ... (x−a ) (a  R) then
1 2 3 n i
A A
P( x)
=
A1
+
2
+..... + n

Q(x) x − a1 x − a2 x − an
where A1, A2....An are constant and can be determined by equating the numerator on
R.H.S. to numerator on L.H.S. and then substituting x = a , a ..... a
1 2 n

Case (ii) : Repeated linear factors in Q(x)

Let Q(x) = (x − a)k ( x − a ) (x − a ) .....(x − a ) then
1 2 n
A A B1 + ... + Br
P( x) A1 2
+ ... + k

Q( x) = ( x − a) + (x − a)2 ( x − a)k + ( x − a ) (x − a )
1 r

P(x) A1 Bx + c
Case (iii) : = + 2
(Px + q)(ax + bx + c) ( px + q) ax + bx + c
2

(where ax2 + bx + c is not further factorisable)

P2 (x)
Note : If degree P(x)  Q( x) then divide P(x) by Q(x) and write in form P (x) + where deg P (x) < deg Q(x)
1 2
Q(x)
Type XXIII: Powers of trigonometric functions (Positive integral power).
1. Odd power of sinx / cosx

 sin2n+1 x dx =  sin2n x sin x dx =  (1 − cos2 x)n sin x dx

Put cosx = t.
Similarly for odd power of cosx put sinx = t
2. 1− cos 2x
Even power of sinx use sin2 x =
2
1+ cos 2x
Even power of cosx use cos x =
2

2
3. Reduction formulae :
m n sinm−1 x cosn+1 x m −1 m−2 n

(a) sin x cos x dx = −

m+n
+
m+n 
sin x cos x dx

Note : If m is odd put cosx = t

If n is odd put sinx = t
{ If m + n is even negative integer} Put tanx = t
tann−1 x
(b) (i) In =  tan x dx =
n I
n −1 n−2
sec n−2 x tan x n − 2
(ii) I =  secn x dx = + In−2
n
n −1 n −1
Similarly  cot n x dx and  cosecn x dx can be obtained.
 04.6

xneax − n In−1
(c) I
n
=  xneaxdx =
a a
xm+1 (log x)n n
(d) Im,n =  xm (log x)n dx =
m +1
− I
m +1 m,n−1
xn cos mx n n−1 n(n −1)
− + −
x
n
(e) Im,n = sin mx dx = x sin mx In−2
m m2 m2
xn sin mx n n−1 n(n −1)
+ −
x cos mx
n
(f) Im,n = cos mx dx = x In−2
m m2 m2
eax sinn−1 x(a sin x − n cos x) + n(n −1) I
(g) I =  eax sin n x dx = 2 2
2
n−2
2
n
a +n a +n
(h) In =  xnexdx = x n e x − nI n−1

Quickers and substitutions:

1
(i)  1− sin x dx = tanx + secx + c

1
(ii)  1+ sin x dx = tanx − secx + c

1 x
(iii)  1 + cos x dx = tan
2
+c

1 cot x
(iv)  1 − cos x dx = −
2
+c

aex + b b ad − bc x
(v)  cex + d dx =
d
x+
cd
log ce + d + c

aex − b
(vi)  aex dx = 2 log | aex + b | − x + c
+b
1
x + tan−1 (b / a )
1
(vii)  a sin x + b cos x dx =
a2 + b2
tan
2
+c

a sin x + b cos x ac + bd bc − ad
(viii)  c sin x + d cos x dx =
c +d
2 2
+ 2
c +d2
log | c sin x + d cos x | +c

(ix)  uv dx = uv1 − v2u1 + u2v3 − u3v4 + ....

where u i→ ith derivative of u
vi → ith integral of v

e.g.  x3 ex dx
u v
= x3 ex − 3x2 ex + 6xe x − 6 ex + c
u v1 u1 v2 u2 v3 u3 v4

 x2 sin x dx = x2 (− cos x) − 2x(−sin x) + 2 cos x + c

Integration - MCQs 04.7

1 1 x+a
(x)
 (x + a)(x + b) dx =
b−a
log
x +b
+ c (b > a)

1 1 xn
(xi)  (k + x n
)(x)
dx
= nk
log n
x +k
+c

f (x)
(xii)  f (x)
dx = log | f ( x) | +c [ Put f(x) = t , f (x) dx = dt ]

f (x)
(xiii)  f (x)
dx = 2 f (x) + c [ Put f(x) = t, f (x) dx = dt ]

(xiv)   xf (x) + f ( x) dx = x f(x) + c

1 1  1 − 1 x 1 −1 x 
(xv) dx = tan − tan +c
 (x2 + a2 )(x2 + b2 )
b2 − a2  a a b b 

(xvi) Chart of Substitutions:

Expression Substitution

(a) x2 + a2 x = atan or acot

(b) a2 − x 2 x = asin or acos
(c) x2 − a2 x = asec or acosec
a−x
(d) x = acos2
a+ x

x−
(e) or (x − )(x − ) x =  cos  + sin 
2 2
− x

a−x
(f) x = a sin2 
x

a+x
(g) x = a tan2 
x
(h) 2ax − x2 x = 2a sin 

(i) 2ax + x2 x = 2a tan 

x| x|
(xvii)  | x | dx =
2
+c

sin x − cos x
(xviii) (i)  a + b sin 2x dx
Put cosx + sinx = t
 (−sinx + cosx) dx = dt
 (sinx − cosx) dx = −dt
 04.8

(cosx + sinx)2 = t2 (By squaring)

 1 + sin2x = t2
 sin2x = t2 − 1
sin x + cos x
(ii)  a + b sin 2x dx
Put sinx − cosx = t
 (cosx +sinx) dx = dt
 (sinx − cosx)2 = t2 (By squaring)
 1− sin2x = t2
 sin2x = 1 − t2

1
(xix) (i)  sin x(a + b cos x) dx
Multiply both numerator and denominator by sinx

sin x
Ι =  sin 2 x (a + b cos x) dx
= sin x
dx
 (1− cos2 x) (a + b cos x)

sin x
=  (1− cos x) (1+ cos x) (a + b cos x)
dx (Put cosx = t  −sinxdx = dt  sinxdx = −dt)

(−1)
=  (1− t) (1+ t) (a + bt) dx

1
(ii)  cos x(a + b sin x) dx
Multiply both numerator and denominator by cosx

cos x
I =  cos 2
x(a + b sin x)
dx

cos x dx
=  (1− sin 2
x)(a + b sin x)
dx

cos x
=  (1− sin x) (1+ sin x) (a + b sin x) dx (Put sinx = t  cosxdx = dt)

1
=  (1− t) (1+ t) (a + bt) dt

1
(xx) x 1/m
+ x1/ n
dx
x = tl.c.m( m,n )

1
e.g. x 1/ 2
+ x1/3
dx put x = t6
Integration - MCQs 04.9

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK:

dx
1.  1+ ex =

(a) log (1+ ex ) + c (b) − log (1− e− x ) + c (c) −log (1+ e−x ) + c (d) log (e−x + e−2 x ) + c

−1
2. sin (cos x) dx =
x
(b) x x − x2 x + x2
2
(a) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2

3.  dx
=
(1+ x ) p + q2 (tan−1 x)2
2 2

1
q tan−1 x + p2 + q2 (tan−1 x)2  + c log q tan−1 x +
p2 + q2 (tan−1 x)2  + c
1
(a) (b)
2   q  
(c)
2 2
(2 −1 3/ 2
p + q tan x) +c ) (d)
1
log  p tan x + p2 + q2 (tan−1 x)2  + c
−1

3q p  

3x2 + 4x − 2
4.  x −1
dx =
3 2 x2
x − 7x + 5 log(x −1) + c + − + +
(a) (b) 5x 7 log(x 1) c
2 3
3 3
(c) x2 + 7x + 5log(x −1) + c (d) x2 − 7x + 5 log(x −1) + c
2 2

2x + 5
5.  (5x + 3)3 dx =

−1  2 19  −1  2 19 
(a)  + 3 +c (b)  + 2 +c
25  5x + 3 (5x − 3)  25  5x + 3 2(5x + 3) 

1  5  1  2 − 19 
(c)  + 19 2  + c (d) 2 +c
25  2x + 3 (5x − 3)  25  5x + 3 (5x − 3) 

3x + 5
6.  2x − 3 dx =
1 3/ 2 19 1 19
(a) (2x − 3) + 2x + 3 (b) (x − 3)3/ 2 + 2x + 3
2 3 2 3
1 19 1 1/ 2 19
(c) (2x − 3)3/ 2 + 2x − 3 (d) − (2x + 3) + 2x + 3
2 2 2 2
 04.10

7. sin 4 x.cos 6x dx =
cos10x cos 2x cos10x cos 2x
(a) − + +c (b) − − +c
20 4 20 4
cos10x cos 2x cos10x cos 2x
(c) − +c (d) + +c
20 4 5 4

 cos
2
8. 4x − sin2 x dx =
sin 8x sin 2x sin 3x sin 5x sin 8x sin 2x sin 8x sin 2x
(a) + +c (b) + +c (c) + +c (d) − +c
16 4 4 4 16 3 16 4

9.  (1− cos x)cosec2x dx =

x x 1 x x
(a) tan + c (b) cot + c (c) tan + c (d) 2 tan + c
2 2 2 2 2

sin x
10.  1+ sin x dx =
(a) secx – tanx + x + c (b) secx – tanx – x + c (c) secx + tanx – x + c (d) secx + tanx + c

tan x
11.  sec x − tan x dx =
(a) secx + tanx + x + c (b) secx + tanx – x + c (c) secx + tanx + c (d) secx − tanx – x + c
2
 1− tan x 
12.   1+ tan x  dx =
 
    
(a) tan

+x −x+c (b) tan − 2x + c (c) − tan − x − x + c (d) tan   − x  + x + c
4  4  4  4 
       

1− tan2 3x
13.  1+ tan2 3x dx =
1 1 1 1
(a) sin 6x + c (b) − sin 6 x + c (c) − sin x + c (d) sin x + c
6 6 6 6

−1
14.
 (sin x + cos−1 x) dx =
x
(a) +c (b) x(sin−1 x − cos−1 x) + c
2

(c) x(cos−1 x + sin−1 x) + c (d) +x+c
2
Integration - MCQs 04.11

15.  tan4 x dx =
1
(a) tan3 x − tan x + x + c (b) tan3 x + tan x + x + c
3
1 1 3
(c) tan3 x − tan x + x + c (d) tan x + tan x + 2x + c
3 3

cos 2x − cos 2
16.  cos x − cos 
dx =

(a) 2 sin x + x cos  (b) 2 cos x + x sin  (c) 2sin x + x sin  (d) 2[cos  + x cos ]

17.  1+ 2 cot x(cosecx + cot x) dx =

x
(a) log (tan ) + log (sinx) + c (b) log (tanx) − log (cosx) + c
2
(c) log (tanx) − log (sinx) + c (d) log (tanx) + log (cosx) + c

18.  sin x sin 2x sin 3x dx =

(a) − 1  cos 2x + cos 4x − cos 6x  1 sin 2x sin 4x sin 6x 

4 2 4 6 (b) 4  2 + 4 − 6 
 
1 cos 2x cos 3x  1 cos 2x cos 3x 
(c)  cos x − − (d) cos x + +
4  2 3  
4  2 3 

1
19.  x3 (x3 +1)1/3 dx =
1 −3 2/3
(a) − (1+ x ) + c (b) −(1+ x3 )2/3 + c (c) −(1+ x−3 )2/3 + c (d) (1+ x−3 )−2/3 + c
2

1
20.  (1+ 3 tan x) cos2 x dx =

1 1 1 1
(a) log(1− 3 tan x) + c (b) log(1+ 3 tan x) + c (c) − log(1− tan x) + c (d) log(1+ 2 tan x) + c
3 3 3 3

1/ x
2
21.  x2
dx =

−21/ x 21/ x 31/ x x1/ x

(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
log 2 log 2 log 2 log x

sin 3x
22.  sin x dx =

(a) x + sin2x + c (b) 3x + sin2x + c (c) 3x − sin2x + c (d) x − sin2x + c

 04.12

sin 2x
23.  3 + 2 sin2 x dx =

1 1
(a) log | (3 − 2 sin2 x) | +c (b) log | 3 + 2sin2 x | +c
2 2
1 1
(c) − log | 2 − 3sin2 x | +c 2
(d) − log | 2 + 3sin x | +c
2 2

x−2
24.  x2 − 4x + 3 dx =

(a) log x2 − 4x + 3 + c (b) log | (x – 3) (x –1) | + c

(c) xlog | x−3 | – 2log |x –2| + c (d) log | (x – 3) | − log | x –2 | + c

(3sin x − 4) cos x
25.  (5sin x + 3)8
dx =

29 1 29 1
(a) +c (b) 175(5sin x + 3)7 − +c
7 + 6 50(5sin x + 3)6
175(5sin x − 3) 50(5sin x − 3)
29 1 29 1
(c) 175(sin x + 3)2 + (d) 175(3sin x + 5)5 + 25(7 sin x + 2)6 + c
50(sin x − 3)2 + c

x2 + 2 ( x+tan−1 x)
26.  x2 +1 a dx =

−1 −1 −1 −1
a( x+tan x)
a( x−tan x)
a( x−tan x)
a( x+tan x)
(a) − +c (b) +c (c) − +c (d) +c
log a log a log a log a

1
27. x
sin x dx =

1 1
(a) − cos x + c (b) cos x + c (c) −2 cos x + c (d) 2 cos x + c
2 2

tan x
28.  sin x cos x dx =
(a) 2 tan x + c tan x (c) 2 cot x + c
(b) +c (d) 0
2

(sin x)3/2
29.  (cos x)7/2 dx =

3 2 2 3
(a) (tan x)1/2 + c (b) (tan x)3/2 + c (c) (tan x)5/2 + c (d) (tan x)5/3 + c
2 3 5 5
Integration - MCQs 04.13

log(x + 2) − log x
30.  x(x + 2)
dx =
2 2
  x + 2    x + 2 
(a) − log   + c (b) −2 log   + c
  x    x 
2 2
1   x + 2  1   x + 2 
(c) − log   + c (d) − log   + c
4   x  2   x 

x cos x
31.  x sin x + cos x
dx =

2 1
(a) (x sin x + cos x)3/2 + c (b) (x sin x + cos x)1/2 + c
3 2
3
(b) 2(x sin x + cos x)1/2 + c (d) (x sin x + cos x)2/3 + c
2

e− x
32.  1+ ex dx =

x x −x −x
(a) e + log(1+ e ) + c (b) e + log(1+ e ) + c
−x −x
(c) −e + log(1+ e ) + c (d) e− x + log(1− ex ) + c

x1/4
33.  1+ x1/2 dx =
 −1 1/4

 x3/4 −1 1/4  x3/4
( ) ( )
1/4 1/4
(a) 4  − x + tan x  (b) 4  − x − tan x 
 3   3 
−1
 −1 1/4

(b) x 3/4 1/4
(d)  x3/4 1/4

( ) ( )
1/4
−
4 + x + tan x   x − tan x 
 3   3 

1
34.  dx =
sin x cos x
3

−2 2
(a) +c (b) 2 tan x + c (c) +c (d) − 2 tan x + c
tan x tan x

x24
35.  x10 +1 dx =

−1 5
 1  x15 −1 5

1  x15 5
5
(a) 5  3 − x + tan ( x ) (b)  − x + tan (x )
  10  3 
1  x15 −1 10
 1  x15 −1 5

− 5 5
(c) 15  3 x + tan (x ) (d)  + x + tan (x )
  
20  3 
 04.14

log  x + 1+ x2 
  dx =
36.  2
1+ x
log x +  + c 2 log  x + 2 +  +
2
(a)   1+ x 
2 (b)   x 1  c
     
2 2
1   1  
(c) log  x + 1+ x2  + c (d) log  x + 1+ x  + c
2
2    4  

sin 2x
37.  sin4 x + cos4 x dx =

log tan2 x + c −1 −1 tan4 x

2 2
+c
(a)   (b) tan [tan x] + c (c) sin [tan x] + c (d)
4

1
38.  x2 + 4x − 5 dx =

log x − 2 + c log x −1 + c log x − 3 + c log x −1 + c

1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 x−5 6 x−2 6 x+2 6 x+5

1
39.  5x2 − 4x −1 dx =

log 5x + 5 + c log 5x + 5 + c
1 1
log 5x − 5 + c log 5x − 5 + c
1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 5x +1 6 5x −1 6 5x −1 6 5x +1

1
40.  3 −10x − 25x2 dx =
5x − 3  5x − 3  5x + 3  5x + 3 
log log  log log 
1 1 1 1
(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
       
20  1− 5x  10  1+ 5x  20  1− 5x  10  1+ 5x 
ex
41.  e2x + ex + 1 dx =
−1  e +1  −1  2e +1 
x x
2 2
tan   +c tan 
3 
(a) (b) +c
3  3  3 

−1  e +1  −1  2e −1 
x x
1 2
tan   +c tan  3 
(c) (d) +c
3  3  3 

x
42.  dx =
4 − x4

-1  x2  −1  x2  1 −1  x2  1 −1  x2 
(a) cos  2 +c (b) sin  2 +c (c) 2 cos   + c (d) 2 sin  2 +c
     2   
Integration - MCQs 04.15

x/2
e
43.  dx =
e− x − ex
−1 −1 x −1 2x −1 x
(a) sin x + c (b) −sin (e ) + c (c) sin (e ) + c (d) sin (e ) + c

1
log (1 + )
e x2
44.  x2 +
1 dx =
2
x
1 −1 1 1 x2 +1 −1 −1 1 1 −1 x2 −1
(a) tan ( x − ) + c (b) log ( ) + c (c) tan ( x − ) + c (d) tan ( )+c
2 x 2 x 2 2 x 2 x 2

45.  x log xdx =

x2 1
(a) x log x − x 2 +
2 2 2 2 + + (d) +c
c (b) x log x + x + c (c) x log x c
2 4 2 4 2 2 x

46.  sin x dx =
(a) 2 sin + x cos x  + c (b) cos + x sin +c
 x  x x

1
(b) cos x  +c (d) sin x + x cos x + c
2 x

dx
47.  2sin2 x − 3cos2 x + 7 =
  (b) 1 tan−1  3 tan x 
1 tan−1 2 tan x + c
(a)    +c
6 3  6 2 
1 −1  1  1 −1  1 
(c) tan tan x + c (d) tan tan x + c
 
 6 2 
6 3   

1
48.  2 + sin x + cos x dx =
 1+ tan(x / 2)  + c  1− tan(x / 2) 
(a) 2 tan−1  (b) 2 tan−1  + c
  2 
 2 
 1− tan( x / 2)  + c x
(c) 2 tan−1  
(d) 2 tan + c
 3  2

a−x
49.  x
dx =
 −1  −1 x x 2
x x a−x 2
(a) a sin + +c (b) a sin + a − x  +c
 a a a   a a 
x x x x
(c) sin−1 + a2 − x2 + c (d) sin−1 − a2 − x2 + c
a a a a
 04.16

4
 (x −1)(x
x
50. 2 dx =
+1)

x( x + 2) log(x −1) log(x2 +1) tan−1 x x( x + 2) log(x −1) log(x2 +1) tan−1 x
(a) + − − +c (b) + + − +c
2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2
x( x + 2) log(x −1) log(x2 +1) tan−1 x x(x + 2) log(x −1) log(x2 +1) tan−1 x
+ + + +c − − − +c
(c) (d)
2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2

3x2
51.  dx =
x6 +1
−1 x3
(a) log(x6 +1) + c (b) 3 tan−1(x3) + c (c) log(x6 +1) + c (d) 3 tan ( )+c
3

x
2 x3 3
52. e cos(e x ) dx =
x3 1 x3 x3 −1 x3
(a) 3sin(e ) + c (b) sin(e ) + c (c) sin (e ) + c (d) sin(e ) + c
3 3

dx
53.  4 sin2 x + 4 sin x cos x + 5 cos2 x =
1 1 1 1
(a) − tan−1(tan x + ) + c (b) − tan−1(tan x − ) + c
4 2 4 2
1 −1 1 1 −1 1
(c) tan (tan x + ) + c (d) tan (tan x − ) + c
4 2 4 2

 2 −1 
x 1+ 1− x sin x 
54.  
e
2 
dx =
 1− x 

−1 ex
(a) e sin x
x+c (b) +c (c) −ex sin−1 x + c (d) ex 1+ x2 + c
2
1− x

dx
55.  (2x + 3) 4x + 5
=

(a) tan−1( 4x + 5) + c (b) tan−1(4x + 5) + c (c) tan−1 x + c (d) tan−1(2x + 3) + c

2 log x + 5
56.  log xx (log x − 2) dx =
5 1 5 1
(a) log | log x | + log | log x + 2 | + c (b) log | log x | − log x + c
2 2 2 2
5 9 5 1
(c) − log | log x | + log | log x − 2 | +c (d) log | log x | − log | x + 2 | + c
2 2 2 2
Integration - MCQs 04.17

dx =   A 4/5 
1

B
57. + + dx then value of A and B =
3sin x + sin 2x  
 1− cos x 1+ cos x 3 + 2 cos x 
1 1 −1 −1 1 1 1 1
(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
10 2 10 2 10 3 3 2

2 cos x + 3sin x
58.  5 cos x + 7 sin x dx =
31 31
(a) x − 1 log(5 cos x − 7 sin x) + c (b) x − 1 log(5 cos x + 7 sin x) + c
74 74 74 74
31
(c) x + 1 log(5 cos x + 7 sin x) + c (d)
1 + 31 log(5 cos x − sin x) + c
74 74 74 74

−1
59.  cos x dx =

(a) x cos−1 x − 1+ x2 + c (b) x cos−1 x − 1− x2 + c

(c) x cos−1 x + 1− x2 + c (d) x cos−1 x + 1+ x2 + c

60.  log(x + x2 +1) dx =

(a) x log(x + x2 +1) − x2 +1 + c (b) x log(1− x2 +1) − x2 +1 + c

(c) x log(x − x2 +1) − x2 +1 + c (d) x log(1+ x2 +1) + x2 +1 + c

dx
61.  (1+ ex )(1+ e− x ) =

1 1
+c −1 1
+c
(a) +c (b) (c) +c (d)
ex 1+ ex 1+ ex (1+ ex )

2dx
62.  =
1− 4x2
(a) sin−1(2x) + c (b) cos−1(2x) + c (c) tan−1(2x) + c (d) sec−1(2x)

(x + 3)
63.  (x + 4)2 ex dx =

1
+c ex ex ex
(a) (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
(x + 4)2 (x + 4)2 (x + 4) (x + 3)

d  1− sin x 
g( x)  
64. If
dx
g( x) = g(x) then
  dx =
 1− cos x 
x x g(x)
(a) g(x) cot (b) −g(x) cot (c) (d) g (x)(1− cos x)
2 2 1− cos x
 04.18

x x x
65. sec2 + tan dx =
  2 2

2
x
x
+c (b) sec
x
+ tan
x +c (c) x tan +c (d) xsecx
(a) xsec
2 2 2 2

e
x log a x
66. .e dx =
(ae)x ex (ae)x
(a) ex log a .ex + c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
log ae 1+ log a log a


g  (x) = sec2
x + cosec 2
x −1 and g =1
67. If  4  , then g(x) is
 

(a) tanx – cotx –x + +1 (b) tanx – cotx –x
4
 
(c) tanx – cotx – x + (d) tanx – cotx – – 1
4 4

68. sin x 1+ cos 2x dx =

1 −1 −1 1
cos 2x + c cos 2x + c (d) cos 2x + c
(a) cos2x + c (b) (c)
2 2 2 2 2 2

cos x − cos 2x
69.  1− cos x
dx =

(a) 2sinx + x + c (b) sinx + x + c (c) 2sinx –x + c (d) 2cosx + x + c

cos8x +1
70.  tan 2x − cot 2x dx =
1 1 1
(a) cos 8x + c (b) − cos 8x + c (c) cos8x + c (d) cos 8x + c
16 16 8

3x + 5
71.  (3x2 + 10x + 2)2 / 3 dx =
3 1
(a) (3x2 +10x + 2)1/ 3 + c (b) (3x2 +10x + 2)1/ 3 + c
2 2
3 3
(c) (3x2 +10x + 2)3/ 2 + c (d) (3x2 +10x + 2)2 / 3 + c
2 2

72. x 5x x =
55
5 .5 .5 dx

5x x 5x x
55 55 55 55
(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
(log 5) 3
(log 5) 3
(log 5) 2 (log 5)2
Integration - MCQs 04.19

73.  tan(x − ) tan(x + ) tan 2x dx =

sec 2x sec(x − ) sec(x + )

(a) log sec( x − ) sec(x + ) + c (b) log +c
sec 2x

sec 2x sec( x − ) sec( x + )

(c) log sec(x − ) sec(x + ) + c (d) log +c
sec 2x

dx
74.  =
sin3 x cos x
2 2 2 −2
(a) +c +c +c +c
(b) − (c) (d)
tan x tan x tan x tan x

sin
3
75. x cos4 x dx =

cos5 x cos7 x cos5 x cos7 x

(a) + +c (b) − + +c
5 7 5 7
7
cos5 x − cos x − cos5 x cos7 x
(c) 7 +c (d) − + c
5 5 7

a2 − x2
76.  x2
dx =

−1  x 
(a) − a2 − x2 − sin +c −1 x
 
(b) a2 − x2 − sin ( ) + c
x a x a
− a2 − x2 −1  x  + −1  
x a
(c) + sin  +c (d) sin   + c
x a a2 − x2 x

x2 + 1
77.  x4
dx =

(1+ x2 )3/ 2 (1+ x2 )3/2 (1− x2 )3/2

(a) (1+ x2 )3/ 2 + c (b) − +c (c) +c (d) − +c
3x3 3x3 3x3

x + 3 x2 + 6 x
78.  x(1+ 3 x )
dx =

3 2
(a) x3/ 2 + 6(tan−1 x)1/ 6 + c (b) x3/ 2 + 6 tan−1 x1/ 6 + c
2 3
3 3
(c) x2 / 3 + 6 tan−1 x1/ 6 + c (d) x2 / 3 + 6(tan−1 x)1/ 6 + c
2 2
 04.20

x
79.  x4 + x2 +1 dx =
1 −1 2x2 + 1 1 −1 2x2 −1
(a) tan ( )+c (b) tan ( )+c
2 3 3 3 3
1 2 1
(c) −1 2x +1 (d) −1 2x2 +1
tan ( )+c tan ( )+c
3 3 3 3

1
80.  x(x4 + 1) dx =
1 x4 1 x4 x4 x4
(a) log +c (b) log +c (c) log +c (d) log +c
4 x4 +1 4 x4 −1 x4 + 1 x4 −1

dx
81.  (sin x − 2 cos x)(2 sin x + cos x) =
1 tan x − 2 (b) 1 log tan x − 2 + c (c)
1
log tan x + 2 + c (d) 1 log tan x + 2 + c
(a) log +c
5 2 tan x +1 5 2 tan x −1 5 2 tan x +1 5 tan x +1

x − sin x
82.  1− cos x dx =

x x
(a) −x cot +c (b) x cot + c (c) −x cot x + c (d) x cot x + c
2 2

x
83.  cos x.log tan 2 dx =
x x x x
(a) sinx.log tan −x+c (b) sinx tan +c (c) − sinx.log tan +c (d) cosx log cot + c
2 2 2 2

e5log x − e4log x
84.  e3log x − e2log x dx =
x3 x2
(a) e−3x + c (b) e3log x + c (c) +c (d) +c
3 2

x
x
85. (1+ log x) dx =

(d) (log x) + xx + c
x
(c) x log x + c
x
(a) e x + c (b) xx + c

sin x  sin x3 −1 
86.
e sin x
sin2x dx =
 

2esin x 1 sin x sin x sin x2

(a) +c (b) (e ) sin x + c (c) 2e +c (d) 2e +c

sin x 2 cos x cos x
Integration - MCQs 04.21

87. If f(x) = x and g(x) = ex −1 , then  fog(x) dx is

(a) 2( fog)(x) − 2 tan−1( fog)(x) + c (b) (fog) (x) − tan−1( fog)(x) + c

(c) 2( fog)(x) + 2 tan−1( fog)(x) + c (d) (fog) (x) + tan−1( fog)(x) + c

1
88. If  1+ tan x dx = (x + log | sin x + cos x |) + c , then  =
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) − (c) (d) −
2 2 3 3

89. ( tan x + cot x ) dx =

(a) −1  tan x  (b) sin−1 (sin x + cos x) + c

2 tan tan x + c 2
 2 

(c) − 2 sin−1 (cos x − sin x) + c (d) x+c
2

90. If f (x) = 6x2 + 4x + 5 and f(0) = 5, then f(x) =

(a) 2x3 + 2x2 + 5x + 5 (b) 2x2 + 3x + 5 (c) 2x2 − 2x2 + 5x − 5 (d) 3x3 − 2x2 + 7x + 2

x + 1− x2
91.  2
dx =
x 1− x
−1 −1
(a) sin−1 2x + log | x | +c (b) sin x + log | x | +c (c) sin−1 2x − log | x | +c (d) sin x − log | x | +c

cos 4x
92.  sin2 x dx =

(a) cotx – 4x – 2sin2x + c (b) −cotx + 4x + 2sin2x + c

(c) cotx – 4x + 2sin2x + c (d) cotx + 4x + 2sin2x + c

1− 3x2
93.  x(1− x2 ) dx =

1 1
(a) + log 1+ x + c (b) − + log 1+ x + c (c) log x(1− x 2) (d) −
1
− log
1+ x
+c
x 1− x x 1− x x 1− x

94. If  g( x) dx = g(x) , then  f (x) g(x)  f (x) + 2 f ( x) dx =

(a) f (x) g(x) (b)  f (x) . f (x) g(x) (c)  f (x) 2 g(x) (d)  f (x) 2 g(x)
cos 4x +1
95.  cot x + tan x dx =

1 1 1 1
(a) cos3 2x + c 3
(b) − sin 2x + c
3
(c) − cos 2x + c (d) sin3 2x + c
6 6 6 6
 04.22

(x +1)
96.  (x + 2)2 ex dx =

−ex ex −ex ex
(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
(x + 2)2 (x + 2) (x + 2) (x + 2)2

x +1
97.  dx =

2 x 3
log x + + x + −
1 3 1
2x 2 + x − 3 +
(a) 2 4 2 4 2 2 +c

1 x 3
1
2x 2
+ x − 3 +
4
log x + + x2 + −
(b) 2
2 3 4 2 2 +c

3 log x + 1 + x2 + x − 3
(c) 2x 2 + x − 3 + +c
4 2 4 2 2

1 3 log x + 1 + x2 + x + 3
2x 2
+ x + 3 +
(d) 2 4 2 4 2 2 +c

x
98.  1+ sin
4
dx =

x x x x x x 1 x x
(a) 8(sin + cos ) + c (b) 8(cos − sin ) + c (c) 8(sin − cos ) + c (d) (sin − cos ) + c
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

−1
sin−1 x − cos−1 x
99. If I =  cos x dx and J =  sin−1 x + cos−1 x
dx then J =

4 
x− I
(a) (b) (c) x − 4I (d) x + I
 4
2

e
cos x
100. .sin 2x dx =

(b) e−cos
2 2 2
(a) ecos x
+c x
+c (c) − ecos 2 x + c (d) ecos x
+c

sin8 x − cos8 x
101.  1− 2 sin2 x cos2 x dx =
1 1 1
(a) sin 2x + c (b) − sin 2x + c (c) − sin x + c (d) −sin2 x + c
2 2 2

cos 4x +1
dx = k cos 4x + c
102. If  cot x − tan x , then
1 1 1
(a) k = − (b) k = − (c) k= − (d) k = 2
2 8 5
Integration - MCQs 04.23

sin x cos−6 x dx is a polynomial of degree

2
103.
(a) 5 in sinx (b) 4 in tanx (c) 5 in tanx (d) 5 in cosx

1+ x sin x + cos x
104.  x(1+ cos x)
dx =

x x
(a) log [x (1 + cosx)] (b) log (c) log (x sec2 ) (d) log tanx + c
1+ cos x 2

sec x
105.  sin(2x + ) + sin 
dx =

(a) 2(sin x + tan ) sec + c (b) (tan x + tan ) sec  + c

(c) 2(tan x + tan )(sec) + c (d) 2(tan x tan ) sec + c

f (x)
106. If f(x) be a function satisfying f (x) = f (x) and f(0) = 1, then  3 + 4 f ( x) dx =
1 1 1 1
(a) log | 3 + 8 ex | + c (b) log | 3 + 4 ex | + c (c) log | 3 + 5 ex | + c (d) log | 4 + 3 ex | + c
4 4 4 4

0 x2 − sin x cos x − 2
107. If f(x) = sin x − x2 0 1− 2x then  f ( x) dx =
2 − cos x 2x −1 0

x3 x3
(a)
2
− x sin x + sin 2x + c (b) − x 2 cos x − cos 2x + c
3 3

x3
(c) − x2 sin x − cos 2x + c (d) k
3

3x − 2 dx =   A
108.
 (x +1) 2
( x + 3)
B C dx where A, B, C are respectively
x +1 + (x + 1)2 + x + 3 
 
(a) 11 , −11, −5 (b) −5 , 11 , −11 (c) 11 , −5 , −11 (d) 7 11 −11
, ,
4 4 2 2 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 4

tan x
109.  a + b tan2 x dx =

1 1
(a) log (a + b) tan2 x + c (b) log a cos2 x + b sin2 x + c
b−a b−a
1 2
(c) log a cos2 x + b sin2 x + c (d) log a cos2 x + b sin2 x + c
2(b − a) b−a
 04.24

cos3 x
110.  sin2 x + sin x dx =

(a) log cos x − sin x + c (b) log sin x − sin x + c

(c) log sin x + cos x + c (d) log cos x − cos x + c

1
111.  x6 + x4 dx =

1 1 11
(a) − + + cosec−1x + c
3
(b) − + + cot−1x + c
3
3x x 3x x
1 1 1 1
(c) − 3
+ + tan−1x + c (d) − − cot−1x + c
3x x 3x3 x

sin4 x
112.  cos8 x dx =

(1+ tan5 x) tan5 x tan5 x tan7 x

(a) + +c (b) + +c
5 7 5 7

tan7 x tan5 x cosec5x tan7 x

(c) + +c (d) − +c
5 7 5 7

 (log x) dx =
2
113.

(a) x(log x)2 − 2[x log x − x] + c (b) x(log x)2 − 2[log x − x] + c

(c) x(log x)2 − 2[2 log x − x] + c (d) x(log x)2 − 2[log x − 2x] + c

114.  x2 sin x dx =
(a) −x2 cos x + 2[x sin x + sin x] + c (b) −x2 cos x + 2[x sin x − cos x] + c
2 1
(c) −x cos x + [ x sin x + cos x] + c (d) −x2 cos x + 2[x sin x + cos x] + c
2

1
115.  dx =

2 + 2 (tan x)3/2 + c 2 + 3 (tan x)3/2 + c

(a) (b)
tan x 3 tan x 2
1 + 3 (tan x)2/3 + c 2 + 2 (tan x)3/2 + c
(c) (d) −
tan x 2 tan x 3
Integration - MCQs 04.25

−1 x
116. sin a+ x
dx =

x  −1
 x
tan−1 x − x + tan−1 x − x + tan−1 x  + c
(a) a  a + c (b) a tan a
 a a a   a a 
 x −1 x  x
x − x + tan−1 x − x − tan−1
(c) a  a tan a +c (d) 1  x tan−1 a+c
 a a  a a a a 

HOMEWORK:

1
117.  2x + 5 + 2x − 5
dx =

1 1
(a) [(2x + 5)3/2 − (2x − 5)3/2 ] + c (b) − [(2x + 5)3/ 2 − (2x − 5)3 / 2 ] + c
30 20
1 1
3/2
(c) − [(2x + 5) − (2x − 5) ] + c
3/2
(d) [(2x + 5)3/2 + (2x − 5)3/2 ] + c
30 30

 1 2 3 
  x +1 x2 +1
+ −
2 
118. dx =
 1− x 
(a) log (x +1) + 2tan−1x − 3sin−1 x + c (b) log (x +1) + 2x − 3 x + c
(c) log (x −1) + 2x + 3 x + c (d) log (x +1) + 2x + 3 x + c

3x + 5
119.  2x − 3
dx =

1 19 1 19
(a) (2x − 3)1/ 2 + 2x + 3 + c (b) (x − 3)3/2 + 2x + 3 + c
2 3 2 3
1 19 1 1/2 19
(c) (2x − 3)3/2 + 2x − 3 + c (d) − (2x + 3) + 2x + 3 + c
2 2 2 2

120.  cos 8x sin 4x dx =

cos12x cos 4x (b) −
cos12x cos 4x
(a) − +c − +c
24 8 24 8
cos12x cos 4x
(c) − + +c (d) cos 8x − cos 4x + c
24 8 4 12

121.  1 + 2[tan x(sec x + tan x)] dx =

(a) log (secx + tanx) + log (secx) + c (b) log (secx – tanx) + log (secx) + c
(c) log (secx + tanx) – log (secx) + c (d) log (2secx + tanx) + log (secx) + c
 04.26

−1  cos x 
122.  tan  1+ sin x  dx =
 
 1 
2 1  1  1
(a) x− x2 + c (b) x − x + c (c) x+ x2 + c (d) x2 + x+c
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

aex + be− x
123.  aex − be−x dx =
1 1
+c
(a)
−x
+c (b) x −x 2 (c) log | aex − be− x | +c (d) 0
x
ae − be (ae − be )

1
124.  (1− cos 2x)(2 − 3cot x) dx =
1 1
(a) log | 2 + 3cot x | +c (b) log | 3 + 2 cot x | +c
3 2
1 1
(c) log(2 − 3cot x) + c (d) log | 3 − 2 cot x | +c
6 2

1+ log x
125.  sin2( x log x) dx =

(a) cot (xlogx) + c (b) −cot (xlogx) + c (c) cot(3x) + c (d) cot (x log 2x) + c

1
126.
 3cos x − 7 sin x
dx =

1 1
(a) log |sec (x + ) + tan (x + )| + c (b) log |sec (x + ) − tan (x + )| + c
4 4
(c) log |sec (x + ) + tan (x + )| + c (d) log |sec (x + ) − tan (x − )| + c

dx
127.  3 −10x − 25x2 =

1 5x − 3 1 5x − 3 1 5x + 3 1 5x + 3
(a) log( )+c (b) log( )+c (c) log( )+c (d) log( )+c
20 1− 5x 10 1+ 5x 20 1− 5x 10 1+ 5x

1
128.  dx =
2x2 + 7x + 5

1 7 7
(x − ) + x2 + 7x + 5 + c 1 (x − ) + +c
(a) log 2 2 (b) log
2 4 2 4

1 1 1 1
(x + ) + +c (x − ) + +c
(c) log 4 (d) log 4
2 2
Integration - MCQs 04.27

dx
129.  =
1− x2 9 + (sin−1 x)2 
 
1 sin−1 x
tan−1( tan−1 x
1 1 1
(a) −1 tan x (b) −1 tan x (c) )+ (d) −1
tan ( )+c sin ( )+c c sin ( )+c
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

sec
2
130. x cosec2 x dx =
(a) tanx – cotx + c (b) cotx – tanx + c (c) tanx + cotx + c (d) −tanx cotx + c

dx
131.  8sin2 x + 3cos2 x +1 =
1  3 tan x 
(a) tan−1 +c (b) 1 tan−1  3 tan x  + c
2  2  6  2 
   
(c) 1 tan−1  3 tan x  + c (d) tanx + c
3  2 
 
dx
132.  2 + sin x + cos x =

1+ tan x / 2
(a) 2 tan −1 ( ) +c (b) 2 tan −1 (1− tan x / 2 ) + c
2 2
(c) −1 1− tan x / 2 x
2 tan ( ) +c (d) 2 tan + c
3 2

e
x 2
133. (x + 2x + 5)dx =

(a) ex (x2 + 5) + c (b) ex (x2 − 5) + c (c) e2 x (x2 − 5) + c (d) e2 x ( x2 + 5) + c

1+ log(xx )
134. e x [
x
] dx =

(a) −ex log x + c (b) ex .log x + c (c) e2 x log x + c (d) −e2x log x + c

 2 + sin 2x  dx
e
x
135. 1+ cos 2x  =

(a) ex tan x + c (b) − ex tan x + c (c) e−x tan x + c (d) e2x tan x + c

x −1
e
x
136. dx =
(x + 1)3

ex ex e−x e−x
(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
(x +1)2 (x −1)2 (x +1)2 (x −1)2
04.28

2
x 1− x 
137. e   dx =
 1+ x2 

ex ex ex ex
(a) +c (b) +c (c) − +c (d) − +c
1+ x2 (1+ x2 )2 1− x 2
1+ x 2

dx
138.  x( x7 + 3) =

1 x7 + 3 1 x7 1 x7  1 
(a) log +c (b) log +c (c) log +c (d) log 7 
21 x7 21 x7 − 3 21 x7 + 3  x +3 

 A 1
139.
cos x dx = + B
+ dx then the value of A and B are
 (1+ sin x)(2 + sin x)(3 + sin x)  1+ sin x 2 + sin x 3 + sin x 
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) , (b) − , (c) ,− (d) ,
2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2

1
140.  x(x11 + 2) dx =

1  x11  1 log  x11  + c

(a) log  + (b)
22 c 22  x11 + 2 
 x −1 
11  

1  x10   x10 
(c) log  +
c (d) 1 log  10 


+c
22  x +2 
 22
10
 x −2

sec2 x dx
141.  =
(1− tan2 x)(2 + tan x)
1 1 1
(a) log(1+ tan x) + log(1− tan x) − log(2 + tan x) + c
2 6 3
1 1
(b) log(1+ tan x) − log(1− tan x) + c
2 6
1 1 1
(c) log(1+ tan x) − log(1− tan x) − log(2 + tan x) + c
2 6 6
1 1
(d) log(1− tan x) + log(2 + tan x) + c
2 3

| x |
3
142. dx =

x4 −x4 x3 | x | | x |5
(a) +c (b) +c (c) +c (d) +c
4 4 4 5
Integration - MCQs 04.29

143.  log10 x dx =
(a) log10 x + c (b) x log10 x + c
(c) x(log10 x + log10 e) + c (d) x(log10 x − log10 e) + c

d 2v d 2u
144. u dx − v dx =
dx2 dx2
dv du dv du
(a) u −v +c (b) uv + c (c) 2 . +c (d) c
dx dx dx dx

145.  cos x dx =

(a) x sin x (b) 2[ x sin x + cos x ] (c) 2[ x sin x + cos x ] (d) x sin x
2

x − x2
146.  x2 − 2x − 3 dx =
1 3 1 1
(a) log | x +1| + log | x − 3 | −x + c (b) log | x +1| + log | x − 3 | −x + c
2 2 2 2
1 3 1 1
(c) log | x +1| − log | x − 3 | −x + c (d) log | x +1| − log | x − 3 | −x + c
2 2 2 2

7x −1
147.  1− 5x + 6x2 dx =

5 4 5 4
(a) log(2x −1) + log(3x −1) + c (b) log(2x +1) + log(3x −1) + c
2 3 2 3
5 4 5 1
(c) log(2x −1) − log(3x −1) + c (d) log(2x +1) − log(3x +1) + c
2 3 2 3

x2
148.  x4 − x2 −12 dx =

log x − 2 + log x − 2 −
1 3 −1 x 1 3 −1 x
(a) tan ( )+c (b) tan ( )+c
7 x+2 7 3 7 x+2 7 3
1 3 −1 x 1 3 −1 x
(c) log x + 2 − tan ( )+c (d) log x + 2 + tan ( )+c
7 x−2 7 3 7 x−x 2 7 3

149. I15 = sin15 x dx =

sin14 x cos x 14 sin14 x cos x 14

(a) − + I13 + c (b) − I13 + c
15 15 15 15

sin14 x cos x 14 sin14 x cos x − 14 I + c

(c) + I13 + c (d) 13
15 15 15 15
04.30

−1
150.  x sin x dx =

x2
−1 x 1 x2 1 −1 x
(a) ( − ) sin x + 1− x2 + c (b) ( + ) sin x − 1− x2 + c
2 4 4 2 4 4
x2 −1 x x21 x
− ) sin−1 x −
1
(c) ( + ) sin x + 1− x2 + c (d) ( 1− x2 + c
2 4 4 2 4 4

dx
151.  =
x x4 −1
1 1
(a)
x2 −1 + c (b) cos−1 x2 + c (c) tan−1( x4 −1) + c (d) sec−1 x2 + c
2 2 2

152.  3 + 4x − 4x2 dx =
1 2x −1  1  2x −1 
(a) (2x −1) − 4 sin−1( +c (b) (2x −1) + 4 sin−1( +c
+ − 2 ) + − 2 )
4 
3 4x 4x 3 4x 4x
4  2  2 
1 2x +1  1  2x −1 
(c) (x −1) + 4 sin−1( +c (d) (2x +1) − 4 sin−1( +c
3 + 4x − 4x2
) 3 + 4x − 4x2
)
2  2  2  2 

153.  (log x)2 dx =

(a) x(log x)2 − 2x log x − 2x + c (b) x(log x)2 − 2x log x − x + c

(c) x(log x)2 − 2x log x + 2x + c (d) x(log x)2 − 2x log x + x + c

−3 1/ x2
x
2
154. 5 dx = k.51/ x + c, then k =
1 2 −2
(a) (b) (c) (d) −2log5
2 log 5 log 5 log 5

e
3x
155. sin 4x dx =

e3x e3x
(a) (4cos4x + 3sin4x) + c (b) (cos4x + 3sin4x) + c
25 25

e3x e3x
(c) (3sin4x – 4cos4x) + c (d) (4cos4x – 3sin4x) + c
25 25

e
3x
156. cos 2x dx =

e3x e3x
(a) (3cos 2x − 2 sin 2x) + c (b) (cos 2x − 2 sin 2x) + c
13 13

e3x e3x
(c) (3cos 2x + 2 sin 2x) + c (d) (3sin 2x + 2 cos 2x) + c
13 13
Integration - MCQs 04.31

−1 2
157.  x tan x dx =
2
x −1 2 1 x2 −1 2 1 4
(a) x + log x + c
tan (b) x − log(1+ x ) + c
tan
2 4 2 4
2 2
x −1 2 1 x −1 2 1 4
(c) tan x − log x + c (d) tan x + log(1+ x ) + c
2 4 2 4

sin x + 2 cos x
158.  3sin x + 4 cos x dx =
11 11
(a) x + 2 log | 3sin x + 4 cos x | +c (b) x − 2 log | sin x − cos x | +c
25 25 25 25
11 11
(c) x + 2 log | 3sin x − 4 cos x | +c (d) x + 2 log | sin x − cos x | +c
25 25 25 25

1
159.  1− cot 2x dx =
1 1 1 1
(a) [ x − log | sin 2x − cos 2x |] + c (b) [ x − log | sin 2x − cos x |] + c
2 2 2 3
1 1 1 1
(c) [x + log | sin 2x + cos x |] + c (d) [x + log | sin 2x − cos 2x |] + c
2 2 2 2

x2
160.  a2 − x2
dx =

(a) a2 − x2 + c (b) − x2 − a2 + c (c) − a2 − x2 + c (d) a2 − x2 + c

2

1+ x2
161.  2
dx =
1− x
3 1 3 1
(a) sin−1 x − x 1− x2 + c (b) cos−1 x − x 1− x2 + c
2 2 2 2
3 1
sin−1 x +
3 1
(c) x 1− x2 + c (d) cos−1 x + x 1− x2 + c
2 2 2 2

−1
162.  cosec x dx =

−1 −1
(a) xcosec x − log(x + x2 + 1) + c (b) xcosec x + log(x + x2 +1) + c

(c) xcosec−1x + log(x + x2 −1) + c (d) cosec−1x + log( x + x2 −1) + c

04.32

163.  x log(x2 + 4)dx =

x2 2 x2 2
(a) log(x2 + 4) − x + 2 log | x2 + 4 | +c (b) log(x2 + 4) + x + 2 log | x2 + 4 | +c
2 2 2 2
x2 x2 x
(c) log(x2 + 4) − − 2 log | x2 + 4 | +c (d) +c
2 2 x +4
2

x
 1+ cos 2 x dx
164. =

1 1
(a) [ x tan x + log | sec x |] + c (b) [ x tan x + log | cosecx |] + c
2 2
1 1
(c) [x tan x − log | sec x |] + c (d) [x + log | cosecx |] + c
2 2

x(1− x 2 )
165.  (1+ x4 )
dx =

1 1 1 1
(a) tan−1(x2 ) + log |1+ x4 | +c (b) tan−1( x2 ) − log |1+ x4 | + c
2 4 2 4
1 −1 2 1 1 −1 2 1
(c) tan x − log x + c (d) tan x + log x + c
2 4 2 4

cos x
166.  dx =
sin2 x − 2 sin x − 3
(a) log |sinx –1 + sin2 − 2sin x − 3 | + c (b) −log |sinx –1 + sin2 x − 2sin x − 3 | + c
(c) log |sinx +1 + sin 2 x − 2 sin x − 3 | + c (d) log |sinx –1 − sin 2 x − 2 sin x − 3 | + c

cos(x − a)
167.  cos(x − b) dx =

(a) xcos(a − b) + sin2a log |sin(x +a)| + c

(b) xcos(a – b) + sin (a – b) log |sec (x – b)| + c
(c) xcos(a – b) + sin (a + b) log |sec (x + b)| + c
(d) −xcos(a – b) – sin(a – b) log |sin(x − b)| + c

1
168.  sin x + 3 cos x
dx =

1 x  1 x 
(a) log | tan( − ) | +c (b) log | tan( + ) | +c
2 2 6 2 2 6
1 x  1 x 
(c) log | tan( − ) | +c (d) log | tan( + ) | +c
3 3 8 3 3 8
Integration - MCQs 04.33

1
169.  cos(x − a) cos(x − b) dx =
sec(x − b) sec(x − a)
(a) cosec (a – b) log sec( x − a) + c (b) cosec (a – b) log sec( x − b) + c

sec(x + b) sec(x + a)
(c) cosec (a – b) log sec( x + a) + c (d) cosec (a – b) log sec( x + b) + c

170.  cos3 x sin4 x dx =

5 7 4 3
(a) sin x + sin x + c (b) sin x + sin x + c
5 7 4 3
5 6 5 7
(c) sin x + sin x + c (d) sin x − sin x + c
3 6 5 7

171. sin x sec3 x dx =

1 2 1 1
(a) tan2 x (b) − tan x + c (c) − +c (d) cos2 x + c
+
c
2 2 2 cos2 x 2

5 cos3 x + 7 sin2 x
172.  2 sin2 x cos2 x
dx =

5 7 5 7
(a) cosecx + tan x + c (b) cosecx cot x − tan x + c
2 2 2 2
5 7 5 7
(c) − cosecx + tan x + c (d) − cosecx cot x + tan x + c
2 2 2 2

x x
173. e cos e
 x
dx =

(a) 2sin e x
+c (b) 2sin e− x
+c
(c) sin e x
+c (d) −2 sin e x
+c

x2 + 2x + 6
174.  (x +1)( x2 + 4) dx =

x x
log | x + 1| + tan−1 +c log |x − 1| + ( ) + c
(a) 2 (b)
  2
x x
(c) log | x −1|− +c (d) log |x + 1| − (
2 )+c
  2
 04.34

1
175.  x4 −16 dx =
1
log x + 2 1 x (b) 1 1 −1 x
− tan −1 ( ) + c
(a)
log x − 2 − tan ( ) + c
32 x − 2 16 2 32 x + 2 16 2
1
log x − 2 1 x (d) 1 1 −1 x
(c) + tan −1 ( ) + c log x + 2 + tan ( ) + c
32 x + 2 16 2 32 x − 2 16 2

e
5x
176. sin2 3x dx =
5x
(a) e5x [5 cos 6x + 6 sin 6x] + c (b) e [5 cos 6x + 6sin 6x] + c
122

(c) e5x [5 cos 6x − 6 sin 6x] + c 5x 5x

(d) e − e [5 cos 6x + 6sin 6x] + c
10 10 122

177.  cosecx +1 dx =

(a) sin−1(2sin x −1) + c (b) sin−1(2sin x +1) + c

(c) sin−1(sin x −1) + c (d) sin−1(sin x +1) + c

1
178.  2e2 x + 3ex +1 dx =
3 1 3
1 −2x −x log e− x +1 + c (b) − −2x −x log e− x +1
(a) log | e + 3e + 2 | + log | e + 3e +2|+ +c
2 2 e−x + 2 2 2 e−x + 2

1 −2 x
e− x + 1 −x −x
1 3 3
− log | e 2x + 2 − log e +1 + c
x
(c) + 3e + 2 | + log − x +c (d) log e + 3e
2 2 e +2 2 2 e− x + 2

179.  log( x + x2 + a2 ) dx =

(a) x log(x + x2 + a2 ) + x2 + a2 + c (b) x log(x + x2 + a2 ) − x2 + a2 + c

(c) −x log(x + x2 + a2 ) + x2 + a2 + c (d) x log(x − x2 + a2 ) − x2 + a2 + c

 log(1+ x)
(1+ x)
180. dx =

(1+ x)2 2
(b) (1+ x) [2 log(1+ x) +1] + c
(a) [log(1+ x) −1] + c
4 2

(1+ x)2 2
(d) (1+ x) [2 log(1+ x) +1] + c
(c) [2 log(1+ x) −1] + c
4 4
Integration - MCQs 04.35

1+ x4
181.  (1− x4 )3/ 2 dx =

1 1 1 1
+c +c +c +c
(a) 1 (b) 1 (c) 1 (d) 1
x2 − 2 − x2 + x2 +x
x x2 x2 x

dx
182.  sin4 x + cos4 x =

1 1 1 1
(a) tan−1( tan 2x) + c (b) tan−1( cot 2x) + c
2 2 2 2
1
(c) 2 tan−1( tan 2x) + c (d) 2 tan−1( 2 tan 2x) + c
2

(x +1)
183.  x(1+ xex )2 dx =
 xex  1  1+ xex  1
+ +c
(a) log  1+ xex  1+ xex log + +c
  (b)  xex  1+ xe x
 x  1  
(c) log + +c (d)  − x

1+ xe
x
 1+ xex
log 1 xe  + + x +
x
 xe 
1 xe (
c )
dx
184.  sin6 x + cos6 x =

(a) tan−1(tan x + cot x) + c (b) tan−1(tan x − cot x) + c

(c) tan−1(cot x − tan x) + c (d) tan−1 6 cos5 x − 6sin5 x + c

 

4ex − 5
185.  4ex + 5 dx =
(a) 2 log | 4ex + 5 | −x + c (b) 2 log | 4ex − 5 | + x + c

(c) log | 3ex − 5 | + x + c (d) log | 4ex + 5 | +c

sin−1 x − cos−1 x
186.  sin−1 x + cos −1
x
dx =

2 2
(a) [ x − x2 + (1− 2x) sin−1 x] + x (b) [ x − x2 − (1− 2x) sin−1 x] − x
 
2
(c) [ x − x2 + (1− 2x) sin−1 x] − x (d) none of these

04.36

5x4 + a5x x 5

187. If  5x + x5
dx = log | 5 + x | , then ‘a’ is

(a) log5 e (b) loge 5 (c) 5 (d) 1

 f (x) dx = (ax
2
188. If − a2 )5 + c then f(x) is
2 2 4 2 2 4
(a) 5(ax − a ) (b) 5(ax − a ) .2ax
2 2 4
(c) 2ax(ax − a ) (d) 5(ax2 − a 2 ) 4 (2ax − 2a)

189. If f (x) = 8x3 + 3x2 −10x − k and f(0) = −3 and f(−1) = 0 then f(x) =

(a) 2x4 − x3 + 5x2 − 7x − 3 (b) 2x4 + x3 + 8x2 − 5x − 2

(c) 3x4 − x3 − 7x2 − 5x + 1 (d) 2x4 + x3 − 5x2 − 7x − 3

(sin x)3/ 2
190.  (cos x)7 / 2 dx =

3 2 2 5
(a) (tan x)1/ 2 + c (b) (tan x)5/ 2 + c (c) (tan x)3/ 2 + c (d) (tan x)2/5 + c
2 5 3 2

x+2
191.  (x2 + 3x + 3) x +1
dx =

1 x
tan−1(
2 x
(a) )+c (b) tan−1( )+c
3 3(x +1) 3 x +1

2 x  
tan−1(
1 x
(c) )+c (d) tan−1   +c
3 3(x +1) 3  3(x +1) 

dx
192. The value of the integral  can be expressed as a rational function of x is
3
cos x sin 2x
(a) True (b) False (c) does not exist (d) none of these

dx x 
193. If  1+ sin x = tan  + a + c then a =

2
 

(a) − 
  
(b) (c) (d) −
4 4 2 2

 cos
3
194. xelog(sin x)dx =

sin4 x + c 4 sin x − cos3 x

(a) (b) − cos x + c (c) e +c (d) +c
4 4 4 3
Integration - MCQs 04.37

x2 + 3
195.  x4 + 9 dx =

1 −1  x2 − 3  1  x2 − 6x − 3  + c
(a) tan +c (b) log 2 6x − 3 
 6x 
6  2 6 x + 

1  x2 + 3  1  x2 − 6x + 3 
tan −1  6x + 3  + c
c
(c) + (d) log 2
6  6x  2 6 x + 


7 3
196. 3
x 1+ x4 dx =
21 7 32
(1+ 3 x4 )8/ 7 + c (1+ 3 x4 )8/ 7 + c (1+ 3 x4 )8/ 7 + c
(a) (b) (c) (d) x +c
32 32 21

197. In =  tann x dx, then I0 + I1 + 2(I2 + ...I8 ) + I9 + I10 =

 tan x tan2 x tan9 x   tan x tan2 x tan9 x 
 1 + 2 + .... + 9 +c
(a)

(b) −
 1 + 2 + .... + 9  + c
   
 cot x cot2 x cot9 x   cot x cot x
2 9 
+ + .... + + .... cot x
(d) −  1 + 2 + + 9 
(c)  1 2 9  c
   

sin3 x dx
198.  (cos4 x + 3cos2 x +1) tan−1(sec x + cos x) =

−1 −1
(a) tan (sec x + cos x) + c (b) log | tan (sec x + cos x) | + c
1
(c) +c (d) (secx + cosx)2 + c
(sec x + cos x)2

199. For the function f (x) = 1+ 3x log 3, the antiderivative F assumes the value 7 for x = 2. At what value of x does
the curve y = F(x) cut the abscissa ?
(a) x = 3 (b) x = 1 (c) x = 0 (d) x = 2

cos 2x
200.  cos x
dx =

(a) 2sinx + log (secx – tanx) + c (b) 2 sinx + log (secx + tanx) + c
(c) 2sinx – log (secx – tanx) + c (d) 2 sinx – log (secx + tanx) + c

sin x
201.  sin(x − a) dx =

(a) xsina + sina log sin(x –a) + c (b) xcosa + cosa log cos(x – a) + c
(c) (x-a) cosa + sina log sin(x –a) + c (d) (x − a) sina + sina log cos (x – a) + c
04.38

dx
202. f (x) =  is a polynomial of degree is
sin4 x
(a) 3 in cotx (b) 4 in cotx (c) 4 in sinx (d) 3 in tanx

 cos
3
203. x.elog(sin x)dx =

sin4 x cos4 x esin x c esin x

(a) − +c (b) − +c (c) + (d) +c
4 4 4 4

log(1+ sin x) − log cos x

204.  cos x
dx =

1
(a) log (secx + tanx) + c (b) tan2 x + c
2
1 1
(c) sec2 x + c (d) [log(sec x + tan x)]2 + c
2 2

1
205.  sin 2x.log(tan x) dx =
1 1
(a) log(tan x) + c (b) log log(tan x) + c (c) 2cot(logx) + c (d) 2 tan (logx) + c
2 2

ex−1 + xe−1
206.  xe + ex dx =
log(ex + xe ) + c 1
(a) (b) log(ex + xe ) + c (c) e + c (d) log ex−1 + xe−1 + c
e

(1+ log x)2

207.  x
dx =

(1+ log x)3 (1+ log x)3

(a) +c (b) log (1 + logx) + c (c) +c (d) 0
3 2

sin x
208.  sin x + cos x dx =

(a) x + log (sinx – cosx) + c (b) x – log sin (x + )+c
4
1
(c) [x − log(sin x + cos x)] + c (d) x + log cos (x + ) + c
2

1
209.  dx =

2 2
(a) 2 tan x + c (b) − +c (c) −2 (d) +c
tan x tan x
Integration - MCQs 04.39

cos 2x
210.  (cos x + sin x)2 dx =

−1
(a) +c (b) log (sinx – cosx) + c
sin x + cos x
(c) log (sinx + cosx) + c (d) log(sin x + cos x)2 + c

log(x +1) − log x

211.  x(x +1)
dx =
 x +1 
(a) log +c (b) −log  + ) +c
 x   log( x x 1 
   
2
1 x +1 
− log( ) +c
x 
(c) (d) c
2

 tan
3
212. 2x.sec 2x dx =

(a) sec3 2x + 3sec 2x + c (b) sec3 2x − 3sec 2x + c

1 1 3
(sec3 2x − 3sec 2x) + c sec 2x + 3sec 2x  + c
(c) (d)
6 6 
2x −1 x
213. If  dx = k sin (2 ) + c , then k =
1− 4x
1 1
(a) log 2 (b) log 2 (c) (d) log2 e
2 2

x5
214.  dx =
1+ x3
2 2
(a) 1+ x3 (x 2 + 2) + c (b) 1+ x3 (x3 + 4) + c
3 9
2 2
(c) 1+ x3 (x3 − 4) + c (d) 1+ x3 (x3 − 2) + c
9 9

215. If  1+ sec x dx = k sin−1( f (x)) + c , then

1
(a) f (x) = 2 sin x, k = (b) f (x) = 2 sin x, k = 2
2
x
(c) f (x) = 2 sin , k = 2 (d) f (x) = cos x, k = −2
2

 e [log(sec x + tan x) + sec x] dx =

x
216.

(a) ex log(tan x) + c (b) ex log(sec x) + c (c) ex log(sec x + tan x) + c (d) 1

 04.40

sec 2x −1
217.  x. sec 2x +1 dx =
x2 x2
+c
(a) xtanx – log (secx) − +c 2
(b) x sec x − log(tan x) −
2 2

x2 x2
(c) xtanx + log (secx) + +c (d) x sec2 x + log(tan x) − +c
2 2

−x
218. e (1− tan x) sec x dx =

(a) e− x tan x + c (b) e− x sec x + c (c) − e

−x
tan x + c (d) − e
−x
sec x + c

−2
219. [log(log x) + (log x) ] dx =
x
+c
(a) x log (logx) + c (b) xlog (logx) −
log x
x
+c
(c) xlog (logx) + (d) xlog (logx) − xlogx + c
log x

dx
220. The substitution to solve  x1/ 7 + x1/ 5 is

(a) x35 = t (b) x = t35 (c) x = t12 (d) x = t2

x +1
221. The value of  dx is
x(1+ xex )

xex 1 x(1+ xex ) (1+ x)ex

(a) log | 1+ xex | + x + c (b) log +c (c) log | | +c (d) log +c
1+ xex 2 x +1 1+ xex

x
222. If it is known that at the point x = 1 two antiderivatives of f (x) = e differ by 2, the difference of these
antiderivatives at x = 100 is
(a) e100 (b) 100 (c) 2 (d) 10

dx
223 Let f (x) =  and f(0) = 0, then f(1) =
(1+ x2 )3/ 2
1 1
(a) − (b) (c) 2 (d) 2
2 2

cot x
224. If dx = P cot x + Q, then P =
 sin x cos x
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) −1 (d) −2

e .(x4 +1)−1dx =
3log x
225.
1 −1
(a) log(x4 +1) + c (b) log(x4 +1) + c (c) −log(x4 +1) + c (d) log( x4 + 1) + c
4 4
Integration - MCQs 04.41

226. Let f(x) be a polynomial of degree three satisfying f(0) = −1 and f(1) = 0. Also 0 is a stationary point of f(x). If f(x)
f (x)
does not have an extreme at x = 0, then x3 −1 dx =

x2 c x3 x4
(a) + (b) x + c (c) +c (d) +c
2 6 4

227.

If sec4 xcosec2 x dx = k tan3 x + L tan x + M cot 2x + c , then
(a) k = −1, L = 0, M = 1 (b) k = 1/3, L = 1, M = −2
(c) k = 1/3, L = 1, M = 2 (d) k = L = M = 1

228. If f (x) = 60x3, then

(a) f (x) is a polynomial of degree < 5
(b) is a polynomial of degree 5 with leading coefficient 3
(c) is a polynomial of degree 5 with integral coefficient
(d) is a polynomial of degree 5 with leading coefficient 60

1− cos x
229.  cos x(1+ cos x) dx =

x x
(a) log (secx + tanx) – 2 tan +c (b) log (secx + tanx) + 2 tan +c
2 2
x
(c) log (secx − tanx) – tan + c (d) cosx (1 + cosx) + c
2

sin x + sin 2x + sin 3x sin 2x sin 3x

230. If f (x) =
3 + 4 sin x 3 4 sin x
, then  f (x) dx =

1+ sin x sin x 1
sin 3x
cos 3x (b) − cos 3x + c (c) cos3x + c (d) +c
(a) +c
3 3 3

dx
231.  2 + cos x =
 tan x / 2   tan x / 2 
(a) 1 tan−1  + c (b) 2 tan−1  + c
3  3  3  3 

2  tan x / 2 
(b) − tan−1  +c (d) 2 + sinx + c
3  3 
5x −1  A B C 
232.  (x + 2)2 (x + 1) dx =   x + 2 +
( x + 2)2
+
(x + 1) 
dx where A, B, C are respectively

 
(a) −6, 11, 6 (b) 6, 11, −6 (c) 11, 6, −6 (d) 11, −6, 6
04.42

RESPONSE SHEET

Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Response
Question 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Response
Question 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Response
Question 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160
Response
Question 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Response
Question 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220
Response
Question 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232
Response
 Chapter 03

Applications of Derivatives

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

Tangent and Normal :

Curve: If y = f(x) is a function, then plotting the values of x against the corresponding values of y as the point (x, y)
[Cartesian co-ordinates], we obtain the graph of the given function. This graph is referred as the curve of y = f(x).

Point on curve : If P is given to be a point with cartesian co-ordinates (x1, y1), x1 = a on the curve y = f(x), it means that
the x-coordinate (abscissa) of P is x1 = a. Then y-coordinate (ordinate) of P is y1 = f(a).

 If P is the point x1 = a on the curve y = f(x) then P  (x1, y1 ) = (a, f (a)).

dy
Slope of tangent at P = = f (a) = tan 
dx at P
dy
( y − f (a) = (x − a)
Equation of tangent to the curve y = f(x) at the point P is :
dx at P
Normal at P is the line which is perpendicular to the tangent at P.
1 1 1
 Slope of normal at P = − =− =−
slope of tangent P dy f (a)
dx at P
Point P is called point of tangency or foot of the normal.
y
Slope of tangent at P is also called slope of the curve at P.
1
Equation of normal at P : ( y − f (a) = − (x − a) y = f(x)
dy
dx at P
Slope of line is also called is gradiant.
dy P = (x1, y1)
Slope of line parallel to x-axis : =0 = (a, f(a))
dx 
O x
dx
Slope of line parallel to x-axis : dy = 0
For intersection with x-axis we have y = 0
For intersection with y-axis we have x = 0
dy
• If  0 , tangent makes an acute angle with x-axis.
dx
dy
• If  0 , tangent makes on obtuse angle with x-axis
dx
03.2

dy
• If tangent is equally inclined to the axes, = 1
dx
n
 x  +  y  = 2 at (a, b) is x + y = 2
n

• The equation of tangent to the curve    b  a b

a
   

Derivative as a rate measure:

dy
If the variable x and y are related as y = f(x) then gives rate of change of y w.r.t. x
dx
In particular, the instantaneous rate of change of y w.r.t. x at x = a is given by
dy
= f (a)
dx at P

Motion in a straight line or Rectilinear motion:

Law of motion : Suppose a particle moves along a line in such a way that its displacement s at time t measured from a fixed
point O on the line, is given by
s = f(t)
Then, the equation s = f(t) is called the equation or law of motion of the particle.

Velocity : Rate of change of displacement w.r.t. time t is called the velocity, denoted by v.
ds
 v= = f (t)
dt
• If v > 0, then the particle is moving to the right of O.
• If v < 0, then the particle is moving to the left of O.
• If v = 0, then the particle stops. (i.e. particle is in state of rest)
• Magnitude of velocity = | v | = speed

Acceleration : Rate of change of velocity w.r.t. t is called the acceleration, denoted by a.

dv
 a= = f (t)
dt

Related rates:

If x and y are functions of t, then

dx
= rate of change of x w.r.t. time t and
dt
dy
= rate of change of y w.r.t. time t
dt
dy d d dx dx
If x and y are functionally related as y = f(x), then by chain rule = f (x)= f (x) = f (x)
dt dt dx dt dt
dx dy
This equation relates the time rates of x and y. Hence rates and , in such cases are called related rates.
dt dt
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.3

dx
• If  0 , then x increases as time t goes on
dt
dx
 0 , then x decreases as time t goes on
• If
dt

Approximations :
Suppose a and a + h are in the domain of a function y = f(x). If h is very small as compared to a, then approximate
value of f (a + h) is given by

f (a + h)  f (a) + hf (a) provided f (a)  0

1
(i) 1∘ = 0.0175c , = 0.58, e = 2.71828
3
(ii) loge 3 = 1.0986, loge 10 = 2.3036, log10 e = 0.4343

Rolle’s theorem :
If a function f(x) is defined on [a, b] satisfying
(i) f is continuous on [a, b]
(ii) f is differentiable on (a, b) and
(iii) f(a) = f(b), then there exist c (a, b) such that f (c) = 0

LMVT :
If a function f(x) is defined on [a, b] satisfying
(i) f is continuous on [a, b]
(ii) f is differentiable on (a, b), then there exist c (a, b) such that
f (b) − f (a)
f (c) =
b−a
Remark : If we take b = a + h, i.e. b − a = h then as c belongs to (a, a + h), we can write c = a + h
where 0 <  < 1 and the Langrange’s theorem takes the form f (a + h) − f (a) = hf (a + h), 0    1

Increasing and Decreasing function :

• If f is increasing at x = a, then f (a)  0 .
• If f is decreasing at x = a, then f (a)  0 .
• If f (x)  0 for all x (a, b) , then f (x) is said to be strictly increasing in (a, b).
• If f (x)  0 for all x (a, b) , then f (x) is said to be monotonically increasing in (a, b).
• If f (x)  0 for all x (a, b) , then f (x) is said to be strictly decreasing in (a, b).
• If f (x)  0 for all x (a, b) , then f (x) is said to be monotonically decreasing in (a, b).

Note :
(a) If f is strictly increasing on [a, b] then f −1 exists and is also strictly increasing.

(b) If f is strictly increasing on [a, b], such that it is continuous, then f −1 is continuous on [f (a), f (b)].
(c) If f and g are monotonically (or strictly) increasing (or decreasing) functions on [a, b] then gof is monotonically
(or strictly) increasing function on [a, b].
03.4

(d) If one of two functions f and g is strictly (or monotonically) increasing and other a strictly (or monotonically)
decreasing, then gof is strictly (or monotonically) decreasing on [a, b].
(e) If f is decreasing and g is decreasing the fog will be increasing.
(f) If f is decreasing and g is increasing, then fog will be decreasing.
(g) If f is increasing and g is increasing, then fog will be increasing.
(h) If f is increasing and g is decreasing, then fog will be decreasing.

Maxima and Minima (local maxima and local minima):

In order to find extreme values of a given function f (x) by using the following :
(a) Find f ( x)
(b) Solve f (x) = 0
Let ‘c’ be its one of the roots.

Stationary point (or Critical point) : A point at which the derivative of a function f vanishes.
A stationary point may be a minimum, maximum or inflection point.
Then
By using first derivative test :
Local maximum if
(i) f (c) = 0 and
(ii) for a very small h > 0
f (c − h)  0 and f (c + h)  0
Localminimum if
(i) f (c) = 0 and
(ii) for a very small h > 0
f (c − h)  0 and f (c + h)  0
By using second derivative test :
Local maximum if
(i) f (c) = 0 and (ii) f (c)  0
Localminimum if
(i) f (c) = 0 and (ii) f (c)  0

• Every stationary point value need not give extreme value but every extreme value implies stationary point.
• The conditions mentioned above are sufficient but not necessary for a function to have maxima and minima.

The Greatest (global maxima, absolute maxima), the Least (global minima, absolute minima) :
The greatest (or the least) value of a continuous function f(x) on [a, b] is attained either at the critical point or at the end
points of the interval.
Let f(x) be a function of x defined on [a,b].
Let f ( x) = 0  x = x1, x2 ... etc. (Critical points)
The greatest = Absolute maximum
= max.{ f (a), f (x1 ), f (x2 )... f (b)}
The least = Absolute minimum
= min.{ f (a), f (x1 ), f ( x2 )... f (b)}
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.5

Working rule for finding absolute maxima and absolute minima :

Step I : Find all the points where f (x) = 0.
Let these be x1, x2 ... (Critical points)
Step II : Take the end values of the given closed interval [a,b]
Step III : Find the value of f (x) at these points obtained in Step I
Step IV : Find the maximum and minimum values out of these values of f obtained in Step III.
Given a function f(x) in the interval [a,b], the value of f(x) is said to be
(i) The greatest value of f(x) in [a,b] if f(c)  f(x) for all x[a,b]
(ii) The least value of f(x) in [a,b] if f(d)  f(x) for all x[a,b]
g(x)
Note : If y =
f (x)
1
Let z = f (x) [ degree of g(x) < degree of f(x)]
y g(x)
If z is minimum  y is maximum
If z is maximum  y is minimum
If any natural number is divided into two parts such that
• their product is maximum, then both the parts are equal.
• the sum of their squares is minimum, then both the parts are equal.
• the sum of their cubes is minimum, then both the parts are equal.
The function f(x) = logx has neither maxima nor minima.
p
If perimeter of a sector is ‘p’, then the area of sector is maximum when radius =
4
1 2
Area of sector = r  and Arc length s = r
2

Angle :
(i) If two sides of a triangle are given , then area of triangles is maximum, if the angle between these two sides is 90º.
p2
(ii) If two sides of a triangle are each p, then its maximum area is .
2
p2
(iii) Maximum area of an isosceles triangle having each equal side p is .
2
(iv) If the perimeter of triangle is given, then area is maximum if the triangle is an equilateral triangle.
(v) If one side of a triangle, inscribed in a semicircle of radius r is the bounding diameter, then its maximum area is r2.
(vi) If an isosceles triangle of maximum area is inscribed in a given circle then the triangle is equilateral.
(vii) The least perimeter of an isosceles triangle in which a circle of radius r can be inscribed is 6 3r .

Rectangle :
(i) If the perimeter and area of a square changes at the same rate, then the side of the square is 2 units.
(ii) Of all rectangles with a given perimeter the square has a greatest area.
(iii) Of all rectangles with given area, the square has greatest area.
(iv) If area of a rectangle is k2 cm2, where k > 0, then its minimum perimeter is 4k when rectangle is a square.
(v) Of all the rectangles inscribed in a circle, the square has greatest area.
 03.6

(vi) If a rectangle of the maximum area is inscribed in a circle x2 + y2 = a2 then the dimensions of rectangle are
2a, 2a i.e. length = 2a = breadth and maximum area of rectangle = 2a2
x2 y2
(vii) If a rectangle of maximum area is inscribed in the ellipse 2 + 2 = 1 then the dimensions of rectangle are
a b
2a, 2a . i.e. length 2a , breadth = 2 b and maximum area of rectangle = 2ab

(viii) A wire of length l is cut into two parts. One part is bent into a circle of radius r and other part into a square of side
x l l
x. The sum of areas of circle and square is least when r = when r = ,x=
2 2(4 + ) 4+ 
(ix) If a cuboid has square base , then for any given volume, has minimum curved surface area when its height is equal to
diameter.

Right Circular Cylinder:

(i) An open right circular cylinder of any given volume, has minimum curved surface area when its height = diameter.
(ii) Aclosed right circular cylinder of given total surface area has maximum volume when its height is equal to diameter.

(iii) A right circular cylinder is inscribed in a given sphere. If the cylinder has the largest possible area of the lateral
surface then the ratio of altitude to the base radius of the cylinder is 2.
R
(iv) If a right circular cylinder of radius r and greatest curved surface is inscribed in a cone of radius R then r = .
2
(iv) If a right circular cylinder of maximum volume is inscribed in a sphere of radius r then the height of the cylinder in
2
r.
3
4
The volume of the largest cylinder that can be cut from a solid sphere of radius a is a3 cu. units.
(v) 3 3

Right Circular Cone :

(i) If the radius of a sphere is R and if a cone is inscribed in it, then the ratio of the height of the cone to the diameter of
2
the sphere is .
3
(ii) For any given slant height, the volume of right circular cone will be maximum, when its semi vertical angle will be
tan−1 2 .

(iii) Semivertical angle of a least cone, which is circumscribed to a sphere of given radius is cosec−13 .
2
(iv) A right circular cone of given slant side l, has maximum volume if its base radius R = l
3
r3
(v) If a right circular conical tent of height h, base radius r and volume cubic units requires least amount of
3
canvas, then h = 2 r .
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.7

Triangle Area = (½) × base × height

= (½)bc sinA = (½) ac sinB = (½) ab sinC
= s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c)

3
Equilateral triangle Area = (side)2
4
Circle Area = r2
Circumference = Perimeter = 2r
Square Area = (side)2,
Perimeter = 4 (side)
Rectangle Area = length × breadth
Perimeter = 2 (length + breadth)
Parallelogram Area = side × (distance between parallel lines)
Perimeter = 2 (length + breadth)

Rhombous Area = (½)(d × d ), where d and d are diagonals

1 2 1 2

Perimeter = 4 × side

Trapezium Area = (½)(sum of parallel sides) × (distance between them)

An ellipse Area = ab

Right circular cone Volume = ()r2h
Total surface area = r2 + rl
Curved surface area = rl
Right circular cylinder Volume = r2h
Total surface area = r2 + rh
Curved surface area = rh
Cuboid Volume = l × b × h
Total surface area = 2 (lb + bh + hl)
Curved surface area = 2 lh + 2 bh
Cube Volume = a3
Total surface area = 6a2
Curved surface area = 4a2
Sphere Volume = ()r
Curved surface area = r
03.8

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK:

1. The tangent to a given curve is perpendicular to X-axis if

dy dx dx
(a)
dy
= 0 (b) = (c) =0 (d) =
dx dx dy dy

2. The normal to a given curve is parallel to X-axis if

dy dx dx
(a)
dy
=0 (b) = (c) =0 (d) =
dx dx dy dy

The tangent to the curve x2 = 2y, at the point 1,  makes with the X-axis an angle of
1
3.
 2
 
(a) 0º (b) 45º (c) 30º (d) 60º

4. The point P of the curve y2 =2x3, the tangent at which is perpendicular to the line 4x − 3y + 2 = 0 is given by
 1 −1 
(a) (2, 4) (b) (0, 0) (c)  8 , 16 
 
(d) (1, 2 )
5. The equation of the tangent to the curve (1 + x2)y = 2 − x, where it crosses the X-axis is
(a) x + 5y = 2 (b) x − 5y = 2 (c) 5x − y = 2 (d) 5x + y − 2 = 0

6. The equation of the normal to the curve y = x(2 − x) at the point (2, 0) is
(a) x − 2y = 2 (b) x − 2y + 2 = 0 (c) 2x + y + 4 = 0 (d) 2x + y − 4 = 0

7. For the curve x = t2 −2, y = t2 − t, tangent is parallel to X-axis is where

1 1 1
(a) t = 0 (b) t = (c) t = (d) t =
3 2 3

8. The abscissa of the point on the curve ay2 = x3, the normal at which cuts off equal intercepts from the co-ordinate
axis is
2a 4a 4a 2a
(a) (b) (c) − (d) −
9 9 9 9

9. The area of the triangle formed by the positive X-axis, the tangent and the normal to the curve x2 + y2 = 4 at
(1, 3) is

(a) 3 sq.units (b) 2 3 sq.units (c) 4 3 sq.units (d) 3 3 sq.units

10. The points on the curve y = 12x − x3, at which the gradient is zero are
(a) (0,2), (2,16) (b) (0, −2), (2, −16) (c) (2, −16), (2, 16) (d) (2, 16), (−2, −16)

11. Point at which the tangent to the curve y = x3 − 3x2 − 8x + 7 has inclination 45 is
(a)  5 , 4  (b)  −4 , −5  (c) (−1, 11), (3, −17) (d) (0, 0)
3 3  3 3 
   
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.9

4
12. If A  (1, −3) and B  (4, 3) are points on the curve y = x − , then the points on the curve the tangents at which
x
are parallel to the chord AB are
(a) (1, 3), (−3, 4) (b) ( 2, 0) (c)  8, 15  , 16, 63  (d) (1, 1)
 2  4 
   

Equations of the tangent and normal to the curve y = x − 4x + 3 at the point x = 4, on it are respectively
2
13.
(a) 4x – y = 16, x + 4y = 13 (b) 4x – y = 13, x + 4y = 16
(c) 3x – y = 16, x + 3y = 13 (d) 3x − y = 15, x + 3y = 14

14. If lines T1 and T2 are tangent to the curve y = x2 – 3x + 2 at the points where the curve meets the X-axis, then

(a) T || T (b) T ⊥ T (c) m (T , T ) =  (d) m(T , T ) =
1 2
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4

15. Equations of tangents to the curve y = 2x3 − 3x2 −12x + 20 , which are parallel to the X-axis are
(a) x = 0, x = 27 (b) y = 0, y = 27 (c) y = 3, y = −27 (d) x = 3, x = −27

16. The line x + y = 0 touches the curve 2y2 = ax3 + b at (1, −1), then the values of a and b are
1 2 4 2 2 1
(a) a = , b = − (b) a = , b = (c) a = 3, b = 4 (d) a = , b = −
3 3 3 3 3 3

17. The line ax + by + c = 0 is a normal to xy = 1, then

(a) a > 0, b > 0 (b) a < 0, b < 0 (c) a > 0, b < 0 (d) none of these

18. A particle moves on a path and covers s = 3t2 − 8t + 5 in t seconds, then the body will stop after
3 4 3
(a) 1 sec (b) sec (c) sec (d) sec
2 3 4
19. If displacement s at time t is s = − t3 + 3t2 + 3t + 5, then velocity at t = 2s is
(a) 3 units/s (b) 6 units/s (c) 12 units/s (d) 0

20. The equations of motion of particle P(x, y) on a plane are given by x = 4 + r cos t, y = 6 + r sin t, where t is time
and r is constant. Its velocity at time t is
(a) cot (t) (b) − tan (t) (c) r (d) 0

21. A stone thrown vertically upwards is moving in a straight line . If its equation of motion is s = 294t − 49t2,
then the maximum height that the stone reaches is
(a) 1323 (b) 882 (c) 441 (d) 1764

22. A point moves in a straight line so that its distance s from a fixed point at any time t is proportional to tn. If v be the
velocity and a the acceleration at time t, then v2 =
n2sa2 (n −1)n nsa a
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(n −1)2 as n −1 ns

23. A man of height 2 m walks at a uniform speed of 5 m/min away from a lamp post 6 m high. The rate at which the
length of his shadow increases is
5 2
(a) m/min (b) km/hr (c) 10 m/min (d) 3 m/min
2 5
03.10

24. An edge of a cube is increasing at the rate of 3 cm/sec. If the edge is 10 cm long, then the rate at which the volume
of the cube is increasing is
(a) 700 cm3/sec (b) 900 cm3/sec (c) 500 cm3/sec (d) 800 cm3/sec

25. A point is in motion along the curve 12y = x3. Then x-coordinate changes faster than y - coordinate, if
(a) x (−2, 2) (b) x [−2, 2] (c) x (−, −2)  (2, ) (d) x (−, −2] [2, )

26. A rod of length 13 metres has one end P on the x-axis and the other end Q on the y-axis. If P moves on the x-axis
with a speed of 12 cm/sec, then the speed of the other end Q when it is 12 metres from the origin is
(a) 3 m/sec (b) 5 m/sec (c) −5 m/sec (d) 4 m/sec

27. A point on the curve 6y = x3 + 2 at which y-co-ordinate is changing eight times fast as the x-co-ordinate is
(a) (4, 11) (b) (−4, 11) (c) (4, 8) (d) (4, 6)

28. Area A of a blot increasing is increase in such a way that, after t sec A = 3t + t3. Rate at which the blot is
expanding after 2 sec is
(a) 6 sq. units/s (b) 15 sq. units/s (c) 9 sq. units/s (d) 12 sq. units/s

29. A point P moves along the curve y = x3. If its abscissa is increasing at the rate of 2 units/s, then the rate at which
the slope of the tangent at P is increasing when P is at (1, 1) is
(a) 3 unit/s (b) 12 unit/s (c) 24 unit/s (d) 6 sq. unit/s

30. If the radius of the circle changes at the rate of 0.04 cm/sec, then the rate of changes of its area, when radius is
10 cm, is
(a) 8  cm2/s (b) 0.8  cm2/s (c) 0.4 cm2/s (d) 4  cm2/s

31. If the circumference of a circle changes at the rate of 0.7  cm/s, then when the radius is 5 cm, the radius of the
circle changes at the rate of
(a) 0.7 cm/s (b) 7 cm/s (c) 3.5 cm/s (d) 0.35 cm/s

32. Area of circular blot of ink is increasing at the rate of 2 cm2/s. When the area of the blot is 4 cm2, its radius is
increasing at the rate of
1 1 1 1
(a) cm/s (b) cm/s (c) 2 cm/s (d) cm/s
2 2  2 2

33. A stone is dropped into a quiet pond and waves spread in the form of concentric circles outward fromthe point where
it strikes at a speed of 4 inch/s. When the radius of the wave ring is 3 ft the enclosed area is increasing at the rate of
(a) 2 sq.ft/s (b)  sq.ft/s (c) 3 sq.ft/s (d) 4 sq.ft/s

34. Sides of a square are increasing at the rate of 0.5 cm/s when the side is 10 cm long, its area is increasing at the rate
of
(a) 100 cm2/s (b) 0.10 cm2/s (c) 10 cm2/s (d) 0.01 cm2/s

35. If the surface area of sphere increases at the rate of 2 sq ft/s, then when the radius is 6 ft its volume is increasing at
the rate of
(a) 2 cu.ft/s (b) 6 cu.ft/s (c) 3 cu.ft /s (d) −3 cu.ft/s

36. If a spherical soap bubble expands at the rate of 2 cc/s then, when the radius is 10 cm, its diameter is increasing at
the rate of
1  100
(a) 100  cm/s (b) cm/s (c) cm/s (d) cm/s
100 100 
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.11

37. Sides of an equilateral triangle expands at a rate of 2 cm/s. The rate of increase of its area when each side is 10 cm
is
(a) 10 2 cm2 /s (b) 10 3 cm2 /s (c) 10 cm2/s (d) 5 cm2/s

38. Volume of sphere is increasing at the rate of 4  cc/s. The rate of increase of its radius when the volume is 288  cc
is
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 12 36 9

39. The approximate value of (80.7)1/4 is

(a) 2.0072 (b) 4.9972 (c) 2.9972 (d) 3.9972

1
40. The approximate value of (2.002)2 is
(a) 0.2495 (b) 0.2595 (c) 0.2095 (d) 0.24950

41. The approximate value of sin(30º3), given that 1º = 0.01745c, cos30º = 0.8660 is
(a) 0.504 (b) 0.540 (c) 0.520 (d) 0.530

42. The approximate value of tan(47º), given that 1º = 0.01745c is

(a) 1.798 (b) 1.799 (c) 1.698 (d) 1.812

43. The approximate value of cot-1(1.001) is

   
(a) + 0.005 (b) + 0.0005 (c) − 0.005 (d) − 0.0005
4 4 4 4

44. The approximate value of e1.005 , given that e = 2.71828 is

(a) 2.7319 (b) 2.7391 (c) 2.7182 (d) 2.1005

45. If the diagonal of a square is (1.02) 2 cm, then its approximate area is
(a) 1.4 cm2 (b) 1.04 cm2 (c) 1.5 cm2 (d) 1.7 cm2

46. If the circumference of a circle is 4.2  cm, then its approximate area is
(a) 4.2  cm2 (b) 4.42  cm2 (c) 2.22 cm2 (d) 4.5  cm2

47. Root of the equation x4 −12x + 7 = 0, which is approximately equal to 2 is

(a) 2.05 (b) 1.95 (c) 2.15 (d) 2.20

48. Which of the following statement (s) is/are true ?

If y = f(x) is a real valued function then Rolle’s theorem is applicable only if
(i) f(x) is continuous in [a, b]
(ii) f(x) is differentiable on (a, b)
(iii) f(a) = f(b) then c (a, b) such that f (c) = 0
(iv) f (a) = f (b)
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (i), (iii) and (iv) (d) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
03.12

49. Which of the following statements (s) is / are correct ?

If y = f(x) is a real valued function then LMVT is applicable only if
(i) f(x) is continuous in [a, b]
(ii) f(a) = f(b)
f (b) − f (a)
(iii) f(x) is differentiable on (a, b), then  atleast one c (a, b) such that f (c) = b−a
(iv) f (a) = f (b)
(a) (i), (iii) (b) (i), (ii) and (iii) (c) (i), (iii) and (iv) (d) (ii), (iii) and (iv)

50. For which of the following functions Rolle’s theorem does not hold good ?
(a) f (x) = e1−x on [−1, 1]
2
(b) f (x) = log(x2 + 2) − log 3 on [−1, 1]
(c) f (x) = 3 + (1− x)2/3 on [0, 3] (d) f (x) = 4 − x2 on [−2, 2]

51. Which condition of Rolle’s theorem does not hold good ?

For the function f (x) = [ x] for x− 
(a) f(x) is not derivable at x = 1 (b) f(x) is not continuous at x = −1
(c) f(x) is not continuous at x = 0 (d) f (0) = 1

52. If f(x) = (x − 4) (x − 5) (x − 6) (x − 7), then

(a) f (x) = 0 has four roots (b) f (x) = 0 has three zeroes in (4,5)  ( )  ( )
(c) f (x) = 0 has only one root (d) f ( x) has three zeroes in (3,4)  ()  ( )

53. If f(x) = (x − 1) (x − 2) (x − 3) on [0, 4], then the value of c by LMVT is

3 2 2 1
(a) 2 + (b) 3  (c) 2  (d) 1
2 3 3 3
x
−
54. If f (x) = x(x + 3)e 2
satisfies all conditions of Rolle’s theorem in [−3, 0] then c =
(a) −2 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 2

55. Let f(x) and g(x) be defined and differentiable for x  x0 . If f (x0 ) = g( x0 ) and f (x)  g(x) for all x > x0, then
(a) f(x) < g(x) for some x > x0 (b) f(x) = g(x) for some x > x0
(c) f(x) > g(x) for all x > x0 (d) f(x) < g(x) for all x > x0
an−1
56. If a0 + a1 + a2 + ... + + a = 0 , then (0, 1), the function f (x) = a xn + a xn−1 + a xn−2 +... + a has
n +1 n n −1 2 n 0 1 2 n

(a) at least one zero (b) at most one zero (c) only three zeroes (d) only two zeroes

57. If f(x) is differentiable for all x and f(1) = −2 while f (x)  2 for all x[1, 6] , then
(a) f(6) < 8 (b) f(6)  8 (c) f(6)  5 (d) f(6)  

58. In [0, 1], LMVT is not applicable to

1  1
 2 − x  , x  sin x , x 0
f (x) =    2 
(a) (b) f (x) =  x
 1 2 1 1 , x = 0
− x , x 
 2  2
 
(c) f(x) = x | x | (d) f(x) = | x |
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.13

59. If a + b + c = 0, then the equation 3ax2 + 2bx + c = 0 has

(a) at least one real root in (0, 1) (b) one root in (−1, 0) and the other in (1, 2)
(c) both imaginary roots (d) two coincident roots

60. Which of the following statements is/are correct ?

If y = f(x) is real valued function then f is said to be increasing function if
(i) x1, x2  (a, b) such that f(x2) > f(x1), x2 > x1 (ii) x1, x2  (a, b) such that f(x2) < f(x1), x2 > x1
(iii) f (x)  0, x (a, b) (iv) f (x)  0, x (a, b)
(a) (i) and (iv) (b) (i) and (iii) (c) (ii) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv)

61. The function f(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 − 12x + 5 is increasing in interval (I) and decreasing in interval (D) is
(a) I  (−, −2)  (1, ), D  (−2, 1) (b) I  (− ), D  (−, 2)  (2, )
(c) I  (− −)  (2, ), D  (−1, 2) (d) I  (− 2) , D  (3, )

62. The function f ( x) = x − x is increasing in

1 1 1 +
(a) (− ) (b) ( , ) (c) (0, ) (d) R
4 4 4

63. The function f (x) = 25 − x2 is increasing in

(a) (−5, 5) (b)  (c) (−5, 0) (d) (5,)

1− x + x2
64. The function f (x) = decreases in
1+ x + x2
1 1
(a) (−1, 1) (b) (−, −1)  (1, ) (c) (−, ) (d) ( , )
2 2
65. The function y = x2e−x , increases in
(a) (−, ) (b) (−2, 0) (c) (2, ) (d) (0, 2)

x a a
66. If a, b > 0 and  = b x a , then  increasing in
b b x

(a) (− ab, ab ) (b) ( ab,  ) (c) (−, − )(

ab  ab,  ) (d) (−, − ab)

67. If a < 0, the function f (x) = eax + e−ax is decreasing for

(a) x < 0 (b) x > 0 (c) x < 1 (d) x > 1

68. If f (x) = 8x3 − 60x2 + 144x + 27 is decreasing in

(a) (−3, 2) (b) (2, 3) (c) (5, 6) (d) (−3, 2)

69. The function f(x) = xx decreases on the interval

1 1
(a) (0, e) (b) (0, 1) (c) (0, ) (d) ( , e)
e e

70. A condition for a function y = f(x) to have an inverse is that it should be

(a) continuous every where (b) defined for all x
(c) increasing and continuous in the domain (d) an even function
03.14

f (x2 ) − f (x)
71. If f(x) is strictly increasing function, then lim is equal to
x→0 f (x) − f (0)
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) −1 (d) 2

The function f (x) = ( x( x − 3)) increases for all values of x lying in the interval
2
72.
3
(a) 0  x  (b) 0 < x <  (c) − < x < 0 (d) 1 < x < 3
2

73. The function f(x) = tanx − x

(a) always increases (b) always decreases
(c) either increasing or decreasing (d) neither increasing nor decreasing

74. The length of a longest interval in which the function 3sinx − 4sin3x is increasing is
  3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 
3 2 2

75. The largest interval in which f (x) = x3 + 6x2 + 36x + 7 increases is

(a)  (b) R− (c) R+ (d) R
x
76. y= increases in
log x
(a)  (b) R+ (c) (0, e) (d) (e, )

77. y = 9x3 + logx decreases in

1 1
(a)  (b) (− , − ) (c) ( − , ) (d) R+
3 3
1
78. If f(x) = − log (1 + x), x > 0, then f is
x +1
(a) an increasing function (b) a decreasing function
(c) both increasing and decreasing function (d) none of these

79. Function f(x) = x3 − 3x + 4 has minimum value at x =

3 3
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) − (d)
2 2

80. Function f(x) = −x2 + 10x + 12 has maximum value at x =

(a) −5 (b) 5 (c) −4 (d) 3

81. Minimum value of f(x) = 4x3 − 12x2 − 36x is

(a) −108 (b) 108 (c) 54 (d) −54

82. f(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 −12x + 3 has maximum at the point

(a) (1, 0) (b) (2, 9) (c) (−2, 9) (d) (−2, 27)

83. If f(x) = bx2 + ax has minimum at (2, −12), then (a, b) =

(a) (3, −12) (b) (−12, 3) (c) (−3, −12) (d) (−12, −3)
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.15

84. If x + y = k, x, yN then xy is maximum when (x, y) =

(a)  k , 2k  (b)  k , 3k  (c)  k , k  (d)  2k , 2k 
3 3  4 4  2 2  3 3 
       

85. If xy = k, x, yN then x + y is minimum when (x, y) =

(a) (k, 1) (b) ( k, k ) (c) (k 1/ 4
, k 3/ 4 ) (d) (k 2/3
, k 2/3 )
86. If sum of two positive numbers is k, the sum of their squares is minimum when they are
2k k
(a) k, 0 (b) , (c) k , k (d)
2 2
,
3 3 2 2 k k

87. If product of two positive numbers is k, then sum of their squares is minimum when they are
(a) k, 1 (b) k, k (c) k1/3 , k 2/3 (d) k 2/3 , k 3/4

88. If sum of two positive numbers is k, then sum of their cubes is minimum when they are
k k
(a) , (b) k , 2k (c)
k 3k
, (d)
k 7k
,
2 2 3 3 3 4 8 8

89. Point on the curve x2 − y2 +16 = 0, nearest to (6, 0) is

(a) (0, −4) (b) (0, 4) (c) (5, 3) (d) (3, 5)

90. f(x) = x4 −24x3 + 144x2 has maximum value at x =

(a) 0 (b) 12 (c) −16 (d) 6

91. If one side of a triangle, inscribed in a semi-circle of radius r, is the bounding diameter, then its maximum area is
r 2 r 2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) r2
2 4 2
 x
 x2  100 −
Total cost of producing x items is `  + 25x − 50  and selling price of each is ` 
4
92. . The output for
4
   
maximum profit must be
(a) 25 (b) 75 (c) 50 (d) 100
93. The denominator of a fraction exceeds the square of its numerator by 16. The least value of this fraction is
1 1 1 1
(a) − (b) − (c) (d)
4 8 12 16

94. Let f(x) = x | x |, then f(x) has a

(a) local maxima at x = 0 (b) local minima at x = 0
(c) point of inflection at x = 0 (d) none of these

95. The value of a for which the difference of the roots of the equation ax2 + (a −1) x + 2 = 0 is minimum is given by
1 1 2
(a) (b) 5 (c) − (d)
5 5 5

96. The equation of the line through (3, 4) which cuts from the first quadrant a triangle of maximum area is
(a) 4x + 3y − 24 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y −12 = 0
(c) 2x + 3y − 18 = 0 (d) 3x + 2y −17 = 0
03.16

x+c
97. If y = , where c is constant and y is stationary, then xy =
1+ x2
1 3 5
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
2 4 4

98. The ratio of the altitude of the cone of the greatest volume which can be inscribed in a given sphere to the diameter of
the sphere is
(a) 2:3 (b) 3:4 (c) 1:3 (d) 1:4

99. The point on the curve y2 = 4x which is nearest to the point (2, 1) is
(a) (1, −2) (b) (−2, 1) (c) (1, 2 2) (d) (1, 2)

100. Let P(x) = a + a x2 + a x4 + a x6 + ... + a x2n be a polynomial in real variable x with 0  a  a  a  ...  a .
0 1 2 3 n 0 1 2 n

The function P(x) has

(a) neither a maxima nor a minima (b) only one maxima
(c) both maxima and minima (d) only one minima
5

101. The function f (x) =  (x − k )2 assumes minimum value for x given by

k =1

5
(a) 5 (b) (c) 3 (d) 2
2

102. The minimum value of px + qy when xy = r2 is

(a) 2 pq r (b) 2 pq r (c) pq r (d) pq r

103. The minimum value of 3[( x −2) +8] is

2 2

(a) 38 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 34

104. For f (c) = 0 and f (c − h)  0, f (c + h)  0 or f (c − h)  0, f (c + h)  0 , then c is called
(a) point of maxima (b) point of minima (c) point of inflection (d) none of these

105. The values of a and b, if y = alogx + bx2 + x has its extreme values at x = −1 and x = 2 are
1 1 1 1
a = , b = −2
(a) a = 1 , b = (b) a = 2, b = (c) a = 2, b = − (d)
2 2 2 2
106. If the function f(x) = 2x3 − 9ax2 +12a2x +1 attains its maximum and minimum at p and q respectively such
2
that p = q then a equals (where a > 0)
(a)  (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4

107. The maximum possible area that can be enclosed by a wire of length 20 cm by bending it into the form of sector is
(a) 10 sq.units (b) 25 sq.units (c) 30 sq.units (d) 20 sq.units

108. The largest value of f(x) = 2x3 − 3x2 −12x + 5 for –2  x  4 occurs at x is
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) −1
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.17

109. An open box is to be made out of a given quantity of card board of area c2 . The maximum volume of box if its
base is a square (in cu. units) is

3c3 2c3 c3 c3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 6 3 5

110. A closed right circular cylinder has volume 2156 cubic units. The radius r of its base so that its total surface may be
minimum is
(a) r = 7 units (b) r = 5 units (c) r = 2 units (d) r = 9 units

111. On the interval [0,1] the function f(x) = x25 (1− x)75 takes its maximum value at the point
1 1 1
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
4 2 3

112. The minimum value of x3 − 3x in the interval [0, 2] is

(a) – 2 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 1

113. If the differentiable function f(x) has a relative minimum at x = 0, then the function y = f(x) + ax + b has a relative
minimum at x = 0 for
(a) all a and b (b) all b > 0 (c) all b if a = 0 (d) all a > 0

114. Let f(x) have second derivative at c such that f (c) = 0 and f (c) < 0 then c is a point of
(a) inflexion (b) local maxima (c) local minima (d) none of these

115. Given that f(x) = x1/ x , x > 0 has the maximum value at x = e, then
(a) e  e (b) e  e (c) e = e (d) e  e

HOMEWORK:

116. Gradient of the curve y = 2 + x + x2, at the point x = −1 on it is

(a) 0 (b) −1 (c) 1 (d) 2

117. Slope of the tangent of the curve x = t2 + 3t − 8, y = 2t2 – 2t – 5 at the point t = 2 is

7 5 6
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
6 6 7

118. Equations of the tangent and normal to the curve x2 + y2 + 4x − 7 y + 5 = 0 at the point (1, 2) are
(a) x – 2y = 5, x + 2y = 5 (b) y = 2x , x + 2y = 5
(c) y = −2x, x − 2y = 5 (d) x − 2y = −3, x + 2y = 7

119. Equations of the tangents to the curve y = 2 – 3x – x2 at the point where the curve meets the Y-axis is
(a) x + 3y = 2 (b) 3x – y = 2 (c) x – 3y = 2 (d) 3x + y = 2

120. The formula for approximation is

(a) f(a + h)  f(a) – h f (a) (b) f(a − h)  f(a) + h f (a)
(c) f(a + h)  h f (a) (d) f(a + h)  f(a) + h f (a)
03.18

121. The approximate value of (4.05)3 is

(a) 64.48 (b) 65 (c) 66.43 (d) 66.8

 x a loge x , x  0
122. Let f (x) = 
0 , x=0
Rolle’s theorem is applicable for x  , if a =
1
(a) −2 (b) −1 (c) 0 (d)
2

123. Which of the following statements is/are correct ?

If y = f(x) is real valued function then f is said to be decreasing function if
(i) x1, x2  (a, b) such that f(x2) > f(x1), x2 > x1 (ii) x1, x2  (a, b) such that f(x2) < f(x1), x2 > x1
(iii) f (x)  0, x (a, b) (iv) f (x)  0, x (a, b)
(a) (iii) and (iv) (b) (ii) and (iv) (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (i) and (iii)

124. If f (x) = g(x)(x − a)2 where g(a)  0 and g(x) is continuous at x = a, then
(a) f is increasing in the nbd of a, if g(a) > 0 (b) f is increasing in the nbd of a, if g(a) < 0
(c) f is decreasing in the nbd of a, if g(a) > 0 (d) none of these

125. If f and g are two decreasing functions such that fog exist, then gof
(a) is an increasing function (b) is a decreasing function
(c) is neither increasing nor decreasing (d) none of these

126. The function f(x) = 3x2 − 6x +1 is increasing in interval (I) and decreasing in interval (D) is
(a) I  (−3, 0), D  (0, 6) (b) I  (1, ), D  (− , 1)
(c) I  (3, 6), D   (d) I   , D  (6, −3)
x3
127. The function f (x) = 2 increases in
x +15
(a) R (b) R+ (c) R− (d) (− 15, 15)

128. At x = 0, the function f (x) = 3 2x is

(a) decreasing (b) increasing (c) stationary (d) maximum

129. The function y = x + log(x + 1) decreases in

(a) (−2, −1) (b) (−, −2)  (− 1, ) (c) (−1, ) (d) 

130. Let the function f : R → R be defined by f(x) = 2x + cosx, then f

(a) has a minimum at x =  (b) has a maximum at x = 0
(c) is a decreasing function (d) is an increasing function

131. y = x log x increases in

1 1
(a) ( , ) (b) (0, ) (c) (0, e) (d) R+
e e

log x
132. y = increases in
x
(a) (−  , e) (b) (0, e) (c) (e, ) (d) R+
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.19

133. f(x) = x4 − 8x3 + 22x2 − 24x + 20 has minimum value at x =

(a) 0 (b) −1 (c) 2 (d) 1

134. f(x) = 2x3 − 3x2 − 12x + 12 has minimum at the point

(a) (2, −8) (b) (2, 8) (c) (−1, 19) (d) (2, 19)

135. If product of two positive numbers is k, then the least value of their sum is
k
(a) k2 (b) 2 k (c) (d) k2
2

136. If two sides of a triangle each k, then its maximum area is

k2 3k 2
(a) k2 (b) (c) 2k 2 (d)
2 4
n2
137. The largest term in the sequence an = is given by
n3 + 200
529 8 49 89
(a) (b) (c) 543 (d)
49 57 8

f (x) =     
138. The maximum value of the function sin  x +  + cos x +  in the interval  0, 2  occurs at
 6  6  
   
(a) (b) (c) (d)
12 6 4 3

139. For 0 < a < x, the minimum value of the function y = log2 x + loga a is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

140. On [1, e], the least and greatest values of f(x) = x2 log x is
(a) e, 1 (b) 1, e (c) 0, e2 (d) e, e2

5
141. At x = , f(x) = 2 sin 3x + 3 cos 3x is
6
(a) maximum (b) minimum (c) zero (d) none of these

142. The maximum value of x − sinx in [0, ] is


(a) 1 (b)  (c) (d) 0
2

143. The maximum area of rectangle that can be inscribed in a circle of radius r is
r 2
(a) r 2 (b) 2 (c) (d) 2r2
4
144. Let f(x) have second derivative at c such that f (c) = 0 and f (c) > 0 then c is a point of
(a) Inflexion (b) local maxima (c) local minima (d) none of these

145. The perimeter ofa sector is p. The area of the sector is maximum when its radius is
p 1 p
(a) units (b) p units (c) p units (d) units
2 4
03.20

146. The maximum and minimum values for the function f(x) = 3x4 – 4x3 on [–1, 2] are
(a) 7, 0 (b) 0, –7 (c) 16, –1 (d) –7, 16

147. Tangent to the curve y = x3 at the points (1, 1) and (−1, −1) are
(a) perpendicular (b) parallel
(c) intersecting but not at right angles (d) intersecting at right angle

148. If the tangent to the curve xy + ax + by = 0 at (1, 1) is inclined at angle of tan−1 2 with X-axis, then
(a) a = 1, b = 2 (b) a =1, b = −2 (c) a = −1, b = 2 (d) a = −1, b = −2

149. The curve y = ax3 + bx2 + cx is inclined at angle of 45º to the X-axis at (0, 0) but it touches X -axis at (0, 0), then the
values of a, b and c are given by
(a) a = −2, b = 1, c = 1 (b) a = 1, b = 1, c = −2
(c) a =1, b = −2, c = 1 (d) a = −1, b = 2, c = 1

150. The point (s) on the curve y3 + 3x2 = 12y where the tangent is vertical, is(are)
 4   4 
 ,−2  11   ,2
(a)   (b)  ,1 (c) (0, 0) (d)  
 3   3 

151. The abscissa of the points where the tangent to curve y = x3 − 3x2 − 9x + 5 is parallel to X-axis are
(a) x = 1, −3 (b) x = −1, 3 (c) x = 1, −1 (d) x = 0

152. At what point, the slope of the tangent to the curve x2 + y2 − 2x − 3 = 0 is zero ?
(a) (3, 0), (−1, 0) (b) (3, 0), (1, 2) (c) (−1, 0), (1, 2) (d) (1, 2), (1, −2)

153. The equations of tangents at those points where the curve y = x2 − 3x + 2 meets X-axis are
(a) x − y + 2= , x − y −1 = 0 (b) x + y −1 = 0, x − y −1 = 0
(c) x − y −1 = 0, x − y = 0 (d) x − y = 0, x + y = 0

154. The equation of the tangent to the curve x = 2cos3 and y = 3sin3 at the point  = is
4
(a) 2x + 3 y = 3 2 (b) 2x − 3 y = 2 2
(c) 3x + 2 y = 3 2 (d) 3x − 2 y = 3 2

155. Let C be the curve y3 − 3xy + 2 = 0. If H is the set of points on the curve C where the tangent is horizontal and
V is the set of points where the tangent is vertical then H and V are respectively given by
(a) {(0, 0), (0, 1)} (b) , {(1, 1)} (c) {(1, 1), (0, 0)} (d)  

156. The abscissae of the points of the curve y = x(x − 2) (x − 4) where tangents are parallel to X-axis is
2 1 1
(a) x = 2 (b) x = 1 (c) x = 2  (d) x = 1
3 3 3

157. Tangents to the curve y = x3 + 3x at x = −1 and x = 1 are

(a) parallel (b) intersecting but not an angle of 45º
(c) intersecting at an angle of 90º (d) intersecting at an angle of 30º

158. The point on the curve y = 3x2 − 3x + 2, where tangent is perpendicular to y = x is

(a) (0, 2) (b) (1, 0) (c) (−1, 6) (d) (2, −2)
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.21

2 3 1 2
159. At what points of curve y = x + x , tangent makes equal angles with X-axis are
3 2
1 4
(a)  1 , 5  ;  −1, − 1  (b) , ; (−1, 0)
 2 24   6   2 9
     
(c)  1 , 1  ;  −3, − 1  (d)  1 , 4  ;  −1, − 1 
3 7  2  3 27   3
       

160. For the curve y = 3sin cos, x = e sin , 0     tangent is parallel to X-axis, then  =
  
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
2 4 6

161. If the tangent at (1, 1) on y2 = x(2 − x)2 meets the curve again at P, then P is
9 3 1 3
(a) (4, 4) (b) (−1, 2) (c)  4 , 8  (d)  2, 2
   

162. For the curve x = t2 −1, y = t2 − t, the tangent line is perpendicular to X-axis when t is
1 1
(a) 0 (b)  (c) (d) −
3 3
3
163. If the normal to the curve y = f(x) of the point (3, 4) makes an angle with the positive axis, then f (3) =
4
3 4
(a) 1 (b) − (c) (d) 1
4 3

164. The normal of curve x = a(cos + sin), y = a(sin − cos) is such that
(a) it makes a constant angle with x-axis (b) it passes through origin
(c) it is at a constant distance from the origin (d) none of these

165. The parametric equations of a curve are given by x = et cos t, y = et sin t, then the tangent to the curve at the point

t = makes with axis of x the angle
4
  
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d)
4 3 2

166. The slope of the tangent to the curve x = 3t 2 +1 , y = t3 −1 at x = 1 is

1
(a) (b) 0 (c) −2 (d) 
2

167. The point on the curve y2 = x, the tangent at which make angle of 45º with x-axis will be given by
1 1 1 1 1,1
(a) (2, 4) (b)  2 , 2  (c)  2 , 4  (d)  4 2
     

168. If s = t3 – 6t2 – 15t + 12, then velocity at the time when acceleration becomes zero is
(a) 15 units/s (b) −27 units/s (c) 27 units/s (d) −15 units/s
03.22

169. A stone is thrown up vertically from the top of a tower 64 ft high, according to the law s = 48 t – 16 t2. The greatest
height reached by the stone from the ground is
(a) 64 ft (b) 100 ft (c) 128 ft (d) 80 ft

170. If the displacement of a particle is s = t3 − 4t2 − 5t, then the acceleration of particle at t = 2 is
(a) 2 units/s (b) 4 units/s (c) −2 units/s (d) − 4 units/s

171. If a particle is moving in a straight line according to the law s = 9t2 − t3, then the displacement of particle when
velocity is zero is
(a) 54 unit/sec (b) 108 unit/sec (c) 27 unit/sec (d) 216 unit/sec

172. If a bullet is shot horizontally and its distance 5 cm at time t seconds is given by s = 1200 t −15t2, then the time
required to come to rest is
(a) 10 sec (b) 20 sec (c) 40 sec (d) 80 sec

173. The radius of a cylinder is increasing at the rate 2m/sec and its height is decreasing at the rate 3m/sec. When the radius
is 3 m and height is 5m, the volume of the cylinder would change at the rate of
(a) 87  m3/s (b) 33  m3/s (c) 27  m3/s (d) 15  m3/s

174. If the rate of change in the circumference of a circle is 0.3 cm/sec, then the rate of change in the area of the circle when
the radius is 5 cm is
(a) 1.5 cm2/sec (b) 0.5 cm2/sec (c) 5 cm2/sec (d) 3 cm2/sec

175. A point on the curve y2 = 18x at which the ordinate increases at twice the rate of the abscissa is
(a) (2, 4) (b) (2, −4) (c)  − 9 , 9  (d)  9 , 9 
 8 2 8 2
   

176. The side of an equilateral triangle are increasing at the rate of 2cm/sec. The rate at which the area increases
(in sq. units / sec), when the side is 10 cm is
10
(a) 3 (b) 10 (c) 10 3 (d)
3
177. The radius of a circular blot of ink is increasing at the rate of 3 cm/min. The rate of increase of its area when its radius
is 2 cm is
(a) 10  cm2/min (b) 8  cm2/min (c) 12  cm2/min (d) 14  cm2/min

178. A square plate is expanding uniformly, the side is increasing at the rate of 5 cm/sec. The rate at which the area is
increasing when the side is 20 cm long is
(a) 100 cm2/sec (b) 150 cm2/sec (c) 300 cm2/sec (d) 200 cm2/sec

179. Water is flowing into a cylindrical tank at the rate of 12 cubic ft/min. If the radius of the tank is 3 ft, then the rate at
which the height of water is rising is
4 4 4 2
(a) ft/min (b) ft/min (c) ft/min (d) ft/min
 3 7 3

180. The volume of a spherical ball is increasing at 18  cm/sec. The rate at which its radius is increasing when the volume
is 36  c.c. is
1 1 1 1
(a) cm/sec (b) cm/sec (c) cm/sec (d) cm/sec
6 12 2 9
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.23

181. A point source of light is 25 feet directly above a straight horizontal path on which a boy of 6 feet in height is walking.
The rate at which the boy’s shadow is lengthening when he is walking away from the light is 100 ft/min is
(a) 31.58 ft/min (b) 31.36 ft/min (c) 31.27 ft/min (d) 31.47 ft/min

182. Aladder of 20 feet long rests against a wall, if the lower end which is on floor, is moved away from the wall 2 feet/sec,
the rate at which the upper end moves when the lower end is 12 feet away from the wall is
1 3 3 1
(a) ft/sec (b) ft/sec (c) ft/sec (d) ft/sec
2 4 2 4

183. If the radius of a circle is 5 cm, then the rate of change of its area w.r.t radius is
(a) 2  cm (b) 4  cm (c) 5  cm (d) 10  cm

184. Water is being poured at the rate of 36 cm3/sec in a cylindrical vessel of base radius 3m. The rate at which water level
rising is
4 2 16 8
(a) m/sec (b) m/sec (c) m/sec (d) m/sec
   

185. A balloon, which always remains spherical is being inflated by gas pumping in 900 cm3/sec. Then the rate at which the
22
radius of the balloon is increasing when the radius 15 cm is (Use :  = )
7
1 7
(a) (b) 22 (c) 7 (d)
22 22
186. The area of an expanding rectangle is increasing at the rate of 48 cm2/sec; the length of the rectangle is always equal
to the square of the breadth. At what rate the length is increasing at the instant when the breadth is 4 cm ?
(a) 2 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8

187. The approximate value of (128)1/3 is

(a) 5.04 (b) 5.4 (c) 5.2 (d) 5.1

188. The approximate value of (1020)1/5 is

(a) 3.8969 (b) 3.9969 (c) 2.969 (d) 3.5692

189. The approximate value of cos(60º1) (given that 1º= 0.018c, sin60º = 0.86603) is
(a) 0.4899 (b) 0.4999 (c) 0.4 (d) 0.5897

190. The approximate value of tan(45º4) (given that 1º= 0.018c) is

(a) 1.6006 (b) 1.607 (c) 1.807 (d) 1.006

191. The approximate value of sin29º (given that 1º= 0.0175c, cos30º = 0.8650) is
(a) 0.4646 (b) 0.4747 (c) 0.4848 (d) 0.4949

192. The approximate value of sin32º (given that 1º= 0.0175c, 3 = 1.732 ) is
(a) 0.5302 (b) 0.5151 (c) 0.544 (d) 0.555

193. The approximate value of log(2.02) (given that log2 = 0.6934) is

(a) 0.7 (b) 0.8034 (c) 0.7034 (d) 0.9034

194. If the side of a square is 5.02 cm, then its approximate area is
(a) 25.02 cm2 (b) 25.2 cm2 (c) 27 cm2 (d) 25.04 cm2
03.24

195. If the side of a cube is 8.004 cm, then its approximate volume is
(a) 512.8 c.c (b) 512.96 c.c. (c) 512.768 c.c. (d) 512.840 c.c.

196. Approximate value of log10 99 where log10 e = 0.4343 is

(a) 1.995657 (b) 1.985 (c) 1.984 (d) 1.98

197. The approximate value of 3 127 is

(a) 5 (b) 5.2 (c) 5.026 (d) 5.3

198. The approximate value of tan 46 , if 1 = 0.0175 radian is

(a) 1.04450 (b) 1.14405 (c) 1.04390 (d) 1.03490

199. If a, b are two distinct zeroes of polynomial f(x), then there exist at least one zero between a and b of the polynomial.
(a) f(x) (b) f (x) (c) f (x) (d) f(x) + f (x) = 0

f (b) − f (a)
200. If from mean value theorem, f (x1 ) = , then
b−a
(a) a < x1  b (b) a  x1 < b (c) a < x1< b (d) a  x1  b

201. For which of the following functions Rolle’s theorem does not hold good ?
(a) f(x) = x1/3 on [−1, 1] (b) f(x) = | x | on [1, 2]
1 1
(c) f(x) = tan-1 x on [0, 1] (d) f (x) = x + on [ , 3]
x 2

202. Which condition of Rolle’s theorem is not satisfied for the function f(x) = | x | on [−1, 1] ?
(a) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 1 (b) f(x) is not continuous at x = −1
(c) f(x) is not continuous at x = 0 (d) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0

203. The equation 3x2 + 4ax + b = 0 has atleast one root in (0, 1) if
(a) 4a + b + 3 = 0 (b) 2a + b +1 = 0 (c) 3 + 4a + b = 0 (d) a + b + 1 = 0

204. If 2a + 3b + 6c = 0, then at least one root of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 lies in the interval
(a) (0, 1) (b) (1, 2) (c) (2, 3) (d) (−1, 1)

205. In the MVT, f(b) − f(a) = (b − a) f (c) if a = 4, b = 9 and f (x) = x , then the value of c is
(a) 8 (b) 5.25 (c) 4 (d) 6.25

3
206. If the curve y = ax2 − 6x + b passes through (0,2) and has its tangent parallel to x-axis at x = , then the values of
2
a and b are respectively
(a) 2 and 2 (b) −2 and −2 (c) −2 and 2 (d) 2 and −2

207. The function f(x) = 2x2 + 3 is increasing in interval (I) and decreasing in interval (D) is
(a) I   − 3   3 (b) I   − 2   2
 2 , 0  , D   0, 2   3 , 0  , D   0, 3 
       
3   3
(c) I  (0, ), D  (−, 0) (d) I  ,  , D  −,
2   2
   
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.25

208. The function f (x) = − x2 + 4x −1 is increasing in interval (I) and decreasing in interval (D) is
 1 1 
(a) I  −, , D  ,  (b) I  (−1, 4), D  (4, )
 2 2 
   
(c) I  (−, 2), D  (2, ) (d) I  (−, 0), D  (0, )

209. The function f(x) = 24x3 + 3x2 − 3x + 7 is increasing in interval (I) and decreasing in interval (D) is
 1 1 1   1 1   1 1
(a) I  − , , D  ,  (b) I  −, −  , , D − ,
 4 6 6       
     4  6   4 6
 1 1 1 1 1 
(c) I  − , ,D ,  , (d) I  (−, 0) , D  (0, )
 6 4  4 3  3 
     

210. The function f(x) = 80 − 25x3 + 3x is increasing in

 1
(a) R (b)  1 ,   (c) −, − (d)  − 1 , 1 
5   5  5 5
     

211. The function f(x) = x3(x − 2)2 decreases in

 6
(a) −, (b) (2, ) (c) (0, 2) (d)  6 , 2 
 5 5 
   

1
212. The function f (x) = decreases in
9 − 4x2
3
(a) (0, ) (b) (0, 3) (c) (0, ) (d) 
2

213. The function f(x) = x − ex increases in

(a) (0, ) (b) (− ) (c) R (d) R+

214. The interval in which the function f(x) = xe2 − x increases is

(a) (− ) (b) (2, ) (c) (0, 2) (d) (−, )

215. On the interval (0, 1) whether the function f(x) = x2 − x + 1 is

(a) increasing (b) decreasing
(c) neither increasing nor decreasing (d) none of these

216. The interval in which f(x) = x4 − 4x3 + 4x2 increases is

(a) (− ) (b) (0, 1) (c) (1, 2) (d) (−, )

2x
217. If f (x) = log(1+ x) − is increasing, then
2+ x
(a) 0 < x <  (b) −  < x < 0 (c) −  < x <  (d) 1 < x < 2

218. Let f (x) = xex(1−x) , then

1 f(x)
 is
(a) increasing on − (b) decreasing on R
 2 ,1
 1 
(c) increasing on R (d) decreasing on  − 2 ,1
 
03.26

219. The function f (x) = (x + 2)e−x is

(a) decreasing for all x R (b) decreasing in (− , −1) and increasing in (−1, )
(c) increasing for all x (d) decreasing in (−1, ) and increasing in (−, −1)

220. The function f(x) = 2x3 − 3x2 + 90x + 174 is increasing in the interval
1 1 59
(a)  x 1 (b)  x2 (c) 3  x  (d) −  x  
2 2 4
e2x −1
221. Given function f (x) = is
e2 x +1
(a) increasing for all x (b) decreasing for all x
(c) increasing for x (0, ) (d) decreasing for x (− )

222. f (x) = 2x3 −18x2 + 30x + 36 has minimum value at x =

(a) 1 (b) −1 (c) 5 (d) −5

223. f (x) = 2x3 − 3x2 − 36x + 24 has minimum value at x =

(a) −2 (b) −3 (c) 2 (d) 3

224. f (x) = x4 −12x3 + 52x2 − 96x + 48 has maximum value at x =

(a) −4 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

225. Minimum value of f (x) = 3x2 − 4x + 5 is

11 3 3
(a) −
11
(b) (c) (d) −
3 3 11 11

226. f (x) = x3 − 9x2 +15x + 3 has minimum at the point

(a) (1, 10) (b) (5, −22) (c) (1, 2) (d) (1, −22)

227. f (x) = x3 − 9x2 + 24x has minimum at the point

(a) (1, 10) (b) (2, 20) (c) (3, 30) (d) (4, 40)

228. If x2y2= 1, then minimum value of x2 + y2 is

(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) −2 (d) 2
a
229. If minimum of f (x) = + bx at x =2 is 2, then (a, b) =
x
(a) 2, 1  (b) (2, 2) (c)  1 , 2  (d)  1 , 1 
 2 2   2 2
     

230. If f (x) = a log x + bx2 + x has extrema at x = 1 and x = 2 then (6a, 6b) =
(a) (4, 1) (b) (−4, −1) (c) (1, 4) (d) (−1, −4)

231. The numbers x and y such that x + y = 2 and x3y is maximum are
1 5 3 1 2 4
(a) , (b) , (c) 1, 1 (d) ,
3 3 2 2 3 3
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.27

3
232. Minimum value of f (x) = x + +1 is
3

x
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) 9

233. Maximum value of f (x) = (x − 2)2 (x − 3) +1 is

(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

234. Semivertical angle of a cone of maximum volume of given slant height is

(a) tan−1 2 (b) cot−1 2 (c) tan−1 2 (d) cot−1 2

235. Height of greatest cone inscribed in a sphere of radius r is

2r r 3r 4r
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 2 3

236. Height of a cone, inscribed in a sphere of radius r, having greatest curved surface is
2r 4r r 3r
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 3 2

237. If P  (−2, −3) and Q  (3, 7) , then point A on the x-axis such that AP2 + AQ2 is minimum is
 1   1 
(a)  1 , 0  (b) − , 0 (c) − , 0 (d)  1 , 0 
3   3   2  2 
       

238. Minimum distance from (4, 2) to the parabola y2 = 8x is

(a) 2 (b) 2 2 (c) 3 2 (d) 4 2

239. The value of a so that the volume of the parallelopiped formed by vectors iˆ + aˆj + kˆ, ˆj + akˆ and aiˆ + kˆ is maximum is
1
(a) −3 (b) 3 (c) (d) 3
3
25
240. Minimum value of f (x) = x +
2
is
x
(a) 75 (b) 50 (c) 25 (d) 55

241. A population of 1000 bacteria, introduced into nutrient medium, grows according to the law
1000x
f (x) = 1000 +
1000 + x2
The maximum size of this bacterial population is
(a) 1100 (b) 1250 (c) 1050 (d) 5250

242. The value of a so that the sum of the squares of roots of the equation x2 − (a − 2)x − a+1 = 0 assumes the least
value is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) 0
1
243. The two non-negative numbers whose sum is , so that the sum of the square of the first and cube of second is
2
minimumare
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
6 3 5 3 6 2 2 3
03.28


244. I f A > 0, B > 0 and A + B = , then the maximum value of tan A tan B is
3
1 1
(a) (b) (c) 3 (d) 3
3 3

245. An isosceles triangle of vertical angle 2 is inscribed in a circle of radius a. Then area of the triangle is maximum
when  =
   
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 3 2

246. The longest distance of the point (a, 0) from the curve 2x2 + y2 − 2x = 0 is given by
(a) 1− 2a − a2 (b) 1+ 2a + a2 (c) 1+ 2a − a2 (d) 1− 2a + 2a2
247. If l 2 + m2 = 1, then maximum value of l + m is
1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) 2
2
1 
248. The value of a for which the function f (x) = a sin x + sin 3x has an extemum at x = is
3 3
(a) 1 (b) −1 (c) 2 (d) 0

249. The function f (x) = 2 + 4x2 + 6x4 + 8x6 has

(a) only one maxima (b) only one minima
(c) no maxima and minima (d) many maxima and minima

250. A cannon is fired at an angle , 0    , with the horizontal. If v is the initial velocity of the cannon ball, the
2 2
height h of the ball at time t, ignoring air resistance, is given by h = vsint − 49t . The value of  so that horizontal
value of ball is maximum is
   3
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 4 3 4

251. The point on the parabola 2y = x2, which is nearest to the point (0, 3) is
1 1
(a) (4,8) (b) ( 1, ) (c) (2, 2) (d) ( 3, )
2 3
252. The minimum value of 4e2x + 9e−2x is
(a) 11 (b) 12 (c) 10 (d) 14

253. A right circular cylinder of given volume open at the top has minimum total surface area with radius r and height h if
r
(a) h = r (b) h = (c) h = 2r (d) h = r2
2

254. Product of two natural numbers is 36. If their sum is minimum, then these numbers are
(a) 6,6 (b) 6, 7 (c) 12, 3 (d) 18, 2

255. If x + y = 10 the maximum value of xy is

(a) 20 (b) 30 (c) 25 (d) 16
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.29

256. Maximum value of f(x) = sinx + cosx is

1
(a) (b) −2 (c) 1 (d)
3

257. The point (0, 5) is closest to the curve x2 = 2 y at

(a) (2 2, 4) (b) (0, 0) (c) (2, 2) (d) (1,1)

258. The minimum value of f(x) = sinx cosx is

1 1 2
(a) (b) − (c) 0 (d)
2 2 3

259. The minimum value of x + cosx in [0, ] is


(a) 1 (b) −1 +  (c) (d) 0
2

260. The function f(x) = xe− x (xR) attains a maximum value at x is equal to
1
(a) 2 (b) (c) 1 (d) 3
e

261. The function f(x) = 2x3 −15x2 + 36x + 4 is maximum at

(a) x = 3 (b) x = 0 (c) x = 4 (d) x = 2

262. If f(x) = 2x3 − 3x2 −12x + 5 on [−2, 4]. The relative maximum occurs at x is equal to
(a) −2 (b) −1 (c) 2 (d) 4

263. The function f(x) = a cos x + b tan x + x has extreme values at x = 0 and x = then
2 2 6
(a) a = − and b = −1 (b) a = − , b = 1
3 3
2 2
(c) a = , b = −1 (d) a = , b = 1
3 3

264. The minimum value of the function y = 2x3 − 21x2 + 36x − 20 is

(a) 128 (b) −126 (c) −120 (d) −130

265. The maximum value of sinx (1 + cosx) will be at

   
(a) x = (b) x = (c) x = (d) x =
2 6 3 4
266. The maximum value of xy subject to x + y = 14 is
(a) 40 (b) 49 (c) 48 (d) 50

267. If x > 0, xy = 1, minimum value of x + y is

(a) 2 (b) −2 (c) 1 (d) −1

268. The curve y = xex, the point

(a) x = −1 is a minimum (b) x = −1 is a maximum
(c) x = 0 is a maximum (d) x = 0 is a minimum

269. If xR, the minimum value of x2 − 8x +17 is

(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) −1
03.30

270. The maximum of y = x3 − 3x + 2 is

(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 6 (d) 4

271 Which of the following statement is incorrect ?

(a) M axima and M inima are known as extreme values.
(b) The points at which f  (a) = 0 are called as stationary points.
(c) Every stationary value is an extreme value but every extreme value is not a stationary value.
(d) Some stationary values can be points of inflexion.

272. The sum of the radius and height of a right circular cylinder is 9 m. Its maximum volume in m3 is
(a) 96  cubic units (b) 108  cubic units
(c) 118  cubic units (d) 100  cubic units

273. The condition for maxima is

(a) f (a) = 0 and f (a) > 0 (b) f (a)  0 and f (a) < 0
(c) f (a)  0 and f (a) < 0 (d) none of these

274. When f (a) = 0 and f (a) = 0 the point x = a is called as

(a) point of inflexion (b) maxima (c) minima (d) none of these

275. The function f(x) = x3 – 2x2 + x + 10 becomes stationary at

1 1
(a) 3, 1 (b) , 1 (c) 3, −1 (d) − , −1
3 3

276. For f(x) = 2x3 + 3x2 – 12x + 7 the local maxima is

(a) 25 (b) 18 (c) 27 (d) 30

277. Two natural numbers whose sum is 50 and product is maximum are
(a) 40, 10 (b) 30, 20 (c) 25, 25 (d) 8, 42

278. The length of seg AB is 12 cm. If P is a point on seg AB such that AP2 + BP2 is minimum then
(a) P divides AB internally in ratio 2:1 (c) P is mid point of AB
(b) P divides AB internally in ratio 3:1 (d) none of these

279. f(x) = sin x + 3 cos x is maximum when

(a) x = 60 (b) x = 45 (c) x = 30 (d) x = 0

280. When the function f (x) = sin 2x (1 + cos 2x) has a maximum, one value of x is equal to
   
(a) − (b) (c) (d)
2 2 3 6
Applications of Derivatives - MCQs 03.31

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Response
Question 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Response
Question 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Response
Question 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160
Response
Question 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Response
Question 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220
Response
Question 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Response
Question 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260
Response
Question 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260
Response
Question 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280
Response
 Chapter 8

Plane

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

Aplane is a surface such that if Aand B are two point on the surface, then every point on the line AB is a point on the surface.
A unique plane is determine by :
• Three non-collinear points
• A line and a point outside it
• Two parallel lines
• Two intersecting line

Equation of co-ordiante planes:

The Equation of XY-plane is z = 0
The Equation of YZ-plane is x = 0
The Equation of ZX-plane is y = 0

A plane whose equation is of the form:

x = a, is parallel to YZ-plane or perpendicular is X-axis
y = b, is parallel to ZX-plane or perpendicular is Y-axis
z = c, is parallel to XY-plane or perpendicular is Z-axis

General equation of a plane:

In general, every first degree equation in x, y and z represents a plane
 The general equation of a plane is of the form ax + by + cz + d = 0
If plane is denoted by , then
• E is parallel to X-axis iff a = 0
• E contains X-axis iff a = 0 and d = 0
• E is parallel to Y-axis iff b = 0
• E contains Y-axis iff b = 0 and d = 0
• E is parallel to Z-axis iff c = 0
• E contains Z-axis iff c = 0 and d = 0
• E is passing through the origin iff d = 0

Note:
Equation shows four contstants but it requires only three conditions to find equation of a plane.
Coefficient of x, y, z in the equation of a plane are direction ratios of its normal.

Division by co-ordinate planes:

The ratio in which line segment PQ joining points P  (x1, y1, z1) and Q  (x2, y2, z2) is divided by co-ordinate planes are as
follows:
x y z
• By YZ-plane : − 1 • By ZX-plane : − 1 • By XY-plane : − 1
x2 y2 z2
8.2

Equation of Form Satisfies the condition (s) Equation / Result / Condition

any plane in

r  n‸ = p
Normal form Vector form (i) which is at a distance p from the origin
(ii) nˆ is the unit vector normal to the plane
through origin
Cartesian form (i) which is at a distance p from the origin lx + my + nz = p
(ii) vector normal having direction
cosines l, m, n
Co-ordinates (lp, mp, np)
of foot of normal
The distance of plane r  n = q , point is origin q
the plane from n
the origin

(r − a )  n = 0
Normal point Vector form (i) passes thr ough a point whose position
or
form or scalar vector is a
product form r n = a n
(ii) n = aiˆ+ bˆj + ckˆ is a normal vector
to a plane
Cartesian form (i) passes through a point A= (x1, y1, z1) a ( x − x1 ) + b ( y − y1 ) + c ( z − z1 ) = 0
or
(ii) n is a normal vector with direction
ratios a, b, c is given by ax + by + cz + d = 0

direction cosines are ax + by + cz = d (d  0)

a
l= ,
a +b + c
2 2 2
b
m= ,
a +b +c
2 2 2

c
n=
a2 +b 2 + c2

d
p=
the length of its normal a2 +b2 + c2
(perpendicular distance from origin)
Vector form (i) passes through two given points Aand B
whose position vectors are a and b
( r − a)  (n  AB)= 0
1

( r − a)  n = 0 where
(ii) perpendicular to plane r  n1 = p
n = n1  AB
Vector form (i) passes through given point whose
position vector is a ( r − a )  (n  n ) = 0
1 2

(ii) perpendicular to two given planes ( r − a)  n = 0 where

r  n1 = p1 and r  n2 = p2 n = n1  n2
Plane - MCQs 8.3

( )
Vector form (i) passes through two g iven points whose
r = a + t b − a + sc
position vectors are a and b
=(1− t ) a + tb + sc
(ii) parallel to a given vector c where t and s are scalars

Vector form (i) passes through a given point whose ( )

r  b c = a b c
position vector is a
r bc = a b c
(ii) parallel to the vectors b and c  
 r − a b c  =0
Parametric form
r = a + tb + sc

r = xiˆ+ yˆj + zkˆ

r − a b c = 0 gives
Cartesian form or R (x, y, z )
a = x1iˆ+ y1 ˆj + z1kˆ or A (x1, y1, z1) x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
b = a1iˆ + b1 ˆj + c1kˆ a1 b1 c1 = 0
c = a2iˆ + b2 ˆj + c2kˆ a2 b2 c2

Three point Vector form passes through three non-collinear

 r a b +  r b c 
form () ()
points A a , B b and C c ()    
+ r c a  = a b c 
  

normal to the plane formed by three ab + bc + ca

points A, B and C is

Parametric form r =(1− s − t ) a + tb + sc

where s and t are scalars
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
Cartesian form A = (x1, y1, z1), B(x2, y2, c2) and
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 = 0
C = (x3, y3, z3)
x3 − x1 y3 − y1 z3 − z1

Intercept form Cartesian form cuts off intercepts a, b and c x y z

+ + =1
from the axes of co-ordinates a b c
in points A(a, 0,0) B(0, b, 0)
and C(0, 0, c)
d
If equation of plane is ax + by + cz + d = 0 x-intercept = −
a
d
then y-intercept = −
b
d
z-intercept = −
c

( )
Equation of Vector form passes through the point of
plane passing intersection of the planes r  n1 + λn2 = p1 + λ p2
through r  n1 = p1 and r  n2 = p2
intersection of
Cartesian form passes through point of intersection of planes
two planes
(a1x+b1y+c1z+d1)
(family of planes) a1 x + b1 y + c1z + d1 = 0 and
+λ(a2x+b2y+c2z+d2) =0, λR
a2 x + b2 y + c2 z + d2 = 0
8.4

Angle between defined to be the acute

two planes angle between the
normals to these planes
Vector form If n1 and n2 are normals to The angle θ between the planes is
the planes r  n1 = p1 and
n1  n2
r  n2 = p2 cosθ =
n1 n2
For planes to be
perpendicular is n1  n2 = 0
For planes to be
parallel is n2 = λn1 , λ is a scalar
Cartesian form If a1x + b1y + c1z + d1 = 0 The angle θ between the planes is
and a2x + b2y + c2z + d2 = 0
a1a2 + b1b2 + c2c2
cosθ =
a1 + b12 + c12 a22 + b22 + c22
2

For planes to be a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 = 0

perpendicular

For planes to be a1 b1 c1
= =
parallel a2 b2 c2
Angle between defined as the
a line and a complement of the angle
plane between the line
and normal to the plane

Vector form If the line be r = a + tb The angle θ between the line and
and the plane be r  n = p plane is
b n
sin 8 =
b n

For line to be b  n = 0 or b = λ n , λ is a scalar

perpendicular to plane
For line to be bn = 0
parallel to the plane
line and plane meet in a unique n b  0
point

Cartesian form The line x − x1 = y − y1 = z − z1 The angle θ between line and plane
l m n
is
and the plane be
al + bm + cn
ax + by + cz + d = 0 where sinθ =
l, m,n are direction cosines a2 + b2 + c2 l 2 + m2 + n2
Plane - MCQs 8.5

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
The line = = and The angle θ between the line and
a1 b1 c1
the plane ax + by + cz + d plane is
aa1 + bb1 + cc1
sinθ =
a + b2 + c2 a12 + b12 + c21
2

For the line to be a b c or a b c

= = = =
perpendicular to the plane l m n a1 b1 c1
For the line to be al + bn + cn = 0 or
perpendicular to the plane aa1 + bb1 + cc1 = 0
Coplanarity lines which
of two lines lie in the same
plane
Vector form For coplanarity of two
lines r = a1 + tb1 and (a − a ) (b
1 2 1 )
− b2 = 0 or
a1 − a2 b1 b2  = 0
r = a2 + sb2

Equation of plane containing them  r − a1 b1 b2  0 or  r − a2 b1 b2  = 0

   

Cartesian form For coplanarity of two lines x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 a1 b1 c1 =0
= = and
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2 or
= = x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1
a2 b2 c2
l1 m1 n1 = 0
or
l2 m2 n2
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
= = and
l1 m1 n1
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
= =
l2 m2 n2

Equation ofplane containging them x − x1 y − y1 z − z1

a1 b1 c1 =0
a2 b2 c2
or
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
l1 m1 n1 =0
l2 m2 n2

Equation of Cartesian form containing the line x − x1 y − y1 z − z1

plane x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
= = a b c =0
a b c
and the point (x2, y2, z2) not lying x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1
on the line
8.6

through the line

x − x1 y − y1 z − z1 x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
= =
a1 b1 c1 a1 b1 c1 = 0
and parallel to the line a2 b2 c2
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
= =
a2 b2 c2
passing through two points x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
(x1, y1, z1), (x2, y2, z2) and
x2 − x1 y2 − y1 z2 − z1 = 0
parallel to the line having
direction ratios a, b, c a b c

Line lies in Vector form the line r = a + tb and the plane a  n = p and b  n = 0
the plane rn= p
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
Cartesian form the line = = ax1 + by1 + cz1 + d = 0 and
a' b' c'
and the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 aa + bb + cc = 0
Distance of Vector form (i) given point A a () Perpendicular distance of the point A a ()
a point from (ii) plane r  n = p from the plane r  n = p is
a plane a n − p
n

Cartesian form (i) given point A(x1, y1, z1) Perpendicular distance of the point
(ii) plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 A(x1, y1, z1) from the plane
ax + by + cz + d = 0 is
ax1 + by1 + cz1 + d
a2 + b2 + c2

Distance Cartesian form Given two parallel planes Distance between them is
between two ax + by + cz + d1 = 0 d1 − d2
parallel ax + by + cz + d2 = 0
a2 + b2 + c2
planes

Intersection Cartesian form The line be (i) The co-ordinates of any point on the
x − x1 y − y1 z − z1
of a line and = = line are given by
a plane l m n (x1 +lr, y1 + mr, z1 + nr)

and the plane be (ii) If it lies on the plane

ax + by + cz + d = 0 ax + by + cz + d = 0, then
where l, m, n are direction cosine s a(x1 +lr) + b(y1 + mr) + c(z1 + nr) + d = 0
(ax1 + by1 + cz1 + d )
 r =−
al + bm + cn
(iii) Subituting the value of r in (i), we obtain
the co-ordinates of the point of
intersection
Note : The equation of plane parallel to planes ax + by + cz + d1 = 0 and ax + by + cz + d2 = 0 and equidistant from them
 d1 + d2 
is ax + by + cz + =0 .
 2 
Plane - MCQs 8.7

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS :

CLASSWORK:

x −1 y − 4 z − 5
1. The line x − 2 = y − 3 = z − 4 and = = are coplanar if :
1 1 −k k 2 1
(a) k = 0 or –1 (b) k = 0 or 1 (c) k = 0 or –3 (d) k = 3 or –3

2. The equation of the plane which is parallel to XY- plane and cuts intercept of length 3 from the Z-axis is :
(a) x = 3 (b) y = 3 (c) z = 3 (d) x + y + z = 3

3. The value of k for which the planes 3x – 6y – 2z = 7 and 2x + y – kz = 5 are perpendicular to each other, is :
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

4. The equation of the plane passing through the point (–1, 3, 2) and perpendicular to each of the planes x + 2y + 3z = 5and
3x + 3y + z = 0 is :
(a) 7x – 8y + 3z – 25 = 0 (b) 7x – 8y + 3z + 25 = 0
(c) –7x + 8y – 3z + 5 = 0 (d) 7x – 8y – 3z + 5 = 0

5. The equation of the plane which is parallel to the plane x– 2y + 2z = 5 and whose distance from the point (1, 2, 3) is
1 unit is:
(a) x – 2y + 2z = 3 (b) x – 2y + 2z + 3 = 0
(c) x – 2y + 2z = 6 (d) x – 2y + 2z + 6 = 0

6. A point (x, y, z) moves parallel to XY-plane. Which of the three variables x, y, z remain fixed?
(a) z (b) y (c) x (d) x and y

7. The equation of a plane parallel to X-axis is:

(a) ax + by + cz + d = 0 (b) ax + by + d = 0
(c) by + cz + d = 0 (d) ax + cz + d = 0

8. The equation of the plane passing through the points (0, 1, 2) and (–1, 0, 3) and perpendicular to the plane
2x + 3y + z = 5 is:
(a) 3x – 4y + 18z + 32 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y – 18z + 32 = 0
(c) 4x + 3y – 17z + 31 = 0 (d) 4x – 3y + z + 1 = 0

x+3 y −4 z +5
9. If the equation of a line and a plane be = = and 4x – 2y – z = 1 respectively, then
2 3 2
(a) line is parallel to the plane (b) line is perpendicular to the plane
(c) line lies in the plane (d) line intersect the plane obliqnely

10. The equation of the plane which bisects the line joining the points (–1, 2, 3 ) and (3, –5, 6) at right angle is :
(a) 4x – 7y – 3z = 8 (b) 4x + 2y – 3z = 28 (c) 4x – 7y + 3z = 28 (d) 4x – 7y – 3z = 28

11. The equation of the line passing through the point (1, 2, 3) and parallel to the planes x – y + 2z = 5 and 3x + y + z = 6
is :
(a) x −1 = y − 2 = z − 3 (b) x −1 = y − 2 = z − 3
−3 5 4 −3 −5 4
(c) x −1 = y − 2 = z − 3 (d) x −1 = y − 2 = z − 3
−3 −5 −4 3 5 −4
8.8

x − 3 y − 6 z − 4 is :
12. A plane which passes through the point (3, 2, 0) and the line = =
(a) x – y + z = 1 (b) x + y + z = 5 1 5 4
(c) x + 2y – z = 0 (d) 2x – y + z = 5

13. ( ) ( )
The equation of the plane which contains the line r = 3iˆ + t ˆj − 2kˆ and perpendicular to the plane r  iˆ + 2 ˆj − kˆ = 2
is :

( )
(a) r  3iˆ+ 2 ˆj − kˆ = 5 ( ) ( )
(b) r  3iˆ − 2 ˆj − kˆ = 9 (c) r  3iˆ + ˆj + kˆ = 6 ( )
(d) r  3iˆ+ 2 ˆj − kˆ = 4

14. ( ) ( )
The cartesian equation of the plane containing the line r = 3iˆ+ 2 ˆj − kˆ + t iˆ− ˆj and parallel to 2iˆ + kˆ is :
(a) x + y – 2z + 6 = 0 (b) x – y – 2z – 6 = 0 (c) x + y – 2z – 7 = 0 (d) x – y – 2z + 6 = 0

15. ( ) (
The cartesian equation of the plane containing the two intersecting lines r = 2iˆ+ ˆj − 3kˆ + t iˆ+ 2 ˆj + 5kˆ and )
( ) ( )
r = 3iˆ + 3 ˆj + 2kˆ + s 3iˆ− 2 ˆj + 5kˆ is :
(a) 10x – 5y – 4z – 37 = 0 (b) 10x + 5y + 4z – 37 = 0
(c) 10x – 5y + 4z + 37 = 0 (d) 10x + 5y – 4z – 37 = 0

16. The angle between the planes 3x – 4y + 5z = 0 and 2x – y – 2z = 5 is :

π π π
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0o
3 2 6

17. If a plane cuts off intercepts – 6, 3, 4 from the co-ordinate axes, then the length of the perpendicular from the origin
to the planes is :
1 13 12 5
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
61 61 29 41

18. The equation of the line perpendicular from the points (α, β, γ ) to the plane ax + by + cz = 0 is :
x −α y − β z − γ
(a) a (x – α) + b(y – β) + c (z – γ) = 0 (b) = =
a b c
x − a y −b z −c
(c) a (x – α) + b(y – β) + c (z – γ) = abc (d) = =
α β γ

19. The equation of a plane which passes through the point (2, –3, 1) and is normal to the line joining the points (3, 4, –1)
and (2, –1, 5) is given by :
(a) x + 5y – 6z + 19 = 0 (b) x – 5y + 6z – 19 = 0
(c) x + 5y + 6z + 19 = 0 (d) x – 5y – 6z – 19 = 0

20. The equation of the plane through the three points (1, 1, 1), (1, –1, 1) and (–7, –3, –5) is :
(a) 3x – 4z + 1 = 0 (b) 3x – 4y + 1 = 0 (c) 3x + 4y + 1 = 0 (d) 3x + 4z + 1 = 0

21. A plane meets the co-ordinate axes in A, B, C and (α, β, γ ) is the centroid of the triangle ABC. Then the equation of
the plane is :
x y z x y z 3x 3y 3z
(a) + + =3 (b) + + =1 (c) + + =1 (d) αx + βy + γz = 1
α β γ α β γ α β γ

22. The graph of the equation y2 + z2 = 0 in three dimentional space is :

(a) X-axis (b) Z-axis (c) Y-axis (d) YZ-plane
Plane - MCQs 8.9

x −1 y − 2 z + 3
23. The point where the line = = meets the plane 2x + 4y – z = 1 is:
2 −3 4
(a) (3, –1, 1) (b) (3, 1, 1) (c) (1, 1, 3) (d) (1, 3, 1)

24. The line drawn from (4, –1, 2) to the point (–3, 2, 3) meets a plane at right angle at the point (–10, 5, 4), then the
equation of plane is :
(a) 7x – 3y – z + 89 = 0 (b) 7x + 3y + z + 89 = 0
(c) 7x – 3y + z + 89 = 0 (d) 7x + 3y – z – 89 = 0

25. The equation of the plane through the point iˆ + 2 ˆj – 3kˆ and perpendicular to the line of intersection the the planes
( ) ( )
r  iˆ + ˆj + kˆ = 0 and r  2iˆ − ˆj + 3kˆ = 8 is :

(
(a) r  4iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ =11 ) ( )
(b) r  4iˆ − 3 ˆj − kˆ =11 (c) ( )
r  4iˆ− ˆj − 3kˆ =11 (d) none of these

x−2 y−3 z −4
26. The line = = is parallel to the plane
3 4 5
(a) 2x + 3y + 4z = 29 (b) 3x + 4y – 5z = 10 (c) 3x + 4y + 5z = 38 (d) x + y + z = 0

27. The length of the perpendicular from the origin to the plane passing through the point a and containing the line

( )
r = b + t c − b is :

a b c
(a) units (b)  a b c units
a b + b c + c a  

(c) a b c  a b c

  units
units (d)
b c + c  a a b + b c

28. (
The vector equation of a line passing through the point (2, –1, 5) and perpendicular to the plane r  2iˆ − 3 ˆj + 5kˆ =10 )
is :

( ) (
(a) r = 2iˆ− ˆj + 5kˆ + t iˆ − ˆj + 5kˆ ) ( ) (
(b) r = 2iˆ+ ˆj − 5kˆ + t 2iˆ− 3 ˆj + 5kˆ )
(c) r =(2iˆ− ˆj + 5kˆ)+ t (2iˆ− 3 ˆj + 5kˆ) (d) r =(−2iˆ+ ˆj − 5kˆ)+ t (2iˆ− 3 ˆj + 5kˆ)
x−2 y +1 z − 5
29. The equation ofa plane which is at a distance of 3 units from the origin and perpendicular to the line = =
3 6 −2
is :
(a) 3x – 6y + 2z – 21 = 0 (b) 3x + 6y – 2z – 21 = 0
(c) 3x + 6y + 2z – 21 = 0 (d) 3x – 6y – 2z + 21 = 0

30. The cartesian equation of the plane passing through the point (4, 1, –2) and perpendicular to the line
( ) (
r = 2iˆ− ˆj + t 2iˆ+ ˆj + 2kˆ is : )
(a) 2x – y + 2z – 5 = 0 (b) 2x – y – 2z + 5 = 0 (c) 2x + y + 2z – 5 = 0 (d) 2x – y – 2z – 5 = 0

31. The equation of the plane containing the parallel lines x −1 = y = z +1 and x + 2 = y −1 = z −1 is :
2 −3 4 2 −3 4
(a) 10x + 16y – 7z + 3 = 0 (b) 10x + 16y + 7z – 3 = 0
(c) 10x – 16y – 7z – 3 = 0 (d) 10x – 16y + 7z + 3 = 0
8.10

x −1 y + 2 z + 5
32. The angle between the line = = and the plane 12x + 4y – 3z = 15 is :
5 22  14
 1  1 2  1 1 
(a) sin−1 (b) cos− (c) sin− (d) cos−
1

       
 15   15   15   15 

33. ( ) ( )
The point of intersection of the plane r  iˆ − ˆj − kˆ = 2 with the line r = t 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ is :
(a) (2, 3, 1) (b) (2, 3, –1) (c) (–2, –3, 1) (d) (–2, –3, –1)

34. If the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to the plane is (2, –3, 4), then the equation of plane is :
(a) 2x + 3y + 4z = 29 (b) 2x + 3y – 4z = 29 (c) 2x – 3y + 4z = 29 (d) 2x – 3y – 4z = 29

x −3 y −1 z − k
35. The value of k, such that = = lies in the plane 2x – y + z = 10 is :
3 −2 −8
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) –5 (d) –3

36. The direction cosines of the normal to the plane x + 2y – 3z + 4 = 0 are

1 2 3 1 2 3
(a) ,− , (b) − ,− ,
14 14 14 14 14 14
1 2 3 1 2 3
(c) − , , (d) , ,−
14 14 14 14 14 14

37. The vector equation of a plane which is at a distance of 7 units from the origin and which is normal to the vector
3 iˆ + 5 ˆj − 6 kˆ is :
(a) r  (3iˆ + 5 ˆj − 6kˆ) = 7 70 (b) r  (3iˆ − 5 ˆj + 6kˆ) = 7 70
(c) r  (−3iˆ + 5 ˆj + 6kˆ) = 7 70 (d) r  (3iˆ + 5 ˆj – 6 kˆ) = 7

38. The plane ax + by + cz = 1 meets the coordinate axes in A, B, C. The centroid of  ABC is
(a) (3a, 3b, 3c) (b)  a b c  (c)  3 , 3 , 3  (d)  1 , 1 , 1 
 , ,     
 3 3 3   a b c   3a 3b 3c 
39. In three dimensional space, the equation 3y + 4z = 0 represents
(a) a plane containing Z-axis (b) a line with direction ratios 0, 3, 4
(c) a plane containing X-axis (d) a plane containing Y-axis

40. If p is the length of perpendicular from the origin on to the plane where intercepts on the axes are a, b, c, then :
(a) a–1 + b–1 + c–1 = p–1 (b) a–2 + b–2 + c–2 = p–2 (c) a + b + c = 0 (d) a + b + c = p

41. The equation of plane is r  (3iˆ − 4 ˆj + 12kˆ) = 5 , the length of perpendicular from origin to the plane is
5 5 15 15
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
3 13 3 13

42. The position vectors of points A and B are iˆ − ˆj + 3kˆ and 3iˆ + 3 ˆj + 3kˆ respectively. The equation of a plane is

( )
r  5iˆ + 2 ˆj − 7kˆ + 9 = 0 . The points A and B
(a) lie on the plane (b) are on the same sides of the plane
(c) are on opposite sides of the plane (d) none of these
Plane - MCQs 8.11

43. The position vector of the point in which the line joining the points iˆ − 2 ˆj + kˆ and 3kˆ − 2 ˆj cuts the plane through the
origin and the points 4 ˆj and 2iˆ + kˆ is :

(a) 6iˆ −10 ˆj + 3kˆ (b)

5
(
1 ˆ
6i −10 ˆj + 3kˆ ) (c) −6iˆ+10 ˆj − 3kˆ (d) 6iˆ +10 ˆj + 3kˆ

x + 2 2 y + 3 3z + 4
44. The distance of the point (–2, 3, –4) from the line = = measured parallel to the plane
3 4 5
4x + 12y – 3z + 1 = 0 is :
17 13 27
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) 17 units
2 2 2

45. ( ) ( )
The line of intersection of planes r  3iˆ − ˆj + kˆ = 1 and r  iˆ+ 4 ˆj − 2 kˆ = 2 is parallel to vector

(a) – 2iˆ – 7 ˆj + 3kˆ (b) 2iˆ + 7 ˆj − 13kˆ (c) 2iˆ + 7 ˆj + 13kˆ (d) −2iˆ + 7 ˆj + 13kˆ

46. Length of normal to plane 2x – 2y – z + 3 = 0 is

(a) – 1 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 3

47. The equation of plane at a distance of 3 units from origin and whose normal is equally inclined to co-ordinate axes
is
1
(a) x + y + z =  3 (b) x + y + z =  3 (c) x + y + z =  (d) 3 (x – y − z) = 1
3

48. The equation of the plane through (1, 1, 1) and passing through the line of intersection of the planes x + 2y – z + 1 = 0
and 3x – y – 4z + 3 =0 is
(a) 8x + 5y – 11z + 8 = 0 (b) 8x + 5y + 11z + 8 = 0
(c) 8x – 5y – 11z + 8 = 0 (d) 8x – 5y + 11z + 8 = 0

49. The equation of the plane through the points (2, –1, 0), (3, –4, 5) and parallel to the line 2x = 3y = 4z is
(a) 29 (x – 2) + 27 (y + 1) – 22z = 0 (b) 29 (x – 2) – 27 (y + 1) – 22z = 0
(c) 29(x – 2) + 27 (y + 1) + 22z = 0 (d) 29 (x – 2) – 27 (y + 1) + 22z = 0

50. ( )
The ratio in which the plane r  iˆ − 2 ˆj + 3kˆ =17 divides the line joining the points −2iˆ+ 4 ˆj + 7kˆ and 3iˆ − 5 ˆj + 8kˆ
is :
(a) 1 : 10 (b) 3 : 10 (c) 3 : 5 (d) 1 : 5

51. Algebraic sum of the lengths of intercepts on the co-ordinate axes of the plane

( ) ( ) ( )
r = 2iˆ+ 3 ˆj + λ iˆ + ˆj + kˆ + μ 2iˆ− ˆj + kˆ is:
(a) 0 (b) greater than 12 (c) lies between 12 and 13 (d) less than 11

y −1 z − 3
52. The equation of the plane containing the line x −1 = = is 2(x –1) + λ (y –1) +3(z – 3) = 0,
1 1 1
−
3 3 3
then value of λ equals :
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
8.12

53. The locus of x2 + y2 + z2 = 0 is

(a) a circle (b) a plane (c) a point (d) a line

54. The equation of the plane through the intersection of the planes x + 2y + 3z = 4 and 2x + y – z = –5 and perpendicular
to the plane 5x + 3y + 6z + 8 = 0 is :
(a) 7x – 2y + 3z + 81 = 0 (b) 23x + 14y – 9z + 48 = 0
(c) 51x – 15y – 50z + 173 = 0 (d) 18x + 23y + 51z = 137

55. The distance between the planes 2x + 2y – z + 2 = 0 and 4x + 4y – 2z + 5 = 0 is:

1 1 1 1
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
2 4 6 3

56. The equation of the plane containing the two lines x −1 = y +1 = z and x = y − 2 = z +1 is :
2 −1 3 2 −1 3
(a) 8x + y – 5z – 7 = 0 (b) 8x + y + 5z – 7 = 0
(c) 8x – y – 5z – 7 = 0 (d) 8x – y – 5z – 9 = 0

57. ( ) ( ) ( )
The equation of the plane r = iˆ− ˆj + λ iˆ+ ˆj + kˆ + μ iˆ− 2 ˆj + 3kˆ in scalar product form is :

( )
(a) r  5iˆ− 2 ˆj − 3kˆ = 7 ( )
(b) r  5iˆ+ 2 ˆj − 3kˆ = 7
(c) r (5iˆ− 2 ˆj + 3kˆ)= 7 (d) r (−5iˆ − 2 ˆj + 3kˆ)= 7

58. ( ) ( )
The distance of the line r = 2iˆ− 2 ˆj + 3kˆ + λ iˆ − ˆj + 4kˆ from the plane r  iˆ + 5 ˆj + kˆ = 5 , is :

5 10 25 15
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
x −3 y − 4 z −5
59. The distance between the point (3, 4, 5) and the point where the line = = meets the plane x + y + z = 17,
1 2 2
is :
(a) 1 unit (b) 2 units (c) 3 units (d) 4 units

60. The equation of the plane parallel to the lines x – 1 = 2y – 5 = 2z and 3x = 4y – 11 = 3z – 4 and passing through the
point (2, 3, 3) is :
(a) x – 4y + 2z + 4 = 0 (b) x + 4y + 2z + 4 = 0
(c) x – 4y + 2z – 4 = 0 (d) x + 4y + 2z – 4 = 0

61. The equation of the plane which cuts equal intercepts of unit length on the coordinate axes is :
(a) x + y + z = 1 (b) x + y + z = 0 (c) x + y – z = 2 (d) x + y + z = 2

62. The equation of plane, passing through (–1, 3, 2) and perpendicular to two planes x + 2y + 2z = 5 and 3x + 3y + 2z = 8
is:
(a) 2x – 4y + 3z + 8 = 0 (b) x + y – z = 0
(c) x + y + z = 4 (d) x + y + z = 8

63. The equation of plane passing through (0, –2, 3) and containing the X-axis, is :
(a) 2y + 3z = 5 (b) y + z = 1 (c) 4y + 3z = 1 (d) 3y + 2z = 0

64. The equation of plane passing through two points (0, 1, 3), (2, 4, 5) and parallel to the X-axis, is :
(a) 3z – 2y = 7 (b) y + z = 4 (c) 2y + 3x = 11 (d) 2z – 3x = 6
Plane - MCQs 8.13

65. The equation of plane passing through the point (2, 0, 5) and parallel to the vectors iˆ − ˆj + kˆ and 3iˆ + 2 ˆj − kˆ is :
(a) x – 4y + 5z = 27 (b) x – 4y – 5z + 23 = 0
(c) 4x – y + 5z = 33 (d) 4x + y – 5z = 33

66. If point P divides the join of A(4, –2, 1) and B(1, 4, 4) internally in the ratio 5 : 4, then equation of plane passing
through P and perpendicular to line AB is :
(a) x – 2y – z = 9 (b) x – 2y – z + 3 = 0 (c) x + 2y – z = 1 (d) x + 2y + z + 1 = 0

67. The equation of plane passing through points (1, 0, 1), (3, 1, 2) and parallel to the vector iˆ − ˆj + 2kˆ is :
(a) x – z = 0 (b) x – 2y – z = 0 (c) x – y – z = 0 (d) x – y + 2z = 3

68. A non-zero vector perpendicular to the two planes x + 2y – z + 1 = 0 and 2x – y + z + 9 = 0 is

(a) iˆ − 3 ˆj + 5kˆ (b) iˆ + 3 ˆj − 5kˆ (c) −iˆ+ 3 ˆj + 5kˆ (d) −iˆ − 3 ˆj − 5kˆ

69. If E : x + 2y – 3z + 4 = 0, E : 2x + 5y + 4z + 1 = 0 and E : 4x + 7y + 6z + 2 = 0 are three planes, then

1 2
(a) E || E || E (b) E || E ⊥ E (c) E ||  ⊥ E (d) E ⊥ E ⊥ E
1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
70. The equation of a plane passing through the point (2, – 1, 3) and making equal intercepts on the co-ordinate axes, is:
(a) x – y – z = 0 (b) x + y + z = 4 (c) 2x + y – z = 0 (d) x + 5y + z = 0

71. The equation of a plane passing through the point (2, 1, 3), making equal intercepts on X-axis and Y-axis, and having
Z-intercept 4, is :
(a) x + y – 3z = 12 (b) x + y – z = 0 (c) x + y + 3z = 12 (d) x – y + 3z = 12

72. The perpendicular distance of P(1, 2, 3) from the line x − 6 = y − 7 = z − 7 is :

3 2 −2
(a) 7 units (b) 3 units (c) 0 (d) 2 units

73. The equations of the line passing through (1, 1, 1) and parallel to the plane 2x + 3y + z + 5 = 0 is
(a) x −1 = y −1 = z −1 (b) x −1 = y −1 = z −1
1 2 1 −1 1 −1

(c) x −1 = y −1 = z −1 (d) x −1 = y −1 = z −1
3 2 1 2 3 1

74. The distance of the point (1, –2, 3) from the plane x – y + z = 5, measured parallel to the line x = y = z −1 , is :
2 3 −6
(a) 1 unit (b) 2 units (c) 4 units (d) 3 units

75. ( ) ( )
If the plane r  2iˆ + λ ˆj − 3kˆ = 0 and r  λiˆ+ 3 ˆj + kˆ = 5 are mutually perpendicular, then λ =
3
(a) 2 (b) –2 (c) 3 (d)
5

76. ( ) ( )
If the planes r  2iˆ − λ ˆj + kˆ = 3 and r  4iˆ + ˆj − μkˆ = 5 are parallel, then the values of λ and μ are respectivley.
1 1 1 1
(a) ,− 2 (b) − , 2 (c) − , − 2 (d) ,2
2 2 2 2
8.14

77. Four points (0, 4, 3), (–1, –5, –3), (–2, –2, 1) and (1, 1, –1) lie in the plane
(a) 4x + 3y + 2z = 9 (b) 9x – 5y + 6z + 2 = 0
(c) 3x + 4y + 7z = 5 (d) 9x + 5y + 6z = 38

78. Locus of the equation xy + yz = 0 is

(a) a pair of lines (b) a pair of perpendicular planes
(c) a pair of parallel planes (d) a pair of skew lines

79. The three planes x + y = 0, y + z = 0 and z + x = 0

(a) meet in a unique point (b) meet in a line
(c) taken two at a time, meet in parallel lines (d) are concurrent

80. Measure of the angle between the plane 3x + 4y = 0 and the line x2 + y2 = 0 is
(a) 90o (b) 0o (c) 60o (d) 30o

81. If the plane x + y + z = 1 cuts the co-ordinate axes in A, B, C, then the area of ABC is :
2 3 4
(a) 29 sq. units (b) 41 sq. units (c) 61 sq. units (d) 39 sq. units

82. The equation of the plane containing the line

x−2
=
y +1 z −5
(
and parallel to the plane r  5iˆ− 2 ˆj + kˆ = 5 , is :
= )
3 5 −5
(a) 5x – 2y – z = 17 (b) 5x + 2y – z = 17 (c) 5x – 2y + z = 17 (d) 5x + 2y – z = 17

83. The equation of the plane containing the line

x +2
=
y −3
=
z +1
( )
and perpendicular to the plane r  iˆ + ˆj − kˆ = − 3
5 −1 1
is :
(a) y + z = 2 (b) y + z + 2 = 0 (c) x + y = 3 (d) x – y + 3 = 0

84. The equation of the plane containing the lines x −1 = y z +1 and x + 2 = 1− y = 1− z

= is
2 −3 4 2 3 −4
(a) 10x + 16y – 7z + 3 = 0 (b) 10 x + 16y + 7z = 3
(c) 10x – 16y – 7z = 3 (d) 10 x – 16y + 7z + 3 = 0

85. (
The cartesian equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes r  2iˆ − 3 ˆj + 4kˆ =1 and )
( ) ( )
r  iˆ − ˆj + 4 = 0 and perpendicular to the plane r  2iˆ− ˆj + kˆ + 8 = 0 is :
(a) 3x – 4y + 4z = 5 (b) x – 2y + 4z = 3
(c) 5x – 2y – 12z + 47 = 0 (d) 2x + 3y + 4 = 0

86. ( ) ( )
The distance between the parallel planes r  2iˆ− 3 ˆj + 6kˆ = 5 and r  6iˆ − 9 ˆj +18kˆ + 20 = 0 is :
2 7 1 5
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
3 3 3 3

87. ( ) ( ) ( )
If the line r = iˆ− 2 ˆj + kˆ + λ 2iˆ+ ˆj + 2kˆ is parallel to the plane r  3iˆ − 2 ˆj + mkˆ =14 , then the value of m is
2 1
(d) −
(a) 2 (b) –2 (c)
3 2

88. The line x −1 = y −1 = z lies in the plane

−1 2 −1
(a) 2x + 3y + 4z = 7 (b) 2x + 4y + 2z = 6 (c) 2x + 3y + 4z = 5 (d) 3x + 4y + 2z = 7
Plane - MCQs 8.15

89. The equation of the plane through (1, 2, 3) and parallel to the plane 2x + 3y – 4z = 0 is :
(a) 2x + 3y + 4z = 4 (b) 2x + 3y + 4z + 4= 0
(c) 2x – 3y + 4z + 4 = 0 (d) 2x + 3y – 4z + 4= 0

90. The equation of the plane through the point (2, –1, –3) and parallel to the lines x −1 = y + 2 = z and
3 2 −4
x y −1 z − 2 is :
= =
2 −3 2
(a) 8x + 14y + 13z + 37 = 0 (b) 8x – 14y + 13z + 37 = 0
(c) 8x + 14y – 13z + 37 = 0 (d) 8x + 14y + 13z – 37 = 0

91. If the straight line x − 3 = y − 4 = z + 3 lies in the plane 5x – y + z = a, then a =

−4 −4 16
(a) 2 (b) –3 (c) 8 (d) 9

92. A points moves in such a way that the sum of its distance from XY-plane and YZ-plane remains equal to its distance
from ZX-plane. The locus of the point is :
(a) x – y + z = 2 (b) x + y – z = 0 (c) x – y + z = 0 (d) x – y – z = 2

93. ( ) ( )
The equation of plane containing the lines r = iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ + λ iˆ+ ˆj + kˆ and r = iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ + μ iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ is :

(
(a) r = iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ + λ iˆ+ ˆj + 2kˆ )
(b) r = iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ + λ (iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ)+ μ (iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ)

(c) r = (iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ)+ λ (iˆ + ˆj + kˆ)+ μ (iˆ+ 2 ˆj + kˆ)

(d) r = iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ + λ (iˆ+ ˆj + kˆ)+ μ (iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ)

94. Normal form of the equation of the plane 2x + 6y + 3z = 1 is :

2 6 3 2 6 3 1 2 6 3 2 x+ 6 y+ 3 z= 1
(a) x + y + z =1 (b) x + y + z = (c) x+ y+ z=0 (d)
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 49 49 49 49

95. The equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes x + y + z = 1 and 2x + 3y – z + 4 = 0
and parallel to X-axis is :
(a) y – 3z – 6 = 0 (b) y – 3z + 6 = 0 (c) y – z – 1 = 0 (d) y – z + 1 = 0

96. Co-ordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from point (2, 2, 2) in the plane x + y + z = 9 is :
(a) (1, 1, 1) (b) (3, 3, 3) (c) (9, 0, 0) (d) (2, 6, 1)

97. If the distance of the point (1, 1, 1) from the origin is half its distance from the plane x + y + z + k = 0, then k =
(a) ± 3 (b) ± 6 (c) –3, 6 (d) 3, –9

98. If the points (1, 1, k) and (–3, 0, 1) be equidistant from the plane 3x + 4y – 12z + 13 = 0, then k =
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

99. ( )
The distance of the point (2, 3, 4) from the plane r  3iˆ − 2 ˆj + 6kˆ = 5 is :
18 19 16
(a) units (b) units (c) 17 units (d) units
7 7 7 7
8.16

x −1 y− 2 z −3
100. The equation of plane which contains the line = = and which is perpendicular to the plane
1 3 2
2x + 7y + 5z = 2, is :
(a) x + y + z = 6 (b) – x + y + z = 2 (c) 2x – y + z = 3 (d) x – y + z = 2

101. The equation of the plane through (α, β, γ) and parallel to ax + by + cz = 0 is :

x y z a b c
(a) a + b + c = α + β+ γ (b) ax + by + cz – αx – βy – γz = 0
x y z
(c) ax + by + cz = αx + βy + γz (d) + + = aα + bβ + cγ
a b c
x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
102. Equation of the plane passing through A ( x , y , z )and containing the line = = is :
1 1 1
d1 d2 d3
x + x1 y + y1 z + z1 x − x2 y − y2 z − z2
(a) x2 + x1 y2 + y1 z2 + z1 = 0 (b) x1 − x2 y1 − y2 z1 − z2 = 0
d1 d2 d3 d1 d2 d3

x − d1 y − d2 z − d3 x y z
(c) x1 y1 z1 = 0 (d) x1 − x2 y1 − y2 z1 − z2 = 0
x2 y2 z2 d1 d2 d3

z+5 z −6
103. The plane containing the lines x +1 = y + 3 = and x − 2 = y − 4 = passes through
3 5 7 1 4 7
(a) (0, 0, 0) (b) (1, 0, 1) (c) (1, –1, 1) (d) (–1, 1, 0)

104. The plane passing through the point (5, 1, 2) and perpendicular to the line 2(x – 2) = y – 4 = z – 5 will meet the line
at the point
(a) (1, 2, 3) (b) (2, 3, 1) (c) (1, 3, 2) (d) (3, 2, 1)

105. A variable plane passes through the fixed point (a, b, c) and meets the axes at A, B, C. The locus of the point of
intersection of the planes through A, B, C and parallel to the co-ordinate plane is :
a b c a b c a b c a b c
+ + =2 + + =1 + + =− 2 + + = −1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
x y z x y z x y z x y z

106. The equation of the plane which contains the origin and the line of intersection of the planes r  a = p and r b = q is

(
(a) r  pa − qb = 0) ( )
(b) r  qa − pb = 0 (
(c) r  pa + qb = 0 ) (
(d) r  qa + pb = 0 )
107. The equation of plane equidistant from planes 3x + 4y + 5z – 6 = 0 and 3x + 4y + 5z + 6 = 0 is :
(a) 3x + 4y + 5z = 0 (b) 3x + 4y + 5z = 3 (c) 3x + 4y + 5z = 12 (d) 4x + 5y + 3z = 0

x − 3 y − 4 z −5
108. If line = = lies in the plane 4x + 4y – cz – d =0, then values of c, d are
2 3 4
(a) 5, 3 (b) 4, 8 (c) – 4, – 8 (d) – 5, –3

x + k y + 3 z + 5 and x − 2 = y − 4 = z − 6
109. If the lines = = are coplanar, then k is equal to
3 5 7 1 3 5
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
Plane - MCQs 8.17

x y−2 z+3 x−2 y −6 z −3

110. The lines = = and = = are
1 2 3 2 3 4
(a) parallel (b) perpendicular (c) coplanar (d) non-coplanar
111. If p , p , p denote the distance of the plane 2x – 3y + 4z + 2 = 0 from the planes 2x – 3y + 4z + 6 = 0,
1 2 3
4x – 6y + 8z + 3 = 0 and 2x – 3y + 4z – 6 = 0 respectively, then
(a) p + 8p – p = 0 (b) p3 =16 p2 (c) 8 p2 = p2 (d) p + 2 p + 3 p = 29
2 2 2 1 1 2 3
1 2 3

112. If product of distance of point (1, 2, –1) from planes 2x –3y + z + k = 0 and x + 2y + 3z = 0 is 1, then k is equal to
(a) 12 (b) 14 (c) 10 (d) 8

113. The planes x = cy + bz, y = az + cx, z = bx + ay pass through one line, if

(a) a + b + c = 0 (b) a + b + c = 1 (c) a2 + b2 + c2 = 1 (d) a2 + b2 + c2 + 2abc = 1

114. If p1 and p2 are the lengths of the perpendiculars from the points (2, 3, 4) and (1, 1, 4) respectively from the plane
3x – 6y + 2z + 11 = 0, then p1 and p2 are the roots of the equation :
(a) P2 – 23P + 7 = 0 (b) 7P2 – 23P + 16 = 0
(c) P – 17P + 16 = 0
2
(d) P2 – 16P + 7 = 0

115. If a plane cuts off intercepts OA = a, OB = b, OC = c from the co-ordinate axes, then the area of the triangle ABC is
1
(b) (bc + ca + ab ) sq. units
1 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) b c + c a + a b sq. units
2 2
1
(c) abc sq. units (d) 1 sq. units
2 2

116. A plane passing through the point(1, –2, 1) and is perpendicular to two planes 2x – 2y + z = 0 and x – y + 2z = 4. The
distance of the plane from the point (1, 2, 2) is :
(a) 0 (b) 1 unit (c) 2 units (d) 2 2 units

117. Avariable plane is at a constant distance p from the origin and meets the axes in A, B, and C. The locus of the centroid
of the tetrahedron OABC is :
(a) x–2 + y–2 + z–2 = 16p–2 (b) x–2 + y–2 + z–2 = 16p–1
–2 –2 –2
(c) x + y + z = 16 (d) x–2 + y–2 + z–2 = 16p2

118. In three dimensional XYZ space the equation x2 – 5x + 6 = 0 represents:

(a) points (b) plane (c) circle (d) pair of straight line

119. The equations | x | = p, | y | = p, | z | = p in XYZ space represent

(a) Cube (b) Plane (c) Line (d) Point (p, p, p)

120. The equation of a plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes x + 2y + 3z = 2, x – y + 3z = 3 and at
2
a distance units from the point (3, 1 – 1) is
3
(a) 5x – 11y + z = 17 (b) 2x+ y = 3 2 −1 (c) x + y + z = 3 (d) x − 2 y = 1− 2

121. If the plane 2x – y + z = 0 is parallel to the line 2x −1 = 2 − y = z + 1 , then the value of a is:
2 2 a
(a) 4 (b) – 4 (c) 2 (d) –2
8.18

122. The equation of plane parallel to the planes x + 2y + 3z = 5, x + 2y + 3z – 7 = 0 and equidistant from them is :
(a) x + 2y + 3z = 6 (b) x + 2y + 3z = 1 (c) x + 2y + 3z + 6 = 0 (d) x + 2y + 3z + 1 = 0

y −1 z −3  
123. If the angle between the line x = = and the plane x + 2y + 3z = 4 is cos−1 5 , then  equals
 
2   14 
2 3 2 5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 2 5 3
 17 13 
124. The line passing through the points (5, 1, a) and (3, b, 1) crosses the YZ-plane at the point 0, , − . Then
 2 2
 
(a) a = 4, b = 6 (b) a = 6, b = 4 (c) a = 8, b = 2 (d) a = 2, b = 8

125. A plane E makes intercepts 3 and 4 on Z-axis and X-axis respectively. If  is parallel to Y-axis, then its equation is
(a) 3x + 4z = 12 (b) 3z + 4x = 12 (c) 3y + 4z = 12 (d) 3z + 4y = 12

HOMEWORK:

126. The point at which the line joining the points (2, –3, 1) and (3, –4, –5) intersect the plane 2x + y + z = 7 is:
(a) (1, 2, 7) (b) (1, –2, 7) (c) (–1, 2, 7) (d) (1, –2, –7)

x −1 y − 2 z + 3
127. The angle between the line = = and the plane x + y + 4 = 0 is :
2 1 −2
(a) 0o (b) 30o (c) 45o (d) 90o

128. If the length of perpendicular drawn from origin on a plane is 7 units and its direction ratios are –3, 2, 6 then that plane
is :
(a) –3x + 2y + 6z – 7 = 0 (b) –3x + 2y + 6z – 49 = 0
(c) 3x – 2y + 6z + 7 = 0 (d) –3x + 2y – 6z – 49 = 0

129 A line joining the points (1, 2, 0) and (4, 13, 5) is perpendicular to a plane. Then the coefficient of x, y and z in the
equation of the plane are respectively :
(a) 5, 15, 5 (b) 3, 11, 5 (c) 3, –11, 5 (d) –5, –15, 5

130. The value of k for which the planes 4x – 3y – z = 5 and x + 2y + kz = 7 are perpendicular to each other is :
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) –2 (d) 3

131. The ratio in which the plane 2x – 1 = 0 divides the line joining points (–2, 4, 7) and (3, –5, 8) is :
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 4 : 5 (c) 7 : 8 (d) 1 : 1

x +1 y −1 z − 2
132. The point of intersection of the line = = with the plane x + 2y – z = 6, is :
2 3 1
(a) (–1, 4, 3) (b) (1, 4, 3) (c) (1, –4, 3) (d) (1, 4, –3)

133. A plane meets the X-axis, Y-axis and Z-axis at A, B, C respectively such that the centroid of triangle ABC is (2, 3, 4),
then the equation of plane is :
(a) 6x + 4y + 2z = 36 (b) 6x + 4y + 3z = 36 (c) 4x + 6y + 3z = 36 (d) 3x + 4y + 6z = 36

134. If r  n = q is the equation of a plane normal to the vector n , the length of the perpendicular from the origin on the plane
is :
q
(a) q units (b) n units (c) q n units (d) units
n
Plane - MCQs 8.19

x y z
= = and the plane 2x + y – 2z = 7 is :
135. The angle between the line
3 4 5
−1  2 
(a) 90o (b) 30o (c) sin  3  (d) 0o
 

136. The angle between the planes r  (2iˆ − 3 ˆj + 4 kˆ) = 1 and r  (− iˆ + ˆj ) = 4 is

 5   5   5   5 
(a) cos−1   (b) cos−1  −  (c) cos−1   (d) cos−1  −
 58   58   8  8 

137. The unit vector normal to the plane 2x – y + 2z = 5

1
1
(
2i − j + 2k ) ( 2i + j – 2k )
 

(a) 2i − j + 2k (b) 2i + j − 2k (c) (d)

3
3
138. The equation of the plane passing through the point (1, – 1, 2) having 2, 3, 2 as direction ratios of normal to the plane
is :
(a) 2x – 3y – 2z = 3 (b) 2x + 3y + 2z = –3 (c) 2x + 3y + 2z = 3 (d) 2x – 3y – 2z = 3

139. ( ) ( ) ( )
The angle between the line r = iˆ+ 2 ˆj − kˆ + λ iˆ − ˆj + kˆ and the line normal to the plane r  2iˆ− ˆj + kˆ = 4 is :
2 2  2 2
(a) sin−1  2 2  (b) cos−1  2 2  (c) tan− (d) cot−
1 1
 3   3   3   3 
       

140. The direction cosines of perpendicular from the origin to the plane r  (2iˆ − 3 ˆj − 6kˆ) + 5 = 0 are
2 3 6 2 3 6 2 3 6
(a) − , , (b) , − , (c) − , − , − (d) 27 , 73 , 67
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

141. The equation of the plane through the points (2, 1, –1) and (–1, 3, 4) and perpendicular to the plane x – 2y + 4z = 10
is :
(a) 18x – 17y – 4z = 49 (b) 18x + 17y + 4z = 94
(c) 18x + 17y – 4z = 49 (d) 18x + 17y + 4z = 49

x +1 y −1 z − 2 1
142. If the angle θ between the line = = and the plane 2x – y + λ z = 0 is such that sinθ = .
1 2 2 3
The value of λ is :
4 3 3 5
(a) − (b) (c) − (d)
3 4 5 3

143. A plane bisects the join of (1, 2, 3) and (3, 4, 5) at right angles. Its intercepts on co-ordinate axes are
(a) 2, 3, 4 (b) equal (c) – 2, – 3, 4 (d) 2, – 3, 4

144. ( ) ( ) ( )
The position vector of the point where the line r = iˆ− ˆj + kˆ + t iˆ+ ˆj − kˆ meets the plane r  iˆ + ˆj + kˆ = 5 is :

(a) 5iˆ + ˆj − kˆ (b) 5iˆ + 3 ˆj − 3kˆ (c) 2iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ (d) 5iˆ + ˆj + kˆ
8.20

x−2 y −3 z−4
145. The line = = is parallel to the plane
3 4 5

(a) 3x + 4y + 5z = 8 (b) 2x + 3y + 4z = 0 (c) x + y – z = 2 (d) 2x + y – 2z = 0

146. A plane meets the co-ordinate axes P, Q, R such that the position vector of the centroid of PQR is 2iˆ − 5 ˆj + 8kˆ .
Then the equation of the plane is :

( )
(a) r  20iˆ − 8 ˆj + 5kˆ =120 (
(b) r  20iˆ− 8 ˆj + 5kˆ =1 )
(c) r (20iˆ− 8 ˆj + 5kˆ)= 2 (d) r (20iˆ− 8 ˆj + 5kˆ)= 20

147. The equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of the planes 2x – y = 0 and 3z – y = 0 and
perpendicular to the plane 4x + 5y – 3z = 8 is
(a) 28x + 17y + 9z = 0 (b) 28x – 17y + 9z = 0 (c) 28x + 17y – 9z = 0 (d) 28x – 17y – 9z = 0

148. The equation of the plane containing the points A(1, 0, 1) and B(3, 1, 2) and parallel to the line joining the origin to
the point C(1, –1, 2) is
(a) x + y + z = 0 (b) x + y – z = 0 (c) x – y + z = 0 (d) x – y – z = 0

149. The angle between two planes x + 2y + 2z = 3 and –5x + 3y + 4z = 9 is :

3 2  9 2  3 2 
cos−1 −1  19 2  cos−1 cos−1
(a)  10  (b) cos  30  (c)  20  (d)  5 
       

x −6 y +1 z + 3
= = meets the plane x + y – z = 3 are :
150. The co-ordinates of the point where the line
−1 0 4
(a) (2, 1, 0) (b) (7, –1, –7) (c) (1, 2, –6) (d) (5, –1, 1)

( ) ( )
151. The vector equation of the plane containing the line r = −2iˆ− 3 ˆj + 4kˆ + λ 3iˆ− 2 ˆj − kˆ and the point iˆ + 2 ˆj + 3kˆ is

( )
(a) r  iˆ + 3kˆ =10 ( )
(b) r  iˆ − 3kˆ =10 ( )
(c) r  3iˆ+ kˆ =10 (d) r (3iˆ− kˆ)=10

x −1 y −1 z −1
152. If a plane passes through the point (1, 1, 1) and is perpendicular to the line = = , then its perpendicular
3 0 4
distance from the origin is :
3 4 7
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) 1 unit
4 3 5

(
153. The distance of the point (–1, –5, –10) from the point of intersection of the line r = 2iˆ− ˆj + 2kˆ + λ 3iˆ+ 4 ˆj +12kˆ ) ( )
( )
and the plane r  iˆ − ˆj + kˆ = 5 is :
(a) 9 units (b) 13 units (c) 17 units (d) 15 units

154. The equation of plane passing through A(a, b, c) and normal to OA is :

x y z
(a) + + =3 (b) ax + by + cz = a2 + b2 + c2
a b c
(c) x + y + z = a + b + c (d) x2 + y2 + z2 = a2 + b2 + c2
Plane - MCQs 8.21

155. The equation of plane passing through (1, 2, 3) and perpendicular to the vector 3iˆ − 4 ˆj + kˆ is :
(a) 3x – 4y + z + 2 = 0 (b) 3x + 4y – z = 8
(c) x + y + z = 6 (d) 4y – 3x – z + 2 = 0

156. A non-zero vector parallel to the plane 3x + y – z = 2 and perpendicular to the vector iˆ + 2kˆ is :
(a) 2iˆ − 7 ˆj + kˆ (b) 2iˆ − 7 ˆj − kˆ (c) 2iˆ + 7 ˆj − kˆ (d) −2iˆ− 7 ˆj − kˆ

157. The XOY-plane divides the join of the points (a, b, c) and (–a, –c, –b) in the ratio
(a) a : b (b) b : c (c) c : a (d) c : b

158. The equation of plane passing through (2, 3, 1) and (4, – 5, 3) and parallel to the X-axis is :
(a) x – z = 1 (b) 4x + y = 11 (c) y + 4z = 7 (d) x + y + z = 6
x−2 y −3 z −4 x −1 y−4 z−4
159. If the lines = = and = = are coplanar, then k
1 −1 −k −k k 2
(a) is 0, –1 (b) is –1, 1 (c) is any real (d) is –3, 3

160. Measure of the acute angle between the plane 5x – 4y + 7z = 13 and the Y-axis is:
 5   4   7   4 
(a) sin−1 (b) sin−1 − (c) sin−1 (d) sin−1
   90     
 90     90   90 

161. If the plane x + 2y + kz = 0 and 2x + y – 2z = 0 are mutually perpendicular, then k =

1 1
(a) − (b) (c) – 2 (d) 2
2 2
162. The equation of the plane passing through the point (1, 0, 1), (–1, 1, 1) and (2, 3, 1) is :
(a) x = 1 (b) y = 2 (c) z = 2 (d) z = 1

163. The equation of the plane passing through the points A(2, 1, –1), B(3, 1, 2) and parallel to X-axis is:
(a) y = 5 (b) y = 3 (c) y = 1 (d) y = 0

164. If a plane makes intercepts 2, 2, 1 on X, Y and Z-axes respectively, then its perpendicular distance from the origin is:
1 3 2 5
(a) units (b) units (c) units (d) units
6 6 6 6

165. The equation of the plane passing through the two points A(1, 2, –3), B(3, –4, –1) and parallel to the line
x +1 4 − y
= = z − 5 , is :
2 3
(a) y + 3z + 7 = 0 (b) y – 3z + 7 = 0 (c) x + 3z + 7 = 0 (d) x – 3z + 7 = 0

166. The vector form of the equation of the plane which is at a distance of 3 units from the origin and has iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ as a
normal vector, is :
( )
(a) r  iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ = 3 (
(b) r  iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ = 3 11 )
(c) r (iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ)= 11 (d) r (iˆ + ˆj − 3kˆ)+ 3 11 = 0
8.22

167. Algebraic sum of the intercepts made by the plane x + 3y – 4z + 6 = 0 on the coordinate axes is :
13 19 22 26
(a) − (b) (c) − (d)
2 2 3 3
168. If plane ax + y + z = 7 has equal intercepts on axes, then ‘a’ is equal to
1 1
(a) 7 (b) (c) 1 (d)
7 5

169. The equation of the plane passing through the points (3, 2, –1), (3, 4, 2) and (7, 0, 6) is 5x + 3y – 2z = λ, where λ is:
(a) 23 (b) 21 (c) 19 (d) 27

170. If planes ax + by + cz + d = 0 and ax + by + cz + d  = 0 are perpendicular, then

(a) aa + bb + cc + dd  = 0 (b) aa + bb + cc = 0
a b c
(c) a b c
= = (d) + + =0
a' b' c' a' b' c'

171. The distance between the line x −1 = y + 2 = z −1 and the plane 2x + 2y – z = 6 is :

3 −2 2
(a) 9 units (b) 1 unit (c) 2 units (d) 3 units

x −1 y+ 2 z
172. If the line = = and origin lie on the plane 4x + 4y – kz = 0, then k =
2 3 4
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 5 (d) 7

173. The equation of the plane passing through (3, 2, –1) and normal to the line (2, 1, 2) and (4, 3, –1) is :
(a) 2x + 2y + 3z = 13 (b) 2x + 2y + z = 13 (c) 2x + 2y – 3z = 13 (d) 4x + 4y – 6z = 14

( ) ( )
174. The equation of the plane through the intersection of the planes r  iˆ + 2 ˆj + 3kˆ = − 3, r  iˆ+ ˆj + kˆ = 4 and the point
(1, 1, 1) is :
( )
(a) r  10iˆ+11 ˆj +12kˆ = 39 (
(b) r  10iˆ +11 ˆj +12kˆ = 33)
(c) r (11iˆ+10 ˆj −12kˆ)= 46 (d) r (10iˆ+11 ˆj +12kˆ)= 23

175. The intercepts made on the axes by the plane which bisects the line joining the points (1, 2, 3) and (–3, 4, 5) at right
angle are
9 9 9 9
(a) − , 9, 9 (b) , 9, 9 (c) 9, − , 9 (d) 9, , 9
2 2 2 2

176. The equation of the plane passing through the intersection of the planes 2x – 5y + z = 3 and x + y + 4z = 5 and parallel
to the plane x + 3y + 6z = 1 is x + 3y + 6z = k, then k =
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 7 (d) 2

177. The vector equation of a plane passing through three points A(1, –2, 5) , B(0, –5, –1) and C(–3, 5, 0) is

( )
(a) r . 3iˆ + ˆj − kˆ = 4 ( )
(b) r . 3iˆ+ ˆj − kˆ + 4 = 0

(c) r .(3iˆ+ ˆj + kˆ)+ 4 = 0 (d) r .(iˆ+ 3 ˆj − kˆ)= 4

178. The vector equation of a plane passing through three points iˆ + ˆj − 2kˆ, 2iˆ − ˆj + kˆ and iˆ + 2 ˆj + kˆ is :

( ) ( ) ( )
(a) r . 9iˆ− 3 ˆj − kˆ =14 (b) r . 9iˆ + 3 ˆj − kˆ =14 (c) r . 9iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ =14 ( )
(d) r . 9iˆ + 3 ˆj − kˆ = 7
Plane - MCQs 8.23

( ) (
179. The vector equation of the plane passing through the line of intersection of planes r . iˆ+ 3 ˆj − kˆ = 0 and r . ˆj + 2kˆ = 0 )
and through the point 2iˆ + ˆj − kˆ is :

( )
(a) r . iˆ− 9 ˆj −11kˆ = 0 ( )
(b) r . iˆ+ 9 ˆj +11kˆ = 0
(c) r .(iˆ+ 9 ˆj −11kˆ)= 0 (d) r .(iˆ− 9 ˆj +11kˆ)= 0

( ) ( )
180. If the line r = iˆ + λ 2iˆ − mˆj − 3kˆ is parallel to the plane r . miˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ = 0 , then m is equal to :
(a) 3 (b) – 3 (c) 1 (d) – 1

x −1 y − 2 z − 3
181. The angle between the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 and the line = = is :
a b c

(a) 45o (b) 60o (c) 90o (d) cosec

−1
a2 + b2 + c2

( ) ( ) (
182. The angle between the line r = 2iˆ + 3 ˆj + kˆ + λ iˆ+ 2 ˆj − kˆ and the plane r . 2iˆ − ˆj + kˆ = 4 is : )
−1  1 
π π
−1  1  (d)
(a) sin   (b) sin   (c)
 3 6 3 4

183. The distance of D(5, 7, 8) from the plane through the points A(–1, 3, 0), B(2, 2, 1) and C(1, 1, 3) is :
(a) 66 units (b) 71 units (c) 73 units (d) 76 units

184. An equation of a plane parallel to the plane x – 2y + 2z – 5 = 0 and at a unit distance from the origin is :
(a) x – 2y + 2z – 3 = 0 (b) x – 2y + 2z + 1 = 0
(c) x – 2y + 2z – 1 = 0 (d) x – 2y + 2z + 5 = 0

185. The ratio in which the plane x – 2y + 3z = 17 divides the line joining the points (–2, 4, 7) and (3, –5, 8) is :
(a) 10 : 3 (b) 3 : 1 (c) 3 : 10 (d) 10 : 1

( ) ( )
186. The line of intersection of the planes r  iˆ − 3 ˆj + kˆ =1 and r  2iˆ+ 5 ˆj − 2kˆ = 2 is parallel to the vector :
(a) − 4iˆ+ 5 ˆj +11kˆ (b) 4iˆ + 5 ˆj +11kˆ (c) 4iˆ − 5 ˆj +11kˆ (d) 4iˆ − 5 ˆj −11kˆ

187. The equation of the straight line passing through (1, 2, 3) and perpendicular to the plane x + 2y – 5z + 9 = 0 is
(a) x −1 = y − 2 = z − 3 (b) x −1 = y − 2 = z + 5
1 2 −5 1 2 3
(c) x +1 = y + 2 = z + 3 (d) x +1 = y + 2 = z − 5
1 2 −5 1 2 3

188. Let the line x − 2 = y −1 = z + 2 lie in the plane x + 3y – az + b = 0. Then (a, b) equals
3 −5 2
(a) (6, –17) (b) (–6, 7) (c) (5, –15) (d) (–5, 5)

189. The equation of plane through the line of intersection of the planes ax + by + cz + d = 0,
ax + by + cz + d  = 0 and parallel to y = 0, z = 0 is :
(a) (ab – ab)x + (bc – bc)y + (ad – ad ) = 0
(b) (ab – ab)x + (bc – bc)y + (ad – ad ) z = 0
(c) (ab – ab)y + (ac – ac)z + (ad – ad) = 0
(d) (ab – ab)y + (ac – ac)z + (ad – ad) = 0
8.24 :

x − x1 y − y 1 z − z 1
190. If line = = is parallel to the plane ax + by + cz + d = 0 then
l m n
a b c a b c
(a) = = (b) + + = 0 (c) al + bm + cn = 0 (d) al = bm = cn
l m n l m n

x −1 y + 2 z − 3
191. The equation of the plane passing through the line = = and the point (4, 3, 7) is :
5 6 4
(a) 4x + 8y + 7z = 41 (b) 4x – 8y + 7z = 41 (c) 4x – 8y – 7z = 41 (d) –4x – 8y + 7z = 41

192. If l, m, n are the direction cosines of the normal to the plane lx + my + nz – 3 = 0, then perpendicular distance of the
plane from the origin is :
(a) 3l units (b) 3m units (c) 3 units (d) 3n units

193. The equation of the plane which bisects the line segment joining the points (3, –1, 4) and (–3, 5, 2) at right angle is :
(a) 3x – y + z + 3 = 0 (b) 3x –3y + z + 3 = 0 (c) 3x + 3y + z –3 = 0 (d) 3x – 3y – z – 3 = o0

x−3 y +2 z
194. If the line = = lies in the plane 4x + 4y – kz = 4 then k is :
2 3 4
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) –4 (d) –5

195. The direction cosines of any normal to the XY-plane are :

(a) 1, 0, 0 (b) 0, 1, 0 (c) 1, 1, 0 (d) 0, 0, 1

196. The equation of the plane passing through the points (–5, 0, –6), (–3, 10, –9) and (–2, 6, –6) is
(a) 2x + y + 2z – 2 = 0 (b) 2x + y – 2z + 2 = 0
(c) 2x – y – 2z – 2 = 0 (d) 2x + y + 2z + 2 = 0

197. Let n be a vector of magnitude 2 3 such that it makes equal acute angle with the co-ordinate axes. The vector
equation of the plane passing through (1, –1, 2) and normal to n is
(a) r  (iˆ + ˆj + kˆ) = 2 (b) r  (iˆ − ˆj + kˆ) = 2
(c) r  (iˆ + ˆj + kˆ) = − 2 (d) r  (iˆ + ˆj − kˆ) = 2

198. The equation of plane passing through the point (–1, 2, 1) and perpendicular to the line joining the points (–3, 1, 2) and
(2, 3, 4) is
(a) r  (5 iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ) = 1 (b) r  (5 iˆ + 2 ˆj − 2kˆ) = 1
(c) r  (5 iˆ − 2 ˆj + 2kˆ) = 1 (d) r  (−5 iˆ + 2 ˆj + 2kˆ) = 1

199. The equation of the plane through the points P(1, 1, 0), Q(1, 2, 1) and R(–2, 2, –1) is
(a) 2x – 3y + 3z – 5 = 0 (b) 2x + 3y + 3z + 5 = 0
(c) 2x + 3y – 3z – 5 = 0 (d) 2x – 3y – 3z – 5 = 0

200. The equation of the plane if the foot of perpedicular drawn from the origin to the plane is (4, –2, –5) is
(a) 4x + 2y – 5z = 45 (b) 4x – 2y – 5z = 45
(c) 4x – 2y – 5z = 54 (d) 2x – 4y – 5z = 45

201. The acute angle between the planes 2x – y + z = 6 and x + y + 2z = 3 is

(a) 45º (b) 60º (c) 30º (d) 75º
Plane - MCQs 8.25

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Response
Question 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Response
Question 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Response
Question 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160
Response
Question 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Response
Question 201
Response
 Chapter 03

Trigonometric Function

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

I. Trigonometric Equation:

(i) An equation involving trigonometric functions of variables is known as Trigonometric Equation.

(ii) The solution of a trigonometric equation of an unknown angle x, where 0  x  2 , are called as its Principal
Solutions.
(iii) The solution of a trigonometric equation, which are generalized using periodicity of the trigonometric functions are
known as the General Solutions of that Trigonometric Equation..

Trigonometric Equation General Solution

1. sin  = 0  = n nZ

2. cos  = 0  = (2n +1) nZ
2

3. sin  =   = (4n +1) nZ
2

4. sin  = −  = (4n −1) nZ
2
5. cos  = 1  = 2n nZ
6. cos  = −1  = (2n + 1)  nZ
7. tan  = 0  = n nZ
8. sin  = sin  = n + (−1)  nZ
n

9. cos  = cos  = 2n   nZ

10. tan  = tan  = n +  nZ
11. sin2  = sin2  = n   nZ
12. cos2  = cos2  = n   nZ
13. tan2  = tan2  = n   nZ

14. a cos  + b sin  = c, where | c | a2 + b2 No solution

15. a cos  + b sin  = c, where | c | a2 + b2  = 2n + (  ), where nZ

a b
cos = ; sin = a2 + b2 ;
a2 + b2
c
cos =
a2 + b2

Here it may be observed that the extreme values of a cos  + b sin  is  a2 + b2

03.2

It may be noted that the general solution of a trigonometric equation may be expressed in more than one different forms
though they all represent the same set of values.

e.g. For the equation cos2x = 0

 
We have 2x = (2n +1) ; nZ or x = (2n +1) ; nZ ...(i)
2 4
1− tan2 x 1− tan2 x
But, if we express cos 2x = cos2x = 0  1+ tan2 x = 0
,
1+ tan2 x

2 x = n  ; nZ ...(ii)
i.e. tan x = 1 or
4
Here that solutions represented by equations (i) and (ii) are in different forms, through they represent the same set of
solutions for the equation cos2x = 0
If the principal solutions are to be found, both the set of values of x represented by equation (i) and equation (ii)
give the same values of x. (Try yourself with both the equations (i) and (ii))

Polar Coordinates : P

Let ‘O’ be the fixed point, called pole and OX

be a horizontal line called initial ray or the polar axis. r
Let P be any point in the plane, other than O and let
l(OP) = r > 0 and  XOP =  radians.

X
Then ordered pair (r,) determines the position of the point O
P in the plane.
(r,) are called polar coordinates of P . r is called radius
vector and  is called the vectorial angle of point P.
 is measured in anticlockwise direction and 0    2 
y
Relation between the Caretesian and polar co-ordinates:
Let O be the origin, OX be the initial ray, P(r, ) be any point on P(x, y)
the polar plane. Now let the initial ray be the X-axis and a line
perpendicular to OX through O say OY, be the Y-axis.
Consider (x, y) as the cartesian co-ordinates of the point P
r
i.e. P(r, )  P(x, y) y
y
 2 and tan  = for 0    2
r= x +y2

x x
O x

II. Solution of triangles :

A triangle has six parts namely three sides and three angles. If three parts (at least one of which is a side of the Triangle) are
known, then the remaining sides and angles can be calculated. The process of finding the unknown parts of a triangle is called
as solving the triangles or solution of triangles.
Rules for solving a Triangles :
a+b+c
Notation : In any  ABC, l(BC) = a, l(AC) = b, l(AB) = c, s = semi-perimeter of  ABC =
2
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.3

For solving a triangle the following rules are used:

a b c
1. Sine Rule: = = = 2R , where R is the circum radius of  ABC
sin A sin B sin C

b2 + c2 − a2 c2 + a2 − b2 a2 + b2 − c2
2. Cosine Rule: cos A = , cos B = , cos C =
2bc 2ca 2ab

OR a2 = b2 + c2 − 2bc cos A , b2 = c2 + a2 − 2ca cos B , c2 = a2 + b2 − 2ab cos C

3. Projection Rules: a = b cos C + c cos B, b = c cos A + a cos C, c = a cos B + b cos A

a+b+c
4. Half angle formulae: If in a ABC, s = , then
2

A (s − b)(s − c) B (s − c)(s − a) C (s − a)(s − b)

(I) (i) sin = (ii) sin = (iii) sin =
2 bc 2 ca 2 ab

A s(s − a) B s(s − b) C s(s − c)

(II) (i) cos = (ii) cos = (iii) cos =
2 bc 2 ac 2 ab

= (s − b)(s − c) = (s − a)(s − c)
A B C
(III) (i)
tan
(ii)
tan
(iii) tan = (s − a)(s − b)
2 s(s − a) 2 s(s − b) 2 s(s − c)

5. Area of Triangle :
1 1 1
(i)  = ab sin C = ac sin B = bc sin A = s(s − a)(s − b)(s − c) (Hero’s Formula)
2 2 2
1 1 1
(ii) = pa= p b= pc ;
2 1 2 2 2 3
where p1 = length of the altitude from the vertex A;
p2 = length of the altitude from the vertex B;
p3 = length of the altitude from the vertex C.
(iii) In any ABC the circum radius R is given by R = abc
4
(iv) 
In any ABC the in radius r is given by r =
s
b2 + c2 − a2 a2 + c2 − b2 a2 + b2 − c2
(v) In any ABC cot A = , cot B = , cot C =
4 4 4

6. Napier’s Analogies:
C − A c−a B
B−C b−c
tan  2  =  b + c cot 2 (ii) tan   =  cot
A
(i) 2 c+a 2
       
A − B   a − b  C
(iii) tan  2 = a + b cot 2
   
03.4

7. I f the sides of a ABC are in A.P., then

A B C
(i) sinA, sinB, sinC are in A.P. (ii) cot , cot , cot are in A.P.
2 2 2
8. If the sides of a ABC are in G.P., then sinA, sinB, sinC are in G.P.
9. If the angles A, B, C of a ABC are in A.P., then B = 60º.
10. If in ABC a2, b2, c2 are in A.P., then
cosA cosB cosC
(i) , , are in A.P. (ii) cotA, cotB, cotC are in A.P.
a b c

III. Inverse Trigonometric functions:

The Inverse of the function f (x) exists, ifand onlyif, f (x) is one-one and on to function. The Trigonometric functions are periodic.
They are not one-one and onto. In order to define inverse trigonometric functions, their domain should be restricted to make them
one-one and onto functions. The following table shows the range and domain ofinverse Trigonometric functions.

(i) sin (sin−1 x) = x , −1  x  1 (ii) cos(cos−1 x ) = x, −1  x  1

(iii) tan (tan−1 x ) = x , xR (iv) cosec(cosec−1x ) = x, | x |  1

(v) (
sec sec−1 x = x ,) |x|1 (vi) cot (cot x ) = x,
−1
xR
 
(vii) sin−1(sin y) = y , −  y (viii) cos−1(cos y) = y , 0 y
2 2
 
  −  y , y0
−1
(ix) tan (tan y) = y , −  y (x) cosec−1(cosecy) = y ,
2 2 2 2

(xi) sec−1(secy) = y , 0  y  , y  (xii) cot−1(cot y) = y , 0<y<
2

Principal values of inverse Trigonometric functions:

The value of the inverse Trigonometric functions which lies in the range of the principal value is called the principal value of
the function.

Properties of inverse trigonometric functions :

1
(1) (i) sin−1 = cosec−1 x for x  1 or x  −1 (2) (i) sin−1(−x) = −sin−1 x , x − 1,1]
x
−1 1
(ii) cos = sec−1 x for x  1 or x  −1 (ii) tan−1(−x) = − tan−1 x , xR
x

(iii) tan−1 1 = cot−1 x for x  0 (iii) cosec−1(− x) = − cosec−1x , | x |  1

x

(3) (i) cos−1(−x) =  − cos−1 x , x[ − 1,1] (4) (i) sin−1 x + cos−1 x = , x − 1,1]
2

(ii) sec−1(−x) =  − sec−1 x , | x |  1 (ii) tan−1 x + cot−1 x = , xR
2
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.5


(iii) cot−1(−x) =  − cot−1 x , xR (iii) cosec−1x + sec−1 x = , | x |1
2
−1
 2x 
(5) (i) 2 tan−1 x = sin  1+ x2 , | x |1
 
2
−1 1− x
−
1
(ii) 2 tan x = cos  x 0
1+ x2
2x
(iii) 2 tan−1 x = tan−1  −  x  
1+ x2
x+ y
(6) (i) tan−1 x + tan−1 y = tan−1  x, y > 0, xy < 1
1− xy
 x+ y 
(ii) tan−1 x + tan−1 y =  + tan−1    x, y > 0 , xy > 1
 1− xy 
 x− y 
(iii) tan x − tan y =
− 1 − 1 tan −1
   x>0,y>0
 1+ xy 
(7) (i) sin−1 x + sin−1 y = sin−1[x 1 − y 2 + y 1 − x2 ]  where x  0, y  0 and x2 + y2  1

(ii) sin−1 x + sin−1 y =  − sin−1[ x 1 − y2 + y 1 − x2 ]  where x  0, y  0 and x2 + y2  1

(iii) sin−1 x − sin−1 y = sin−1[x 1 − y 2 − y 1 − x2 ] , where x  0, y  0

(8) (i) cos−1 x + cos−1 y = cos−1[ xy − 1 − x2 1− y2 ]  where x  0, y  0

(ii) cos−1 x − cos−1 y = cos−1[ xy + 1 − x2 1− y2 ]  where x  0, y  0 , y > x

(iii) cos−1 x − cos−1 y = −cos−1[xy + 1 − x2 1 − y2 ]  where x  0, y  0 , x > y

Note : In results (5), (6), (7) and (8), one must be very careful about restrictions on x and y while using them.

For angles in the first quadrant:

− −1
1− x2
(i) sin–1 x = cos 1 1− x2 = cot for 0 < x  1
x
1− x 2
tan−1
(ii) –1
cos x = sin−1 2
1− x = for 0 < x  1
x
−1 1 x
(iii) tan–1 x = cos = sin−1 for x  0
1+ x2 1+ x2

(iv) cos–1(2x2 – 1) = 2 cos–1 x for 0  x  1

(v) cos–1(1 – 2x2 ) = 2 sin–1 x for 0  x  1

(vi) 2 cos −1 1+ x = cos–1 x for –1  x  1

2
03.6

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK:

Trigonometric Equations:

1. The principal solution of sec x = 2 is

  5 5 
(a) only (b) , (c) only (d)
3 3 3 3 6

2. The general solution of cot  = tan 6  is

(a)  n + 1   (b)  n + 1   (c)  n + 1    1
n+ 2 6
(d)
2 7 2 4 2 3
       
(where nZ)

2
3. The general solution of tan 2x = tan is
x
 
(a) n   (b) n (c) n (d) n 
 n  +1  n  +1
2 2 2 2



4 3 4 4 4 16 4 4
(where nZ)

4. The general solution of 3 cos  + sin  = 2 is

n n    
(a) n  + (−1) (b) n  + (−1) − (c) n  + (−1)
n (d) 2n  + (−1)n
4 4 3 3 6
(where nZ)

5. The general solution of sinx + cosx = 2 is

   
(a) 2n  (b) 2n  (c) 2n  (d) 2n +
4 3 6 4
(where nZ)

 
6. The cartesian co-ordinates of the points whose polar co-ordinates  2, 4  are
 
(a) ( 2, 2 ) (b)  1 , 1 
 
(c) (2, 2) (d) (1, 1)
 2 2
 1
7. The polar co-ordinates of the points whose cartesian co-ordinates 0, are
 2
 
(a)  1 ,   (b)  1 ,   (c) 1,   (d) 1, 2
2 4 2 2  2 2 
       

8. The principal value for tan x = − 3 are

 , 2
(a) (b)  , 5 (c)
2 5
, (d)
2 7
,
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.7

9. If sin 4 − sin2 = cos3, then the most general value of  is

  1   
(a) n + 2 or m + (−1)m 6 (b) 2  n + 2  or m + (−1)m 6
 
1     
(c)  n +  or m + (−1) (d) n + or m + (−1)m
m
3 2 6 42 4
 
(where m,nZ)

10. If 4 cot2 = cot2 − tan2, then the general value of  is

   
(a) n  (b) n  (c) n  (d) n 
3 2 6 4
(where nZ)

3
11. The general solution for sin 4 x = − is
2
 n  n 2 n 
(a) n + (−1) + (−1)n + (−1)n + (−1)n
n
(b) (c) (d)
3 4 3 4 3 4 6
(where nZ)

12. The general solution of 4 cos2 x = 3 is

   
(a) n   (b) n   (c) n   (d) n 
3 6 2 4
(where nZ)

13. If 2 3 cos2  = sin  , then general value of  is

n n n   
(a) n + (−1) (b) + (−1) (c) n + (−1)
n
(d) n + (−1)n
2 4 4 6 3
(where nZ)

14. If cot  − tan  = 2 , then general value of  is

   1 
(a) n  (b) 2n  (c) (n + ) (d) 2n 
4 4 2 4 3
(where nZ)

15. If 2sin2  + cos  = 2, then the general value of  is

   
(a) (2n + 1) , 2m  (b) (2n +1) , 2m 
2 3 4 6
 
(c) 2n  (d) 2n 
3 2
(where n, mZ)

16. The general solution of tan3  − 3 tan  = 0 is

     
(a) n or m  (b) n + or m − (c) 2n or 2m  (d) 2n + or 2m −
3 3 4 3 6 4
(where n, mZ)
03.8

17. Number of solutions of the equation secx + tanx = 2cosx, in the interval [0, 2] is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3

18. If k = cos20º and cosx = 2k2 −1, then the possible values of x between 0º and 360º are
(a) 140º (b) 40º, 140º (c) 40º, 320º (d) 50º, 130º

19. The general solution of the equation secx + tanx = 2cosx is

n m m 
(a) n − (−1) , m − (−1) (b) n − (−1)
2 6 6
n
(c) n − (−1) (d) all of these
2
(where n, mZ)

20. General solution of the equation cos x cos6x = −1 is, x =

 n
(a) (2n +1)   (b) n (c) (2n +1) (d)
2  2
(where nZ)
1
21. The smallest positive angle  satisfying the equation sin2 − 2cos +   = 0 is
4
   
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3 4 6

22. General value of  obtained from the equation cos2 = sin is

   
(a) 2 = ( ) −  (b)  = 2n  ( − ) (c) 1
 = n + (−1)n   = n  −
(d)
2 2 2  4 2 
(where nZ)

23. If sin2 = cos3, where 0    90º , then  =

(a) 36º (b) 36º or 54º (c) 18º or 90º (d) 30º

24. General solution of tan 3x = 1 is x =

 n  
n + + n  ( )
(a) 4 (b) (c) n (d)
  3 12 4
(where nZ)

25. Solution set of the equation 2sin2 = 3cos in the interval [0, 2] is
  5  
   , 5  , , cos−1(−2)
(a) { } (b)   (c) 3 3  (d)
3 3 3 4
   

26. General solution of the equation sin50x − cos50x =1 is, x =

   
(a) 2n +   (b) 2n +   n + (d) n +  
(c) 2
2  3   3
(where nZ)
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.9

27. If cosecx = 1 + cotx, then x =

   
(a) n +   (b) n −   (c) 2n +   (d) 2n −  
2 2 2  2
(where nZ)

28. General solution of the equation tan2x + tanx + tan2x  tan x = 1 is x =

 
(c) n + 
n
(a) n + (b) n + (d)
4 3 3 12 3
(where nZ)

29. If 5cos2 + 2cos2(/2) +1 = 0 where  <  < , then  =

 −1  3  3  3
(a)  (b) , cos (c) cos−1 (d) ,  − cos−1
     
3 3 5   5 3 5

30. The equation 3.sin x + cos x = 4 has

(a) only one solution (b) two solutions (c) infinitely many solutions (d) no solution

31. Number of solutions of the equation 3sin2x − 7sinx + 2 = 0 in [0, 5] is

(a) 0 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 10

32. General solution of tan 5 = cot2 is,  =

(a) n +  (b) n +  (c) n 

+ (d) n − 
7 2 7 3 7 14 7 14
(where nZ)

33. If sin6 + sin4 + sin2 = 0, then the general value of  is

n  n  n  
(a) ( ) or m  ( ) (b) ( ) or m  ( ) (c) ( ) or 2m  ( )
(d)
4 3 4 6 4 6 4
(where m, nZ)

1 3
34. If sin  = and cos = − , then the general value of  is
2 2
5  7 5
(a) 2n  (b) 2n + (c) 2n + (d) 2n +
6 6 6 6
(where nZ)

35. If cos + cos2 + cos3 = 0, then the general value of  is

  2 m
(a) 2n  , (2m +1) (b) n + (−1)n ,
3 2 3 2
 m 2 
(c) n + (−1)n , (d) 2n  , (2m + 1)
3 2 3 4
(where n, mZ)

x
36. General solution of 8 tan2 = 1+ sec x is
2
1  1
(a) x = 2n  cos (− 3) (b) x = 2n  ( 6 )
−1
(c) x = 2n  cos −1( ) (d) x = 
3
(where nZ)
03.10

37. General solution of the equation tan + tan2 + 3  tan tan2 = 3 is

 n  
(a) (3n +1) (b) (c) (3n −1) (d)
9 9 9 9
(where nZ)

38. General solution of the equation tan + tan4 + tan7 = tan tan4  tan7 is  =
n n n 
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 12 6 4
(where nZ)

39. Quadratic equation 8sec2 − 6sec + 1 = 0 has

(a) exactly 2 roots (b) exactly 4 roots (c) infinitely many roots (d) no roots

40. Number of solutions of the equation sin5x  cos3x = sin6x  cos2x in the interval [0, ] is
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 5 (d) more than 5

Solution of Triangle :
 7 
41. The cartesian co-ordinates of a point, whose polar co-ordinates are 2, , are
 4 
 
(a)  1 − 1 
 
(b) (− , 2 ) (c)  − 1 , 1 
 
(d) ( , − 2 )
2 2
 2 2  2 2

42. The polar co-ordinates of a point whose cartesian co-ordinates are ( )

3 , 1 are

(a) ( 3
cos1c , 3 sin1c ) 
(b)  4, 6 

(c)  2, 3  (d)  2,  
 6
     
1 
43. The polar co-ordinates of the point P whose cartesian co-ordinate are , b are  7  , then
2  P  a, 
   6 
(a) 2a + b = 0 (b) a + 2 3b = 0 (c) 3a + b = 0 (d) a + 2b = 0

44. In a ABC, which one of the following is true ?

A  B+C   B+C  A
(a) (b + c) cos = a sin (b) (b + c) cos = a sin
2  2   2  2
   
 B −C  A  A  B −C 
(c) (b − c) cos = a cos (d) (b − c) cos = asin
 2  2 2  2 
     

45. If the angles of a triangle are in A.P. and 3a2 = 2b2, then angle C is
   5
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 4 12

A
46. In a ABC, a = 6, b = 4 and tan = 7 , then c =
2 9
(a) 6 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 5
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.11

4 12
47. If in an acute angled ABC, sin A = and sinB = , then sinC =
5 13
38 56 33 16
(a) (b) 65 (c) (d)
65 56 65

4
48. If in a ABC, a = 6, b = 3 and cos(A − B) = , then its area is
5
27
(a) 8 sq.units (b) 9 sq.units (c) 6 sq.units (d) sq.units
5
7 11
49. In a triangle ABC cos A = , cosB = then cosC is equal to
8 16
1 15 1
(a) − (b) (c)
5 15
(d)
4 4 64 4

50. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 4:1:1, then the ratio of the longest side to the perimeter is
(a) 3:2+ 3 (b) 1 : 6 (c) 1: 2 + 3 (d) 2 : 3

51. If in a ABC, a2cos2A = b2 + c2, then

    
(a) 0 < A < (b) < A< (c) < A< (d) A =
4 4 2 2 2

52. The area of a triangle ABC is 3 sq.units and B = 60∘ . If a2, b2, c2 are in A.P., the length of side AC is
(a) 2 3 units (b) 2 units (c) 3 units (d) 3 3 units

A B
53. If in a ABC, tan and tan are the roots of the equation 6x2 − 5x +1 = 0 then
2 2
(a) a2 + b2 > c2 (b) a2 − b2 = c2 (c) a2 + b2 = c2 (d) a2 = b2 + c2

B C
54. In a ABC, if 3a = b + c, then cot cot =
2 2
1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d) 4
2
a b c
55. Sides a, b, c of ABC are in A.P. and cos 1 = , cos 2 = , cos3 = , then
b+c a +c a +b
1 3
tan2 + tan2 =
2 2
2 2 cos2 cos 3 3
(a) (b) (c) 2(1+ cos 3) (d)
3 1+ cos 2 2

56. In a ABC, if the length of the sides are 2, 6 and 8 , then the measures of the angles are
(a) 30º, 60º, 90º (b) 45º, 75º, 60º (c) 45º, 30º, 105º (d) 45º, 45º, 90º

57. In a ABC, if a = 40, c = 40 3 and B = 30º, then the triangle is

(a) isosceles (b) equilateral (c) right angled (d) scalene
03.12

58. In a ABC, if a = 3 + 1, B = 30º and C = 45º, then c =

(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 2 2b

59. If in a ABC, sin A : sin C = sin(A − B) : sin(B − C), then a2, b2, c2 form
(a) an A.P. (b) a G.P. (c) a H.P. (d) no particular progression

60. If in a ABC, if a = 2, B = 60º and C = 75º , then b =

3
(a) 3 +1 (b) 6 (c) 3 −1 (d)
2

61. In a ABC, if A = 45º and C = 60º, then a + 2c

(a) b (b) 2b (c) 2b (d) 2 2

62. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 7, then the sides are in the ratio
(a) 2 : 2 : 3 +1 (b) 2 : 2 : 3 +1 (c) 2 : 3 +1: 2 (d) 2 : 3 : 7

63. If the angles of a triangle are in the ratio 1 : 4 : 7, then the sides are in the ratio
(a) ( )
3 −1 : 3 : 3 +1 (b) 1 : 4 : 7 (c) ( )
3 −1 : 6 : ( )
3 +1 (d) ( )
3 +1 : 6 : ( )
3 −1

64. In a ABC, if cos A = cos B = cos C and the side a = 2, the area of the triangle is
a b c
3
(a) 1 sq.unit (b) 2 sq.units (c) sq.units (d) 3 sq.units
2
65. If in a ABC, c = 3b and C − B = 90º, then tan B =
1
(a) 2 + 3 (b) 2 − 3 (c) 3 (d)
3

66. If the sides of a triangle are in the ratio 1: 3 : 2 , then the angles of the triangle are in the ratio
(a) 1 : 3 : 5 (b) 2 : 3 : 1 (c) 3 : 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 2 : 3

B C
67. In a ABC, tan tan =
2 2
a +b+ c −a + b + c a+b+c a +b−c
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a −b + c a+b+c −a + b + c a+b+c

68. The angles of a triangle are in the ratio 3 : 5 : 10, then ratio of the smallest side to the greatest side is
(a) 1 : sin10º (b) 1 : 2sin10º (c) 1 : cos10º (d) 1 : 2cos10º

69. The sides of a triangle are a, b and a2 + b2 + ab , then the greatest angle is
(a) 60º (b) 90º (c) 105º (d) 120º

70. In a triangle ABC, a = 4, b = 3, A = 60∘ , then c is the root of the equation

(a) c2 − 3c − 7 = 0 (b) c2 + 3c + 7 = 0 (c) c2 − 3c + 7 = 0 (d) c2 + 3c − 7 = 0
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.13

71. In a triangle ABC, if (c − a + b) (a − b + c) = ab, then the measures of angle C is

  2 
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 3 2

b2 − c2 c2 − a2 a2 − b2
72. In a ABC, + + =
a sec A b sec B c sec C
cos A cos B cos C
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) abc (d) + +
a b c

73. In a ABC, if a = 4, b = 5, c = 6, then angle C =

1
(a) A (b) A (c) 2A (d) 3A
2
 A− B +C 
74. In a ABC, 2ac sin =
 2 
 
(a) a2 + b2 − c2 (b) a2 + c2 −b2 (c) b2 − c2 − a2 (d) c2 − a2 − b2

75. The angles A, B and C of a triangle are in A.P. If AB = 3 7 units, BC = 7 units, then AC =
(a) 5 7 units (b) 7 units (c) 3 7 units (d) 7 7 units

76. In a triangle ABC, a(bcosC − ccosB) =

(a) a2 (b) b2 − c2 (c) 0 (d) 2(b2 − c2 )

77. In a ABC, b cos2 C + c cos2 B =

2 2
s
(a) s (b) 2s (c) (d) as
2
 A
78. In a triangle ABC, if a = 13, b = 14, c = 15, then sin =
2
 
1 2 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5

79. If in a ABC,  = (c + a−b) (a + b − c), then tanA =

4 8 15 8
(a) (b) (c) (d) −
3 15 16 15
A 5 B 20 C
80. In a ABC, if tan = and tan = , then tan =
2 6 2 37 2
4 3 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
5 5 5

81. In a ABC, if a = 2x, b = 2y and C = 120∘ , then area of the triangle is

(a) xy (b) 3xy (c) 3xy (d) 2xy
03.14

82. If the area of ABC be , then a2sin2B + b2 sin2A is equal to


(a) 2 (b)  (c) 4 (d)
2
A 5 C 2
83. In a ABC, if tan = and tan = , then
2 6 2 5
(a) b2 = ac (b) 2b = a + c (c) 2ac = b(a + c) (d) a+b=c

84. In a ABC, (c2 + a2 - b2) tan B + (a2 + b2 − c2) tanC =

(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 6 (d) 12

85. In ABC, 4(cotA + cotB + cotC) =

(a) a + b + c (b) (a − b) (b − c) (c − a) (c) a2 + b2 + c2 (d) ab + bc + ca

86. In any ABC, a cosA + b cosB + c cosC =

2 42 82 abc
(a) (b) (c) (d)
abc abc abc 82

87. If in a triangle a = 13, b = 14, c = 15, the ratio is
s
(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 2 (d) 6

Inverse Trigonometric Functions:

 3
88. The principle value of sin−1 − is
 2 
 
 4 
(a) − 2 (b) (c) (d) −
3 3 3 3
1 1
89. cos−1 + 2sin−1 =
2 2
   2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 6 3 3
 −1  7 
90. sec cos    =
  25 
25 25 24 7
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 7 25 25

91. sec2(tan−1 2) + cosec2(cot−1 3) =

(a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 15 (d) 7
  5 
92. cos−1 cos is
  4 
  
5 3  
(a) (b) (c) − (d)
4 4 4 4
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.15

 2 
93. The principle value of sin−1 sin is
 3 
 
2  4
(a) (b) − 2 (c) (d)
3 3 3 3
 7 
94. The value of cos−1 cos is
 6 
 
7 5 5 13
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 6 6

2
95. If sin−1 x + sin−1 y = , then cos-1x + cos-1y =
3
2  
(a) (b) (c) (d) 
3 3 6

96. If 4sin−1 x + cos−1 x =  , then x =

1 1
3 (c) −
(a) (b) (d) 3
2 2 2

97. tan(cot−1 x) is equal to


(a) −x (b) cot(tan−1 x) (c) tanx (d) cotx
2
 7 
98. The principle value of cos−1 −sin is
 6 
 
5 7  1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 6 3 2

2
99. If tan−1 x + 2 cot−1 x = , then x =
3
1 3 −1
(a) 3 (b) 3 (c) (d)
3 3 +1

1 1
100. The value of tan−1 + tan−1 =
2 3
  
0 (b) (c) (d)
(a) 3 6 4

x 
−1 x − y

 y  − tan  x + y 
101. If x, y > 0, then tan−1 is
   
    3
(a) (b) (c) (d) − or −
2 3 4 4 4
03.16
a b 
102. If tan−1 + tan−1 = for a, b > 0, then x =
x x 2

a b
(a) ab (b) 2ab (c) 2ab (d) or
b a

6
If tan x = tan 3 + tan 8 − tan
−1 −1 −1 −1
103. , then x =
17
1 1
(a) 5 (b) (c) − (d) −1
5 2

1− x 1
104. If tan−1 = tan−1 x , then the value of x is
1+ x 2
1 1
(a) (b) (c) 3 (d) 2
2 3
x x+ y
105. If x > 0, y > 0 and x > y, then tan−1 + tan−1 =
 
y  x− y
 x 
− (b) 
−1
(a) (c) 3
(d) 2 tan +
4 4 4 y 2
 2x
106. If x  (1, ) , then tan−1  =
 2 
 1− x 
(a) 2 tan−1 x (b) − + 2 tan−1 x (c)  + 2 tan−1 x (d) 2cot-1x

x 5 
107. If sin
−1
+ cosec−1 = , then x =
4  2
5  
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 3

3 4 
108. If sin−1 + sin−1 = , (for x > 0), then x =
x x 2
(a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 7 (d) 4

 1
109. The value of sin 2 tan−1 + cos(tan−1 2 2) =
 3
 
12 13 14
(a) (b) (c) (d) 1
13 14 15


If x (− , −1) , then tan− 2x 
1
110. =
 2 
 1− x 

(a) 2 tan−1 x (b) −  + 2 tan−1 x (c)  + 2 tan−1 x (d) −2cot−1x

Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.17

−1  3x − x 
1 3
111. If x  , then tan  2 
=
3  1− 3x 

(a) 3 tan−1 x (b) −  + 3 tan−1 x (c)  + 3 tan−1 x (d)  − 3tan-1x

1 −1 2x 1 −1 1− x 
2

112. If 0  x 1, then tan  sin 2

+ cos 2 
=
2 1+ x 2 1+ x 
2x 2x
(a) (b) 0 (c) (d) 2x
1− x2 1+ x2

113. The value of sin (2sin-1(0.8)) =

(a) sin 1.2º (b) sin (9.6º) (c) 0.48 (d) 0.96

114. The value of costan−1{sin(cot−1 x)} =

x2 + 2 x2 + 2 x2 +1 x2 + 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
x2 + 3 x2 +1 x2 + 2 x2 +1

115. If x > 0, then sin−1{cos(sin−1 x)}+ cos−1{sin(cos−1 x)} =

  3
(a) (b) (c) (d) 0
4 2 4

1
116. If  x  1, then cos−1(4x3 − 3x) equals
2

−2 − 3cos−1 x − 3sin−1 x
(a) 3cos−1 x (b) 2 − 3cos−1 x (c) (d)
2

117. If tan−1 x + tan−1 y + tan−1 z =  and 1 < xy + yz + zx < yz + zx, then x + y + z =

(a) xyz (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 2xyz

cot(cos−1 x) =  −1  a 
sec tan
118. If   for 0 < a < b , then x equals
  
b a
(a) (b) (c) 2b2 − a2 (d)
a b
1
119. If −1  x  − , then sin−1(3x − 4x 3 ) equals
2
(a) 3sin−1 x (b)  − 3sin−1 x (c) −  − 3sin−1 x (d) − + 3sin-1x


120. A solution of the equation tan−1(1+ x) + tan−1(1− x) = is
2
(a) x=1 (b) x = −1 (c) x = 0 (d) x = 1
03.18

 xy   yz   xz 
121. If x + y + z = r with x, y, z, r > 0, then tan
2 2 2 2 −1 + tan−1 + tan−1 =
 zr   xr   yr 
     
 
(a)  (b) (c) 0 (d)
2 4
122. If x + y + z = xyz, then for x, y, z > 0 and 1 < xy + yz + zx < yz + zx, tan−1 x + tan−1 y + tan−1 z =
 
(a) 0 (b) (c) 1 (d)
2 4

123. If 0  x  1, then cos−1(2x2 −1) equals


(b)  − 2 cos−1 x (c) 2 − 2 cos−1 x − 2 sin−1 x
(a) 2 cos−1 x (d)
2

124. If 0  x  1, then cos−1(1− 2x2 ) equals


(a) 2 cos−1 x (b)  − 2 cos−1 x (c) 2 − 2 cos−1 x (d) − 2 sin−1 x
2

125. If −1  x  0 , cos−1(2x2 −1) equals

(a) 2 cos−1 x (b)  − 2 cos−1 x (c) 2 − 2 cos−1 x (d) − 2 cos−1 x

1 1
126. If −  x  , sin−1(3x − 4x 3 ) equals
2 2
(a) 3sin−1 x (b)  − 3sin−1 x (c) −  − 3sin−1 x (d) − + 3sin−1 x

127. If 1  x  1, sin−1(3x − 4x3) equals

2
(a) 3sin−1 x (b)  − 3sin−1 x (c) −  − 3sin−1 x (d) − + 3sin−1 x

HOMEWORK:

Trigonometric Equation:

128. The general soluton of the equation sin 2x + 2sin x + 2cos x + 1 = 0, is

   1  
(a) 3n − (b) 2n + 2n + (−1)n sin−1  n −
(c)  (d)
4 4  3 4
(where nZ)


129. The solution of the equation 1− cos  = sin  sin is
2
n 
(a) n (b) 2n (c) (d) (4n +1)
2 2
(where nZ)
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.19

130. If cos x + sin x = 0 , then principle value of x =

 5 −1 
(a) −1  5 −1 (b)  − sin
−1
sin  2   2 
   
 1− 5  
sin−1  5 −1 
(c) 2  (d) cos −1 
   2 
 

131. The number of solution of the equation 3sin2 x − 7 sin x + 2 = 0 in the interval [0, 5], is
(a) 0 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 3

132. If cos2, 1 and sin are in G.P., then  =

n   
(a) n + (−1) (b) 4n + (−1)n−1  (c) n  (d) 2n −
2 2 2 2
(where nZ)

133. The equation sin4x − (k +2) sin2x − (k + 3) = 0 possesses a solution, if

(a) k  − 4 (b) k < − 4 (c) − 4  k  4 (d) k  R

134. The general solution of the trigonometrical equation sin x + cos x = 1 for n = 0, 1 ,..... is given by
 n  n 
(a) x = 2n (b) x = 2n + (c) x = n + (1) − (d) x = n + (1) +
2 4 4 4 4
(where nZ)

135. {x  R : cos 2x + 2 cos2 x = 2} is equal to

5 
(a) {2n  ; n  Z} (b) {n  ; n  Z}
6 6
 
(c) {2n  ; n  Z} (d) {2n + ; n  Z}
6 3

136. The most general values of  satisfying the equations 2cos + 3 = 0 and 3 tan − 1= 0 are given by
5  7 7
(a) 2m + (b) m + (c) 2n + (d) n 
6 6 6 6
(where m, nZ)

137. If 0  x, y  2 and sinx + siny = 2, then the value of (x + y)


(a) is  (b) is (c) is 0 or 2 (d) cannot be determined
2

138. If 0  x, y  2 and cosx + cosy = −2, then the value of cos (x + y) is

(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) −1 (d) an unknown value between -1 and 1 excluding zero

139. If y (−, ) , then the total number of ordered pairs (x, y) satisfying the equation sec2[(x + 2) y] + x2 −1 = 0 , is
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d) more than 3
03.20

140. The most general values of  satisfying the equation 2sin + 1 = 0 and 3 + cot  = 0
  
(a) is n + (−1)n − (b) is n +
 6
6
 
7
(c) is 2n + (d) form a null set
6
(where nZ)

141. The principal solution of the equation 2 + 7 cot2  = 3.25 cosec2  are
 2  5  2 4 5  5 7 11
(a)  , (b)  , (c) , , , (d) , , ,
3 3 6 6 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6

142. The general solution of the equation 3cot2 − 2cos = 0 is

n   
(a) n ; m + (−1) (b) (2n +1) ; 2m 
6 2 3
 5 m 
(c) (2n +1) ; 2m  (d) n ; m + (−1)
2 6 3
(where n, mZ)
 x x 7 x x
143. The principal solution of the equation sin4 + cos4 = are
    sin cos
2  2 2 2 2

(a)  5  2  5 7   2 4 5
, (b) , (c) , , , 11 (d) , , ,
6 6 3 3 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3

144. The number of solution of tan x + sec x = 2cos x in [0, 2], is

(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 0 (d) 1

cos( A + B) −sin( A + B) cos 2B

145. If sin A cos A sin B = 0 , then B =
−cos A sin A cos B

 
(a) (2n +1) (b) n (c) (2n +1) (d) 2n
2 4
(where nZ)

146. The number of values of x in the interval [0, 3] satisfying the equation 2sin2 x + 5sin x − 3 = 0, is
(a) 6 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4

147. Which of the following are the roots of the equation 2 sin2  + sin2 2 = 2 ?
    
(a)  ,  , , (c)  ,  ,
, 5
(b) (d) only
6 4 3 2 4 2 6 2 6 2

148. The number of solutions of the pair of equations 2sin2 − cos2 = 0 and 2cos2 − 3sin = 0 in the interval [0, 2]
is
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 4
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.21
x
149. The number of solutions of the equation cos 3x + sin + 2 = 0 in [0, 3] is
2
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) more than 2
 + 
150. If ,  are different values of x satisfying a cosx + b sinx = c, then tan  =
 2 
 
b c b a
(a) (b) (c) (d)
c b a b

151. The equation a sin x + b cos x = c, where | c | > a2 + b2 has

(a) a unique principal solution (b) infinite number of solutions
(c) no solution (d) more than one, yet finite number of solutions

152. The solution set for the equation tanx − sinx =1 − tan x sin x is
   m  
(a) n + (b) (4n −1) (c) n + ; m − (−1) (d) n −
4 2 4 2 4
(where n, mZ)

153. If sinA = sinB, cosA= cosB, then the value of A in terms of B is

(a) n + B (b) n + (−1)nB (c) 2n + B (d) 2n  B
(where nZ)

154. If 5 cos 2 + 2 cos2 +1 = 0, −      , then  =
2
 1 3  13 3 
(a)  ,  cos −
(b)  ,   cos− (c) cos−1(− ) (d)  ,    − cos −1  3  
      
3 5 3 5 5 3   5 

155. If ,  are the solutions of a tan  + b sec  = c, then tan ( + ) =

2ac 2ac 2ac ac
(a) (b) (c) (d)
a − c2
2
c − a2
2
a + c2
2
a + c2
2

156. The equation ksinx + cos2x = 2k − 7 possesses a solution, if

(a) k > 6 (b) 2  k  6 (c) k > 2 (d) k = 0

157. Number of solutions of the equations sin2 + 2 = 4sin + cos lying in the interval [, 5], is
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 5
1
158. If sin 2 x, and cos 2x are in A.P., then the general values of x are given by
2
  
(a) n, m + (b) n, m + (c) n + (d) n
2 4 4
(where n, mZ)

159. For m  n, if tan m = tan n, then different values of  form

(a) an A.P. (b) an H.P. (c) a G.P. (d) no particular sequence

160. The solution of the equation cos2  + sin  +1 = 0 lies in the interval
   3 3 5 5 7
(a) (− , ) (b) ( , ) (c) ( , ) (d) ( , )
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
03.22

161. If tan + tan4 + tan7 = tan tan4 tan7, then  =

n n n
(a) (b) (c) (d) n
4 7 12
(where nZ)

162. If tan2 tan =1, then  =

  n 
(a) n + (b) n  (c) 2n  (d) (2n +1)
6 6 6 6
(where nZ)

163. The general solution of cot 3x = 1, is

3 
(a) 3n + (b) n +  (c) n + (d) n  
4 3 12 12 3 12
(where nZ)

164. The general solution of the equation cot  = sin 2 is

     
(a) (2n +1) (b) n  (c) (2n +1) , m  (d) (2n +1) , m 
2 4 2 4 2 6
(where n, mZ)

165. The solution of the equation cos2 x − 2 cos x = 4 sin x − sin 2x(0  x  ) is
 1 1 1 
(a)  + cot−1 2 (b)  − tan−1 2 (c)  + tan−1 − (d) tan− −
   2
 2   

166. The number of values of x for which sin2x + cos4x =2, is

(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) more than 2
 3 5 
167. The cartesian co-ordinates of a point, whose polar co-ordinates are , are
4 3 
 

3 3 3  3 3 3 3 3 3  3 3 3
(a) 8, − 8  (b) −8, 8  (c)  8 , − 8  (d)  − 8 , − 8 
       

 3 3 3
168. The polar co-ordinates of a point , whose cartesian co-ordinates are  − 2 , − 2  are
 
 4  2  4  5
(a)  9,  (b) 3,  (c) 3,  (d) 9, 
3   3   3   3 
       

169. The polar co-ordinates of the point P whose cartesian co-ordinates are a, 3  3 
 − 4  are P  4 , b 
 2  
such that a < 0, then the value of 4 2a + tan b =
(a) − 4 (b) −2 (c) 2 (d) 4
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.23

Solution of Triangle:

170. If a = 3, b = 5, c = 6, then the circum radius of ABC is

45 45 45 45
(a) (b) (c) (d)
14 2 14 4 14 3 14

171. In ABC, if sin2A + sin2B = sin2C, then ABC is

(a) equilateral (b) isosceles (c) right angled (d) obtuse angled

172. Which triplets of the follow can be sides of a triangle ?

(a) a = 3, b = 5, c = 8 (b) a = 3, b = 5, c = 7
(c) a = 3, b = 5, c = 9 (d) a = 3, b = 5, c = 1

cos A b
173. If =
, then ABC is triangle.
cos B a
(a) a scalene (b) an equilateral (c) an obtuse angled (d) an isosceles

174. The perimeter of ABC is 20, A = 60º, area of  ABC = 10 3 , then the values of a, b, c respectively are
(a) 7, 5, 8 or 7, 8, 5 (b) 8,5, 7 or 8, 7, 5 (c) 5,8,7 or 5, 7, 8 (d) 6,5,8 or 8, 5, 6

175. If b = 3 +1, c = 3 −1, A = 60∘ , then B and C respectively are

(a) 100º, 20º (b) 105º, 15º (c) 110º, 10º (d) 115º, 5º

 A
176. If, in ABC, a = 16, b = 24, c = 20, then sin =
2
 
1 1 3 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 2 2 3

177. If, in ABC, a = 18, b = 24, c = 30, then sinA =

1 3 2 4
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5

178. If ABC, a = 25, b = 35, c = 30, then the area of the triangle is
(a) 450 2 sq.units (b) 150 2 sq.units (c) 150 6 sq.units (d) 50 6 sq.units

179. If the area of an acute angled triangle is 75 m2 and two of its sides are 20 m and 15 m, then the angle between them
is
(a) 30º (b) 60º (c) 150º (d) 105º

3
180. How many triangles are possible, in which a = 5, b = 7 and sin A = ?
4
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) infinitelymany

181. In ABC, c2 = a2 + b2, then 4s(s − a) (s − b) (s − c) =

(a) a2b2 (b) c2b2 (c) b2c2 (d) ab
03.24

182. If in ABC, angles A, B, C are in A.P. and b : c = 3 : 2 , then A =

(a) 75º (b) 45º (c) 60º (d) 30º

183. If in ABC the sides a, b, c are in A.P., then

A B C A B C
(a) cos , cos , cos are in A.P. (b) tan , tan , tan
are in H.P.
2 2 2 2 2 2
(c) tan A, tan B, tan C are in A.P. (d) cosA, cosB, cosC are in G.P.

184. If in ABC the angles A, B, C are in A.P., the sides a, b, c form a G.P., then the ABC
(a) is a right angles 30º - 60º - 90º triangle (b) can not exist
(c) is an equilateral triangle (d) scalene triangle with B = 60∘

185. If in ABC a4 + b4 + c4 = 2a2(b2 + c2), then cosA : cosC is

(a) a2 − b2 : ac (b) (b2 − a2) : ac (c) ac : (b2 − a2) (d) (b2 − c2) : ab

186. If in ABC, tan A + tanB + tanC > 0, then the triangle is

(a) acute angled (b) obtuse angled (c) right angled (d) equilateral
 C
187. I f in ABC, B = , then b − c sin B tan =
2 2
(a) a (b) b (c) c (d) a2

188. If the altitudes of a triangle are in A.P., then its sides

(a) form an A.P. (b) form an H.P.
(c) form a G.P. (d) do not form any particular progression

189. If in ABC, a = 2x, b = 2y and C = 120º, then the area of the triangle is
(a) xy (b) 3  xy (c) 3xy (d) 2xy

190. If in ABC, a = 4, b = 5, c = 6 then C =

(a) A (b) ( A / 2) (c) 2A (d) 3A

191. Perimeter of a triangle is 6 times the arithmetic mean of sines of its angles. If a =1, then A =
   
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 2 4

192. If the lengths of the sides of a triangle are 3, 5, 7, then the measures of its greatest angle is
(a) 90º (b) 120º (c) 150º (d) 30º

193. In ABC a sin(B − C) + b sin(C − A) + c sin(A − B) =

(a) −2 (b) −1 (c) 0 (d) 1

194. In ABC, (b − c) sinA + (c − a) sin B + (a − c) sinC =

(a) −2 (b) −1 (c) 0 (d) 3

195. In ABC, (b + c) cosA + ( c + a) cosB + (a − b) sinC =

(a) a + b + c (b) a − b + c (c) a + b − c (d) a − b − c
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.25

cot B + cot C
196. In ABC =
cot C + cot A
2
a b2 c2
(a) (b) 2 (c) 2 (d) a 2
b2 c a

197. If mA = 60º ; then (a + b +c) (−a + b + c) =

(a) 3ab (b) 3bc (c) 3ca (d) 3abc

198. In ABC, a2sin2C + c2sin2A =


(a) 2 (b)  (c) 4 (d)
4

199. In ABC a (b cos C− c cosB) =

(a) a2 − b2 (b) b2 − c2 (c) c2 − a2 (d) a2 + b2 + c2
 1 1 1 
200. If p , p , p are the lengths of the altitudes of a triangle ABC whose area is , then 42 + + =
1 2 3  p2 2
p p 
2
 1 2 3 

(a) a2−b2−c2 (b) a2 − b2 + c2 (c) a2 + b2 + c2 (d) a2 + b2 − c2

b a
201. In ABC, if C = 60∘ , then + =
c2 − a2 c2 − b2
1
(a) a+b+c (b) (c) abc (d) 0
a+b +c

202. In ABC, 2(cot B + cot C) =

(a) b2 (b) c2 (c) a2 (d) 3

1
203. If  x  1, then sin−1(2x 1− x2 ) equals
2
(a) 2sin-1x (b)  − 2sin-1x (c) −  + 2sin-1x (d) sin-1x

Inverse Trigonometric Function

204. The value of sin-1(sin3) is

 
(a) 3 − (b) −3 (c)  − 3 (d) 3 − 
2 2

3
205. If  x  2 , then sin-1(sinx) =
2
(a) x − 2 (b)  + x (c) 2 − x (d)  − x
  5 
206. Principle value of sin−1 sin is
  6 
  
5 2  
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 6 3
03.26

  7 
207. Principle value of cos−1 cos is
  6 
  
7 5  
(a) (b) (c) (d) −
6 6 6 6
  3 
208. Principle value of tan−1 tan is
  4 
  
 3  
(a) (b) (c) (d) −
4 4 4 4
  1  a   1  a 
209. For a, b > 0; tan + cos−1 + tan − cos−1 =
       
 4 2  b  4 2  b 
2a 2b a b
(a) (b) (c) (d)
b a 2b 2a

  1    1 
210. cos 2 tan −1   − sin 4 tan −1   =
  7    3 
1 1
(a) (b) − (c) 0 (d) 1
2 2

1 1
211. cos−1   + 2 sin−1   =
2 2
   2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 6 3 3
x  x 
212. If for a, b > 0 tan−1 + tan−1 = , then x =
   
a b 2
(a) ab (b) 2ab (c) ab (d) 2ab

213. If tan−1 3 + tan−1 x = tan−1 8 , then x =

1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) − (d)
5 25 5 2

1 1
214.
−1
If cot 1+ cot
−1
+ cot−1 = x + tan−1 y , then (x, y) equals
2 3  
(a) (0, 0) (b) (0, ) (c) (  0) (d) ,1
2 
 
2
215. If tan−1 x + tan−1 y = , then cot−1 x + cot−1 y
3
2  
(a) is (b) is (c) is (d) cannot be determined
3 3 6
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.27

If sin x =
−1
216. for some x [−1,1] , then cos−1 x =
5
3 5 7 9
(a) (b) (c) (d)
10 10 10 10
a b 
217. For the equation tan−1 + tan−1 =
   
 x x 2
(a) x, a, b are all positive
(b) x, a, b are all of the same sign
(c) a and b are of the same sign and x is of opposite sign
(d) nothing can be concluded for the signs of x, a and b
1
218. tan−1 + 2 cot−1 (3) = cot−1 x , then x =
7
 
1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 3 (d)
3

3 3  8 
219. tan−1 + tan−1 − tan−1 = sin−1 x , then x =
4 5  19 
     
1 1
(a) 0 (b) (c) (d) 1
2 2

1 1 1

220. 2 tan−1 + tan−1 + 2 tan−1 = cos−1 x , then the value of x
8 7 5
     
1
(a) is 0 (b) is (c) is 1 (d) cannot be determined
2

−1 2a  −1  1− b 
2
−1 2x is
221. If | a | < 1, | b | < 1 and | x | < 1, then the solution of sin   − cos  1+ b2  = tan 1− x2
1+ a2
   
a−b a+b a−b
(a) (b) a − b (c) (d)
1− ab 1− ab 1+ ab

2
 −1 1 − x2 −1 1 − x 
222. If 0  x  1 , then sin tan + cos is equal to
 2 x 1 + x 2


(a) 0 (b) −1 (c) 1 (d) 4 tan−1 x

 2a   2b 
223. If sin + sin−1 = 2 tan−1 x , where a, b and x > 0, then x is equal to
 2   2 
1+ a   1+ b 
a−b a+b a+b
(a) (b) a − b (c) (d)
1+ ab 1+ ab 1− ab

224. The value of sin−1(sin10) is

(a) 10 (b) 10-3 (c) 3 − 10 (d) 2 − 10
03.28
 33 
225. The value of sin−1 cos is
  
5
  
3 7  
(a) (b) (c) (d) −
5 5 10 10

226. Two angles of a triangle are cot−1 2 and cot−1 3 . Then the third angle is
 3  
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 4 6 3
 1
227. The value of tan 2 tan−1 is
 3
 
3 4 2
(a) (b) (c) 1 (d)
4 3 3

−1  3  -1
228. If 2 tan   = sin a, then a =
4
24 7 24 25
(a) (b) (c) (d)
7 24 25 24

xy +1
229. The value of cot−1 + cot−1 yz +1 (for x > y > z > 0) equals
x− y y−z

 x−z 
(a) 0 (b) tan-1(x − z) (c) tan−1   (d) cot−1 x − cot−1 z
 1+ xz 

−1  cos 2x − sin 2x   3
230. The simplified form of tan   for − 8  x  8 , is
 cos 2x + sin 2x 
   
(a) 4
−x (b) − 2x (c) +x (d) + 2x
4 4 4

3
231. If 2sin
−1
= cos−1  , then  =
4
9 9 1 1
(d) −
(a) (b) (c)
16 8 8 8

2
232. If 2 cos
−1 = tan−1 a , then a =
9

77 4 77 77 4 77
(a) − (b) (c) 4 (d) −
73 73 73 73
Trigonometric Function-MCQs 03.29

4 12
233. If sin−1 + cos−1 = sin−1  , then  =
5 13
63 62 61 60
(a) (b) (c) (d)
65 65 65 65

−1 −1 −1 
234. If tan x + tan y + tan z = then xy + yz + zx =
2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

 2 
235. If sin sin−1 + cos−1 x = 1 , then x =
 5 
 
2 3 1 21
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5 5 5 5

1 2 
236. If tan−1 + cos−1 = , then x =
x 5 4
1
(a) (b) 1 (c) 2 (d) 3
3

 4  5
sin−1 + sin−1 =
237. 5  13 
   

tan−1   −1  16  −1  16  −1  63 
77
(a) (b) sin  65  (c) cos  65  (d) tan  65 
 45       

 31  1
tan−1 − 2 tan−1 =
238.  17  2
   
 1 −1  1 
2 tan−1 (c) cot−1 (7) (d) cot  
(a) (b) 7
4   7

−1 −1 
239. The set of values of x for which sin (1− x) − 2 sin x = hold is
2
1 1 1
(a) {0, } (b) {0, , 1} (c) {0} (d) { , 1}
2 2 2

 1− x  1
240. tan−1 = tan−1(x) for x > 0, then x equals
 1+ x 
  2
1 1
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) (d)
3 3
03.30

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Response
Question 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Response
Question 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Response
Question 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160
Response
Question 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Response
Question 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220
Response
Question 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Response
 Chapter 04

Electrochemistry

IMPORTANT POINTS TO REMEMBER

➢ Substances which allow electric current to pass through them are known as conductors.

➢ Substances which do not allow electricity to pass through them are known as non-conductors or insulators.
e.g. Rubber, Wood, Paper, all non-metals except carbon, most organic compounds such as urea, sugar, alcohols etc.

➢ Conductors can be divided into two types :

(i) Metallic conductors :

(1) Flow of electricity takes place without decomposition of a substance.
(2) Flow of electricity is due to flow of electrons.
(3) Electrical conductivity decreases as temperature increase.
e.g. metals, graphite

(ii) Electrolytic conductors (Electrolytes ) :

(1) Flow of electricity takes place with decomposition of a substance.
(2) Flow of electricity is due to movement of ions.
(3) Electrical conduction increases with increase in temperature.

➢ Electrolysis : Oxidation is loss of electron. During which oxidation number increases. It takes place at anode.

➢ Reduction is gain of electrons. During which oxidation number decreases. It takes place at cathode.During
electrolysis ions get discharged.

➢ If more than one cations or anions are present, then their discharge in increasing order is :
For cations : K+ < Ca2+ < Na+ < Mg2+ < Al3+ < Zn2+ < Fe2+ < H+ < Cu2+ < Hg2+ < Ag+

For anions : SO24  NO−3  OH−  Cl−  Br−  I−

e.g. (i) Electrolysis of aqueous NaCl :
NaCl Na+ + Cl− At anode : 2Cl − → Cl 2 + 2e−
H2O H+ + OH− At cathode : 2H+ + 2e− → H 2

(ii) Electrolysis of aq. CuSO4 :

CuSO 4 Cu2+ + SO2− 4 At anode : 4 OH− → 2H 2O + O 2 + 4e−

H2O H+ + OH− At cathode : Cu2+ + 2e− → Cu

(iii) Electrolysis of aq. NaOH :

NaOH Na+ + OH− At anode : 4 OH− → 2H O + O + 4e−
2 2

H2O H +
+ OH− At cathode : +
2H + 2e− → H2
04.2

(iv) Aqueous AgNO3 :

AgNO3 Ag+ + NO− 3
At anode: 4OH− → 2H 2O + O 2 + 4e−
−
H2O H+ + OH− At cathode : Ag+ + e → Ag

(v) Aqueous H2SO4 :

H SO 2H+ + SO2− At anode : 4OH− → 2H O + O + 4e−
2 4 4 2 2
− + −
H2O H+ + OH At cathode : 2H + 2e → H 2

(vi) Aqueous HCl :

HCl H+ + Cl− At anode : 2Cl− → Cl 2 + 2e−
H2O H+ + OH− At cathode : 2H+ + 2e− → H 2

NOTE : Electrodes used in above examples are made of either Pt or graphite.

➢ 1 Faraday (96500 C) is charge carried by one mole of electrons.

i.e. 1 F (96500 C) = 6.023  1023 electrons
6.023  1023
 1C= = 6.24  1018 electrons
96500
96500
or charge on 1 electron = = 1.6  10−19 coulomb
6.023  10 23

Unit of Faraday is Coulomb mol−1.

➢ 1 Faraday (96500 C)  1.008 g Hydrogen (1g for simplification)

e.g. (i) 1 F (96500 C)  1.008 g Hydrogen (1g for simplification)

(ii) 1 F (96500 C)  23 g sodium
(iii) At.wt. 27
1 F (96500 C)  9 g Aluminium [E = = =9]
valency 3
63.5
(iv) 1 F (96500 C)  31.75 g copper [ = 31.75]
2
107.8
(v) 1 F (96500 C)  107.8 g silver [ = 107.8]
1
(vi) 1 F (96500 C)  8 g of oxygen [16/2 = 8]
35.5
(vii) 1 F (96500 C)  35.5 g chlorine [ = 35.5]
1
40
(viii) 1 F (96500 C)  20 g calcium [ = 20]
2
24
(ix) 1 F (96500 C)  12 g magnesium [ = 12]
2
65
(x) 1 F (96500 C)  32.5 g zinc [ = 32.5]
2
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.3

➢ 1 F (96500 C) is required to discharge 1 mol of monovalent ions forming 1 mole of atoms, while 2F(965000 C  2)
is required to discharge 1 mol of divalent ions forming 1 mol of atoms and 3F (96500 C  3 ) is required to
discharge 1 mol of trivalent ions forming 1 mol of atoms.
e.g. (i) To discharge 1 mol Na+ (monovalent) 1 F required
(ii) To discharge 1 mol Cu2+ (divalent) 2F required
(iii) To discharge 1 mol Al3+ (trivalent) 3F required

➢ Volume liberated : g molecular weight  22.4 dm3 at STP.

e.g. (i) 2 g hydrogen  22.4 dm3 at STP
or 1 F (96500 C)  1 g hydrogen  11.2 dm3 at STP
(ii) 32 g oxygen  22.4 dm3 at STP
or 1 F (96500 C)  8 g oxygen  5.6 dm3 at STP
(iii) 71 g chlorine  22.4 dm3 at STP
or 1 F (96500 C)  35.5 g chlorine  11.2 dm3 at STP

➢ Nernst Equation : (To be used if conc. of electrolyte other than 1 M is given)

−
(i) For oxidation M → Mn+ + ne
o 2.303 RT log [Mn+ ]
Eoxi = Eoxi − 10
nF [M]
For R = 8.314 J K–1 mol–1, T = 298 K, F = 96500 C mol–1, [M] = 1
0.0591 log n+
Eoxi = Eooxi − 10 [M ]
n
− 0.0591 log [Zn2+]
Zn → Zn2+ + 2e  Eoxi = E ooxi − 10
2
(ii) For reduction Mn+ + ne− → M
0.0591 log10 [Mn+ ]
Ered = Eored +
n
(iii) For cell reaction 2Al + 3 Cd2+ → 2Al3+ + 3Cd
3+ 2
Ecell = Eo 0.0591 log [Al ]
cell − 10 2+ 3
2 [Cd ]

0.0591 log [product]

In general Ecell = E ocell − 10
n [reactant]

➢ When conc. is given 1 M, then

− Eo
E = Eo OR E = Eo − Eo
cell oxi(anode) oxi(cathode) cell red(cathode) red(anode)

Note : Eoxi = −Ered (for a given electrode)

04.4

➢ E.M.F series or electromotive series or activity series :

Series of electrodes arranged in decreasing order of SRP.

S.No. Electrodes S.No. Electrodes

1. F−  F , Pt 13. Ni2+ | Ni
2

2. Au3+ | Au 14. Cd2+ | Cd

3. Cl−  Cl , Pt 15. Fe2+ | Fe
2

4. Br− | Br 16. Cr3+ | Cr

2

5. Ag+ | Ag 17. Zn2+ | Zn

6. Hg2+ | Hg 18. Mn2+ | Mn
7. I− | I 19. Al3+ | Al
2

8. Cu2+ | Cu 20. Mg2+ | Mg

9. Calomel 21. Na+ | Na
10. H+ | H , Pt 22. Ca2+ | Ca
2

11. Pb2+ | Pb 23. K+ | K

12. Sn2+ | Sn 24. Li+ | Li

• Above SHE, electrodes have + SRP; below SHE, electrodes have − SRP.
• More the negative value of SRP, higher is the electropositivity and stronger the reducing agent.
i.e. high tendency to lose electron. e.g. reducing power order is Li > K > Ca
• Greater the positive value SRP, higher is the electronegativity and stronger the oxidising agent i.e. high tendency to
gain electron. e.g. oxidising power F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2. Hence chlorine can displace bromine and iodine from their
salt solution, but cannot displace fluorine.
• If E.M.F. of cell is positive, the cell reaction is spontaneous.
• If Ecell is negative, the reaction will not occur at all.
• Metals having lower reduction potential can displace those having higher reduction potential from their salts solution.
e.g. Zn and Fe can displace Cu from CuSO4 but Ag cannot displace Cu from CuSO4
• Those metals, which are below hydrogen in series, can react with water and dil.acids to liberate H gas.
2

e.g. Zn + 2HCl ⎯→ ZnCl2 + H2

Cu + HCl ⎯→ no reaction
• Metals having lower value of SRP. gets easily rusted. Hence in galvanisation of Fe, Zn is coated over Fe. Due to
lower SRP, Zn gets oxidised and prevent rusting of iron. Tining is not preferred (coating of tin over iron). Similarly
tin is protected from corrosion by coating with nickel.

• Elements below hydrogen in series cannot be obtained by electrolysis of their aqueous solution. These elements
displace H2 gas and so H2 gas is obtained instead of element.
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.5

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK

1. An electrolyte can be
(a) an element (b) a gas (c) a metal (d) polar covalent compound

2. With increase in temperature, the resistance of a metallic conductor

(a) decreases (b) initially increases but decreases after sometime
(c) increases (d) initially decreases but increases after sometime

3. The process of decomposition of an electrolyte by the passage of electric current is called

(a) electrophoresis (b) syneresis (c) electrolysis (d) electro-osmosis

4. State which of the following statements is correct.

(a) An electrolytic cell converts chemical energy into electrical energy.
(b) An electrolytic cell converts electrical energy into chemical energy.
(c) An electrochemical cell converts electrical energy into chemical energy.
(d) Avoltameter cell converts chemical energy into electrical energy.

5. Out of Sn2+ and Sn4+, Sn2+ is the state and Sn4+ is the state.
(a) oxidised, reduced (b) oxidised, oxidised (c) reduced , reduced (d) reduced, oxidised

6. Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity due to presence of

(a) free electrons (b) atoms of sodium and chlorine (c) free molecules (d) free ions

7. The electrical charge for the deposition of 1 gm equivalent of a substance is

(a) 1 ampere/sec (b) charge on 1 mole of electrons
(c) 96,500 coulombs (d) both (b) and (c)

8. Say which of the following statement is correct .

(a) In an electrogenic cell +vely charged electrode is anode.
(b) In an electrogenic cell −vely charged ions electrode is anode.
(c) In an electrolytic cell −vely charged ions move to cathode.
(d) In an electrolytic cell +vely charged ions move to anode.

9. Two Pt electrodes are immersed in a solution of CuSO4 and a current is passed. Gradually colour of CuSO4
disappears and some substances are liberated at the electrodes, leaving behind a colourless solution. The colourless
solution is
(a) water (b) platinum sulphate (c) cupric hydroxide (d) sulphuric acid

10. 96,500 coulombs, is the quantity of electricity that corresponds to

(a) flow of definite number of electrons (b) liberation of 1.118  10−6 kg of Ag
(c) flow of Avogadro’s number of electrons (d) liberation of 1.04  10−6 kg of H 2

11. State which of the following statement is correct.

(a) In a galvanic cell, a spontaneous redox reaction takes place.
(b) Electrogenic cells are used in the production of metals.
(c) Electrical energy is used up in an electrochemical cell.
(d) Two half cells connected by a salt bridge are used in an electrolytic cell.
04.6

12. State which of the following statements is correct.

(a) Oxidation is a process in which electrons are gained by substance.
(b) Reduction is a process in which electrons are lost by a substance.
(c) Oxidation is a process in which oxidation number decreases.
(d) Reduction is a process in which oxidation number decreases.

13. The charge carried by an electron is given by the ratio.

No F2 F F
(a) (b) (c) N (d)
F No o No
F = Faraday, No = Avogadro’s number

14. Say which of the following statement/s is/are incorrect.

(a) During metallic conduction, there is no transfer of matter.
(b) During metallic conduction there is transfer of matter but a chemical change takes place in the metal.
(c) During electrolytic conduction, ions are involved.
(d) During electrolytic conduction there is transfer of matter and a chemical change takes place.

15. State which of the following statement is correct.

(a) One Faraday is required to liberate E.C.E. of an element.
(b) One Faraday is required to liberate one gm- equivalent of an element.
(c) One coulomb is required to liberate one gm - equivalent of an element.
(d) One coulomb is required to liberate 96500 times E.C.E. of an element.

16. The solution of an electrolyte contains

(a) atoms (b) electrons
(c) free ions (d) only undissociated molecules

17. If the current is passed through the solution of an electrolyte

(a) anions move towards anode, cations move towards cathode.
(b) anions and cations both move towards anode.
(c) anions move towards cathode and cations move towards anode.
(d) no movement of ions take place.

18. Ampere is the unit of

(a) voltage (b) potential difference (c) current (d) energy

19. When an electric current is passed through a cell containing an electrolyte, +ve ions move towards cathode and −ve
ions move towards anode. If the cathode is pulled out of the solution.
(a) +ve ions and −ve ions will both move towards anode.
(b) +ve ions will start moving towards anode; −ve ions will stop moving.
(c) −ve ions will continue moving towards anode; +ve ions will stop moving.
(d) +ve and −ve ions will start moving randomly.

20. The amount of electric charge that should be passed through copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes to
deposit of 63.5 g copper on cathode is (Cu = 63.5)
(a) 9650 coulombs (b) 96500 coulombs (c) 19,300 coulombs (d) 1,93,000 coulombs

21. Which of the following are the correct statements for Faraday’s first law of electrolysis.
EIt It At.wt × It
(a) W = (b) W = EIt  96,500 (c) W = E ×96,500 (d) W = n × 96,500
F
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.7

22. Faraday’s laws can be used for determining

(a) molarity of electrolyte (b) normality of electrolyte
(c) charge on electrons and ions (d) conductivity of metal deposited at an electrode

23. An electric current is passed through aqueous solutions of following. Which will decompose?
(a) Urea (b) Glucose (c) C2H5OH (d) AgNO3

24. Solid NaCl is a bad conductor of electricity because

(a) In the solid state there are no ions (b) In solid NaCl there are no free electrons
(c) In the solid NaCl, Na+ and Cl− ions have no mobility (d) Solid NaCl is covalent

25. In electrolysis of fused salt the weight of the deposit will not depend on
(a) temperature of the bath. (b) time of electrolysis
(c) current intensity (d) electrochemical equivalent of ions

26. In the electrolysis of H2SO4 using Pt electrodes

(a) H2 is liberated at cathode (b) SO2 is obtained at cathode
(c) O2 is liberated at cathode (d) SO2 is produced at cathode

27. During electrolysis of fused NaCl which reaction occurs at anode

(a) Cl− ions are oxidised (b) Cl− ions are reduced
(c) Na+ ions are oxidised (d) Na+ ions are reduced

28. The amount of ion discharged during electrolysis is not proportional to

(a) resistance (b) chemical equivalent of ions (c) time (d) current

29. How many electrons are there in one coulomb ?

(a) 6.02 1021 (b) 6.24  1018 (c) 6.24  1015 (d) 6.02  1016

30. Electrolytes when dissolved in water disscoiate into ions because :

(a) they are unstable
(b) water dissolves in it
(c) force of repulsion increases in water
(d) force of electrostatic attraction are broken down by water

31. In the electro deposition of Ag, silver ions are

(a) reduced at anode (b) oxidised at anode (c) reduced at cathode (d) oxidised at cathode

32. The electrolysis of certain solution resulted in the formation of H2 at cathode and Cl2 at anode. The liquid is
(a) NaCl solution in water (b) H2SO4 solution (c) CuCl2 solution in water (d) Pure water

33. An electrolyte
(a) Forms complex ions in solution (b) Possesses ions only in solid state
(c) Gives ions only when electricity is passed (d) Gives free ions when dissolved in water

34. Solid NaCl contains

(a) NaCl molecules (b) Sodium ions and chloride ions
(c) Atoms of sodium and chlorine (d) Na+ and Cl2

35. An aqueous solution of an electrolyte

(a) conducts electricity without any chemical change (b) is an insulator
(c) conducts electricity with chemical decomposition (d) all are correct
04.8

36. Unit of Faraday is

(a) ampere (b) C (c) C. mole−1 (d) C.sec−1

37. Water is a non-electrolyte but conducts electricity on dissolving a small amount of

(a) O2 (b) sugar (c) acetone (d) NaCl

38. During electrolysis, the ions move

(a) in same direction (b) do not move
(c) to oppositely charged electrodes (d) randomly

39. When the same quantity of electricity is passed through solution of different electrolytes in series, the amount of
products obtained are proportional to their
(a) atomic weight (b) atomic number (c) gram molecular volume (d) chemical equivalent
40. In the electrolysis of CuSO4 ; Cu2+ + 2e− → Cu, takes place at
(a) anode (b) cathode (c) in solution (d) can be (a) or (b)

41. Faraday is equal to

(a) 96.5 coulombs mole–1 (b) 96.5  1023 coulombs mole–1
(c) 9.65  103 coulombs mole–1 (d) 96.5  103 coulombs mole–1

42. The electrolysis of aqueous solution of NaCl produces at anode and cathode respectively
(a) Cl2 , H2 (b) O2 , Na (c) Cl2 , Na (d) O2 , H2

43. Which of the following reactions does not take place at cathode ?
(a) Cl− → Cl + e− (b) Ag+ + e− → Ag (c) Cu2+ + 2 e− → Cu (d) H+ + e− → H

44. When a solution of electrolyte is heated the conductance of the solution

(a) increases because the electrolyte conducts better
(b) decreases because of increased heat
(c) decreases because dissociation of electrolyte is suppressed
(d) increases because electrolyte is dissociated more

45. Aqueous solution of NaOH conducts electricity because NaOH is

(a) A non-electrolyte (b) A weak electrolyte
(c) A strong electrolyte (d) A non-polar compound

46. Electrolysis of aqueous HCl solution produces

(a) H2 gas at anode (b) Cl2 gas at cathode
(c) H2 gas at cathode (d) Cl2 and O2 gases both at anode

47. Which of the following reactions never takes place at cathode ?

(a) Ag+ → Ag − e− (b) Cu2+ + 2e− → Cu (c) 2H+ → H2 − 2e− (d) Fe2+ → Fe3+ + e−

48. In the electrolysis of which of the following H+ ions are discharged in preference to Na+ ions
(a) dil NaCl (b) NaCl (c) fused NaCl (d) solid NaCl

49. The amount of sodium in gm deposited by 5A current for 10 minutes from fused NaCl is
(a) 71.5 (b) 5.17 (c) 0.517 (d) 0.715

50. When one Faraday of electricity is passed through CuSO4 solution, the number of atoms formed is
(a) 6.02  1023 (b) 3.01  1023 (c) 2 (d) 12.04  1023
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.9

51. One Faraday of electricity will liberate one gram atom of metal from a solution of
(a) AuCl3 (b) BaCl2 (c) CuSO4 (d) NaCl

52. The number of Faradays needed to reduce 4 gm equivalents of Cu2+ to Cu metal will be
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 1/2 (d) 4

53. For reducing one mole of Fe2+ ions to Fe, the number of Faradays of electricity required are
(a) 2 (b) 1 (c) 2.5 (d) 4.0

54. 2.5 Faradays of electricity is passed through a solution of CuSO4. The number of gram equivalents of copper
deposited on cathode would be
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 2.5 (d) 1.25

55. How many Faradays are needed to generate one gram atom ofmagnesium from MgCl2
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

56. To deposit 0.6354 gm of copper by electrolysis of aqueous cupric sulphate solution, the amount of electricity
required (in coulombs) is
(a) 9650 (b) 4825 (c) 3660 (d) 1930

57. One Faraday of electricity liberates one gram atom of metal from the solution of
(a) AuCl3 (b) AgNO3 (c) CaCl2 (d) CuSO4

58. The amount of copper in moles deposited by the passage of 96,500 coulombs of electricity through copper sulphate
solution is
(a) 2 (b) 1.5 (c) 0.5 (d) 1.0

59. The mass of the metal deposited by the passage of electricity through an electrolytic solution for a given time
depends on
(a) temperature (b) amount of electricity (c) shape of electrons (d) volume of cell

60. On passing 0.1 Faraday of electricity through aluminium chloride, the amount of aluminium metal deposited on
cathode is (Al = 27)
(a) 0.9 gm (b) 0.3 gm (c) 0.27 gm (d) 2.7 gm

61. Second law of electrolysis is

(a) W W = E E (b) W /W = E /E (c) W = ZIt (d) W  W = Z  Z
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

62. The atomic weight of Al is 27. When a electricity of 5 Faradays is passed through a solution of ions, the weight of
Al deposited is
(a) 27 gm (b) 36 gm (c) 45 gm (d) 39 gm

63. The volume of H2gas liberated when 1F is passed through aq.NaCl at 4 atm at 273C is
(a) 5.6 dm3 (b) 11.2 dm3 (c) 22.4 dm3 (d) 44.8 dm3

64. On passing C ampere of electricity through an electrolyte solution for t seconds, m gram of a metaldeposits on
cathode The equivalent weight E of the metal is :
C×t 96,500 × m C×m
(a) E = (b) E = (c) E = (d) E = 96,500 × m
m×96,500 C× t t × 96,500 C ×t
04.10

65. The amount of electricity that will deposit 108 gm of silver from AgNO3 solution is (Ag = 108)
(a) 1 ampere (b) 1 coulomb (c) 1 Faraday (d) 965 C

66. A silver cup is plated with silver by passing 965 coulombs of electricity, the amount of silver deposited is :
(Ag = 108)
(a) 9.89 g (b) 107.87 g (c) 1.0787 g (d) 1.002 g

67. Three Faradays of electricity are passed through molten Al2O3, aqueous solution of CuSO4 and molten NaCl taken
in different electrolytic cells. The amount of Al, Cu and Na deposited at the cathodes will be in the ratio of
(a) 1 mole : 2mole : 3 mole (b) 1 mole : 1.5 mole : 3 mole
(c) 3 mole : 2 mole : 1 mole (d) 1.5 mole : 2 mole : 3 mole

68. How many Faradays of current are needed to deposit 0.1 mole of copper from Cu(II) sulphate solution ?
(a) 0.1 (b) 0.2 (c) 0.05 (d) 0.5

69. When electricity is passed through a solution of AlCl3, 13.5 g of Al are deposited. The number of Faradays must be
(a) 1.5 (b) 3.0 (c) 2.0 (d) 4.5

70. The mass deposited at an electrode is directly proportional to

(a) atomic weight (c) molecular weight (b) equivalent weight (d) atomic number

71. A certain quantity of electricity is passed through aqueous solution of AgNO3 and CuSO4 connected in series. The
amount of Ag (At. wt 108) deposited at the cathode is 1.08 g. The amount of Cu (At wt 63.54) deposited at
cathode is
(a) 6.354 (b) 0.3177 (c) 0.6354 (d) 3.177

72. A certain current liberates 0.504 gm of hydrogen in 2 hr. How many gm of copper can be liberated by the same
current flowing for the same time in CuSO4 solution ?
(a) 12.7 g (b) 15.9 g (c) 31.8 g (d) 63.5 g

73. An electrolytic cell contains a solution of AgNO3 and Pt electrodes. A current is passed until 1.6 gm of O2 has been
liberated at anode. The amount of Ag deposited has been liberated at cathode would be
(a) 1.6 g (b) 0.8 g (c) 21.6 g (d) 10.788 g

74. The number of electrons involved in reactions when 1 Faraday of electricity is passed through an electrolyte in
solution is
(a) 6  10−23 (b) 96,500 (c) 8  1010 (d) 6  1023

75. The process of coating a metal with layer of another metal is called :
(a) electrolysis (b) electro-refining (c) electro-deposition (d) electroplating

76. An ion is reduced to element when it absorbs 6 x 1020 electrons. The number of equivalents on the ion is
(a) 0.01 (b) 0.1 (c) 0.001 (d) 0.0001

77. When 9.65 coulombs of electricity is passed through a solution of AgNO3 (At. wt. of Ag = 107.87 g taken as
108.0 g ) the amount of silver deposited is
(a) 10.8 mg (b) 5.4 mg (c) 16.2 mg (d) 21.2 mg

78. The products at cathode and anode by electrolysis of aqueous sodium sulphate solution using inert electrodes
respectively are
(a) H2, O2 (b) O2 , H2 (c) O2, Na (d) Na, O2
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.11

79. The electrolytic cells, one containing acidified ferrous chloride and another acidified ferric chloride are connected in
series. The ratio of iron deposited at cathodes in the two cells when electricity is passed through the cells will be
(a) 3:1 (b) 2:1 (c) 1:1 (d) 3:2

80. How many Faradays are required to reduce a mole Fe3+ to Fe2+ ?
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

81. A current of 2.6 ampere was passed through CuSO4 solution for 6 minutes 20 seconds. The amount of Cu
deposited is : (At. wt. of Cu = 63.5 and F = 96, 500 coulombs)
(a) 0.325 g (b) 0.635 g (c) 6.35 g (d) 3.175 g

82. 96,500 coulombs of electricity will liberate litres of O2 at NTP during electrolysis.
(a) 5.6 (b) 6.5 (c) 22.4 (d) 11.2

83. When an electric current is passed through acidulated water, 112 ml of H2 gas at NTP is collected at cathode in
965 seconds. The current passed in ampere is
(a) 1.0 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.1 (d) 2.0

84. NaOH is manufactured by the electrolysis of brine solution (Aq.NaCl). The products of the reaction are
(a) Cl2 and H2 (b) Cl2 and Na-Hg (c) Cl2 and Na (d) Cl2 and O2

85. Copper sulphate solution is electrolysed using copper electrodes. The reaction taking place at anode is
1
(a) H+ + e− → H2 (b) Cu2+(aq) + 2e− → Cu (s)
2
(c) SO2− → SO + 2e− (d) Cu(s) → Cu2+ + 2e−
4 (aq) 4 (aq)

86. Which one is not correct ? Faraday’s laws hold true

(a) At all pressures (b) At all temperatures
(c) At all concentrations (d) In different non aqueous solvents

87. The number of electrons required to deposit 1 gm atom of aluminium (At. wt. 27) from solution of AlCl3 will be
(a) 1 N (b) 2N (c) 3N (d) 4N

88. The number of Faradays needed to reduce 8 gm equivalents of Fe2+to Fe metalwill be

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 8 (d) 4

89. The cost of electricity required to deposit 1g of Mg is Rs. 5.00. How much would it cost to deposit 10 g of Al ?
(At wt of Al = 27, At wt of Mg = 24)
(a) Rs. 10.00 (b) Rs. 27.00 (c) Rs. 44.44 (d) Rs. 66.67

90. Three Faradays of electricity was passed through an aqueous solution of iron (II) bromide. The weight of iron metal
(At wt. 56) deposited at cathode (in gm) is
(a) 56 (b) 84 (c) 112 (d) 168

91. Conductivity of a solution is directly proportional to

(a) volume of the solution (b) dilution (c) number of ions (d) current density

92. is the smallest unit of electricity.

(a) ampere (b) coulomb (c) volt (d) faraday
04.12

93. Coulomb represents the of electrical energy while ampere represents the at which it flows.
(a) unit, time (b) dimensions, rate (c) rate, quantity (d) amount, rate

94. Standard reduction potential = (A)  standard oxidation potential.For divalent element A =
(a) −1 (b) +1 (c) 1/2 (d) 2

95. How many atoms of calcium will be deposited from a solution of CaCl2 by a current of 25 milliamperes flowing for
60 seconds ?
(a) 4.680  10−18 (b) 0.648  10−18 (c) 0.648  1017 (d) 0.468  1019

96. The time required to coat a metal surface of 80 cm2 with 5  10−3 thick layer of silver [density 1.05 gm/cm3] with
passage of 3 Acurrent through silver nitrate solution is
(a) 115 sec (b) 125 sec (c) 135 sec (d) 145 sec

97. When the same quantity of electricity is passed through suitable voltameters in series, 1.12 dm3 of H is
2
liberated at
NTP and 0.90  10−3 kg of metal is deposited. The equivalent weight of metal is
(a) 9 gm (b) 9  10−3 (c) 8  10−3 (d) 9

98. The charge required for the conversion of Cr O−2 ions to C+3 is
2 7 r

(a) 3  96500 C (b) 4  96500 C (c) 6  96500 C (d) 6  96500 F

99. The conduction of electricity through metallic conductor is due to the movement of
(a) ions (b) neutrons (c) metallic (d) electrons

100. The number of coulombs required to liberate 0.224 dm3 of chlorine at 0 C and 1 atm pressure is
(a) 2  965 (b) 96500 (c) 96.50 (d) 965/2

101. Electrolytic conduction differs from metallic conduction in that in the case of electrolytic conduction
(a) the resistance decreases with increasing temperature
(b) the flow of current does not generate heat
(c) the resistance is independent with increasing temperature
(d) resistance increases with temperature

102. On the electrolysis of acidified water, if volume of hydrogen liberated is 5.6 cm3 then the volume of oxygen
liberated is equal to
(a) 8.4 cm3 (b) 11.3 cm3 (c) 5.6 cm3 (d) 2.8 cm3

103. A current of 2.0 A passed for 5 hours through a molten salt deposit 22.2 g of metal (at.wt. = 177). The Oxidation
state of the metal in the metal salt is
(a) +1 (b) +3 (c) +2 (d) + 4

104. How many atoms of hydrogen are liberated at cathode, when 965 coulombs of charge is passed throughwater ?
(a) 6.02  1019 (b) 6.02  1023 (c) 6.02  1021 (d) 1/6.02  1023

105. In electrolytic cell current flows from

(a) cathode to anode in external circuit (b) cathode to anode inside the cell
(c) anode to cathode inside the cell (d) can be (a) or (b)

106. In the electrolysis of molten NaCl, the weight of chlorine gas evolved at anode when a current of 2Ais passed for
30 minutes will be
(a) 1.25 g (b) 1.32 g (c) 0.3 g (d) 1.5 g
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.13

107. A reversible cell is one whose cell reaction can be reversed

(a) by adding fresh electrolyte
(b) by applying cell emf in the reverse direction.
(c) by cleaning the terminals of the cell
(d) by applying an external opposing emf infinitesimally greater than cell emf.

108. The half cell consisting of zinc rod dipped in a solution of zinc sulphate is represented as
(a) ZnSO4(aq) | Zn(s) (b) Zn | H2O(l) (c) Zn || H2O | ZnSO4 (d) Zn(s) | ZnSO4(aq)

109. A salt bridge is

(a) a beaker filled with an inert electrolyte
(b) an inverted U-tube filled with inert electrolyte like KCl in silica gel.
(c) another name for a cotton partition
(d) an inverted U-tube filled with inert electrolyte like KCl in agar-agar gel.

110. A salt bridge :

(a) connects the two half cells of an electrolytic cell
(b) enables diffusion of solution of the two half cells
(c) minimises liquid junction potential
(d) conducts electricity through the solution of the half cells with help of free electrons.

111. An irreversible cell

(a) cannot be reused. (b) attains equilibrium with the external source.
(c) can become a reversible cell under certain conditions. (d) may be a seconday cell.

112. In a Daniel cell

(a) zinc rod acts as +ve electrode and copper rod acts as −ve electrode.
(b) zinc rod acts as −ve electrode and copper rod acts as +ve electrode.
(c) copper rods act as both +ve and −ve electrodes.
(d) both (a) and (b)

113. Daniel cell is a

(a) Galvanic cell (b) Electrogenic cell
(c) Electrochemical cell (d) all of these

114. Daniel cell can be represented as

(a) Cu|Cu2+|| Zn2+|Zn (b) Zn|ZnSO 4|CuSO 4|Cu (c) Zn|Zn2+| Cu2+|Cu (d) Zn|ZnSO 4|| CuSO 4|Cu

115. State which of the following statement is correct.

(a) In a reversible cell, reaction takes place even when electrodes are not connected externally.
(b) In a reversible cell, reaction takes place only when the electrodes are connected externally.
(c) In an irreversible cell, reaction takes place only when electrodes are connected externally.
(d) In both reversible and irreversible cells, the reaction takes place only when the electrodes are connected
externally.
1
116. The reaction H + AgCl = H+ + Cl− + Ag occurs in the galvanic cell
2 2(g) (s) (aq) (aq) (s)

(a) Ag | AgCl(s) | KCl | AgNO3 | Ag (b) Pt(s) | H2(g) | HCl(aq) | AgCl(s) | Ag(s)
(c) Pt || HCl || AgNO3 | Ag (d) Pt | KCl | AgCl(s) | Ag
04.14

117. Reaction at cathode in Daniel cell is

2+
→ Cu (aq) + 2e− (b) Zn(s) → Zn(aq) + 2e−
2+
(a) Cu(s)
2+
(c) Zn(aq) + 2e− → Zn (s) (aq) + 2e → Cu (s)
(d) Cu 2+ −

118. The cell reaction of Daniell cell is

2+ 2+
(aq) → Zn(aq) + Cu(s)
−
(a) Zn(s) + Cu 2+ (b) Zn(s) → Zn (aq) + 2e
2+
(c) Cu(s) + Zn
2+
→ Cu 2+
(aq) + Zn(s)
2+
(d) Cu (aq) + Zn(aq) → Cu (s) + Zn(s)

119. In galvanic cell, electrons, flow from

(a) cathode to anode (b) anode to solution
(c) solution to cathode (d) anode to cathode

120. The main function of the salt bridge is

(a) to allow flow of ions
(b) to provide link between two half cells
(c) to maintain electrical neutrality of solution in the 2 half cells.
(d) all of these

121. State which of the following statement is true :

(a) In an electrogenic cell, oxidation always takes place at positive electrode.
(b) Oxidation is also called electronation.
(c) In an electrolytic cell, oxidation always takes place at negative electrode.
(d) Reduction is also called electronation.

122. Which of the following statement is true with reference to Daniell cell ?
(a) The two electrolytes used are ZnSO4 and Cu(OH)2 .
(b) An electric current passed, results in a redox reaction.
(c) Zinc rod reduces in size due to deposition and copper rod grows in size due to dissolution.
(d) Electric current (conventional) flows from the copper electrode to zinc electrode.

123. In the representation of a voltaic cell :

(a) The electrode of higher oxidation potential is written on extreme R.H.S.
(b) The electrode of lower oxidation potential is written on extreme R.H.S.
(c) The flow of electrons is shown from +ve to -ve electrode, while the flow of electric current is shown
from -ve to +ve electrode.
(d) A single vertical line drawn between an electrode and its salt solution indicates a porous partition.

124. The main principle employed in the working of a galvanic cell is

(a) use of electrical energy to bring about a redox reaction
(b) to keep emf of cell positive at all times
(c) development of single electrode potential
(d) production of emf at the expense of spontaneous redox reaction.

125. Cu(s) + 2Ag+(aq) → 2Ag(s) + Cu++(aq). This reaction takes place in the voltaic cell represented as
(a) Ag | Ag+(aq) || Cu2+(aq) | Cu (b) Cu | Cu2+(aq) || Ag+ (aq) | Ag
+
(c) Cu | CuCl2(aq) || Ag | AgNO3 (d) Cu | CuCl2(aq) | H2O, Ag (aq) | Ag
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.15

126. Zn|Zn++ (1 M) || Cd++ (1M)| Cd 

The cell reaction of this galvanic cell is given as
(a) Cd + Zn2+ → Cd2+ + Zn (b) Cd2+ + Zn2+ + 4e− → Cd + Zn
(s) (aq) (aq) (s) (aq) (aq) (s) (s)

(c) Cd + Zn + 4e− → Cd 2+
+ Zn2+ (d) Zn + Cd2+ → Zn 2+
+ Cd
(s) (s) (aq) (aq) (s) (aq) (aq) (s)

127. On the basis of electrode potential, electrodes can be classified into

(a) 3 types (b) 4 types (c) 2 types (d) 5 types

128. Which of the following are examples of metal - metal ion electrode
(a) Z2+ |Zn (b) Pt, O | OH− (c) Ag|AgCl , Cl− (d) Pt| Fe2+ , Fe3+
n(aq) (s) 2(g) (aq) (s) (aq) (aq) (aq)

129. KCl(aq), Hg2Cl2(s), Hg(s) | Pt represents a

(a) metal-metal ion electrode (b) redox electrode
(c) gas electrode (d) sparingly soluble salt electrode

130. Which of the following are examples of redox electrodes ?

4+ 2+
(a) Sn (aq) , Sn (aq) |Pt (b) KCl( aq) , AgCl|Ag
(c) Cl− | Cl , Pt (d) CuSO |Cu
(aq) 2(g) 4 (aq) (s)

131. Which of the following are examples of sparingly soluble salt electrodes ?
(a) Pt, O |OH− (b) Cd(s) | Cd2+
2(g) (aq) (aq)
−
(c) Pt, Hg Cl , Cl (d) SO2− , Ag SO |Ag
2 2(s) (aq) 4(aq) 2 4(s) (s)

132. Theo emf of the Daniello cell using molar concentrations of ZnSO4 and CuSO4 solutions is
(E = 0.763V:E = − 0.337 V)
Zn(ox) Cu(ox)
(a) 1.0 V (b) 0.1V (c) 1.0 V (d) 1.1V

133. In an experimental set up for the measurement of emf of a half cell using a reference electrode and salt bridge,
when the salt bridge is removed, the voltage
(a) does not change (b) decreases to half the value
(c) increases to maximum (d) drops to zero

134. In a galvanic cell

(a) anode is +ve electrode and oxidation takes place on it
(b) cathode is +ve electrode and reduction takes place on it
(c) anode is –ve electrode and reduction takes place on it
(d) cathode is +ve electrode and oxidation takes place on it

135. The cell assembly corresponding to the reaction Mg(s) + 2Ag+ (aq) = Mg2+ (aq) + Ag(s) is the following :

(a) Ag | AgNO3 | Mg (b) Mg | MgSO4 || AgNO3 |Ag

(c) Mg | AgNO3 | MgSO4 | Ag (d) Ag | AgNO3 || Mg (NO3)2 | Mg

136. 2H+ + 2e− → H . The standard electrode potential for the above reaction(in volts) is
(1M) 2 (g)

(a) 0 (b) +1 (c) −1 (d) 2

04.16

137. An electrode whose electrode potential is known is called as

(a) sparingly soluble salt electrode (b) reference electrode
(c) indicator electrode (d) redox electrode

138. The electrode reaction of S.H.E. can be given as

1
(a) Pt|H → 2H+ + 2e− (b) H+ + e− H
2(g) (aq) (aq) 2(g)
2
1 1
(c) H H +(aq) + e− (d) H → H +(aq) + e−
2 2 (g) 2 2(l )

139. Standard hydrogen electrode is a

(a) primary reference electrode (b) redox electrode
(c) irreversible cell (d) indicator electrode

140. The standard hydrogen electrode can be represented as

(a) H 2 |H + (b) H+ |H |Pt
(aq) (1M) 2(g, 1atm)

(c) Pt, H2(g) |H 2O , HCl (solution) (d) Pt, H 2(l ) | H +(aq)

141. State which of the following statement is incorrect.

(a) Calomel electrode is a secondary reference electrode.
(b) An electrode in which H2(g) is bubbled at 1 atm pressure at 298 K about a platinised platinum plate through
1 M HCl solution is called S.H.E.
(c) In S.H.E. the platinised Pt plate is used to increase adsorption of H2 gas.
(d) Calomel electrode when coupled with another electrode always acts as positive electrode.

142. S.H.E. has many disadvantages because

(a) Unlike Calomel electrode its potential value changes.
(b) Pure H2(g) devoid of impurities is not available nowadays at 273 K.
(c) It is difficult to operate the electrode as hydrochloric acid is highly toxic.
(d) To prepare ideal platinised Pt plate is not easy.

143. An electrode whose potential depends on the concentration of a particular ion in the solution is ca led
(a) metal-metal ion electrode (b) reference electrode
(c) indicator electrode (d) standard hydrogen electrode

144. Calomel electrode is advantageous over S.H.E. because

(a) When half cell potentials are to be measured, compensation for potential of S.H.E. is necessary.
(b) Calomel electrode is compact and small in size whereas S.H.E. is bulky.
(c) Standard potential value of Calomel electrode remains fairly constant.
(d) Calomel is not reproducible.

145. State which of the following is incorrect.

(a) Calomel electrode undergoes oxidation or reduction reaction depending on potential of other electrode with
which it is coupled.
(b) Calomel electrode is easy to construct.
(c) In calomel electrode a Pt wire is sealed at the bottom which can be used for coupling with another electrode
whose half cell potential is to be determined.
(d) Calomel electrode cannot be used in measurement of emf of cell where K+ or Cl− ions interfere in the cell
reaction.
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.17

146. In S.H.E. it is difficult to maintain HCl solution at 1M concentration because

(a) voltameter used to measure cell emf draws appreciable amount of current from cell.
(b) it is difficult to get pure and 100% dry H2(g) to be bubbled through HCl solution.
(c) impurities present in H2(g) change the concentration of HCl solution.
(d) bubbling of H2(g) through HCl causes evaporation of H2O.

147. The potential of Calomel electrode depends on

(a) activity of Calomel (b) activity of Hg(l )
(c) concentration of KCl(solutions) (d) potential of other electrode with which it is coupled

148. The reference electrode is made from which of the following ?

(a) ZnCl2 (b) CuSO4 (c) Hg2Cl2 (d) HgCl2

149. The platinum foil in SHE is coated with platinum black because it
(a) increases surface area for adsorption (c) maintain better electrical contact
(b) is a good conductor (d) prevents the electrode from damage

150. Among the following the reduction potential is maximum in case of

(a) SCE (b) SHE (c) NCE (d) DCE

151. A decinormal calomel electrode contains

(a) N/10 solution of Hg2 Cl2 (b) 1/100 N solution of KCl
(c) N/10 solution of KCl (d) 1 M solution of Hg, Cl2

152. Electrode potential of calomel electrode is

(a) independent of concentration of KCl (b) depends on temperature
(c) depends on concentration of KCl (d) both (b) and (c)

RT
E= E −
o
153. log Q. This is called
nF
(a) Nernst equation (b) Faraday’s equation
(c) van der Waal’s equation (d) Williamson’s equation

154. Which of the following will increase the voltage of the cell
Sn + 2Ag+ → Sn2+ + 2Ag ?
(s) (aq) (aq) (s)

(a) Increase in the size of silver rod (b) Increase in concentration of Sn2+ions
(c) Increase in concentration of Ag+ions (d) Increase in temperature

155. Cell emf cannot be accurately measured with a voltmeter because

(a) voltmeter will get damaged
(b) voltmeter is used to indicate the current not voltage
(c) The cell emf is not within the range of voltmeter
(d) With the use of voltmeter the concentration of electrolyte changes and hence the emf changes

156. A potentiometer consists of a wire of

(a) platinum - bronze alloy (b) pure-copper metal
(c) brass-copper alloy (d) platinum-iridium alloy
04.18

157. Point out the incorrect statement from the following

(a) In a Calomel electrode a salt bridge is never required.
(b) In Daniel cell a salt bridge may or may not be required.
(c) The use of potentiometer to determine cell emf is based on principle that when galvanometer shows zero
deflection, fall of potential along wire upto null point is equal to emf of given cell.
(d) While measuring cell emf using potentiometer, the potentiometer must be connected to a battery of constant
low voltage.

158. Single electrode potential is

(a) The potential developed at any electrode of cell at all times.
(b) The potential difference between an electrode and the solution around it only at 298 K.
(c) The potential developed at the electrode when reactants and products are of unit activity.
(d) The potential difference between an electrode and the solution around it, is at equilibrium.

159. The tendency ofan element to undergo oxidation or reduction does not depends on
(a) temperature (b) density of the metal in half cell
(c) concentration of the salt solutions (d) nature of electrode material

160. For the general electrode reaction M Mn+ + ne−

Nernst equation for single electrode potential can be written as
RT [M] 2.303RT [Mn+ ]
(a) E = E − loge (b) E = loge
nF [Mn + ] nF [M]
n+
(c) E = E + 2.303RT log [ M] n+ (d) E = E − log [M ]
10 [ M ] 10 [M]
nF

161. For a general cell reaction aA + bB cC + dD

Nernst equation for cell potential can be written as

∘ RT [C]c [D]d ∘ RT [ A ]a [B ]b
(a) Ecell = Ecell + loge (b) Ecell = E cell + log 10
nF [A]a [B]b nF [ C ]c [D ]d
c d 2.303RT log [A]a [B]b
(c) E = E∘ − 2.303RTlog [C] [D] (d) E = E∘cell − 10 c d
cell
cell
nF 10
[A]a [B]b cell nF [C] [D]

162. A metal rod dipped into a solution containing its own ions at unit activity at 298 K is called
(a) single electrode (b) half cell (c) metal couple (d) standard electrode

163. The emf of the cell Pt, H2(g) 1H+ (a =1)||Cl− (a = 1)|Cl2g , Pt is 1.36 V. Here S.O.P. of R.H.S. electrodes and
LHS electrode respectively are
(a) 1.0 V, −12.6V (b) −1.36V, 0.0 V (c) −1.0 V, + 12.6 V (d) 0.0 V, −1.36V

164. The emf of the cell Zn | Zn2+ || Cu2+ | Cu is 1.1 V at 25C.

(a =1) (a = 1)
The S.O.P. of Zn | Zn is 0.763 V. The S.R.P. of Cu+2 | Cu will be
2+

(a) 0.337 V (b) − 0.307V (c) 0.733 V (d) − 0.337 V

Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.19

165. The general electrode reaction of calomel electrode is

−
(a) 2 Hg (l ) + 2Cl(aq) Hg2Cl2(s) + 2e− (b) Hg2Cl2(s) + 2e− 2Hg (s) + 2 Cl (aq)
(c) Hg Cl + 2e− 2Hg + 2Cl− (d) 2Hg+ + 2Cl− Hg Cl
2 2(s) (l ) (aq) (aq) (aq) 2 (s)

166. Emf of cell Ni|Ni+2 (1.0 M)|| Au3+ (1.0 M)|Au is

o
( Eo = − 0.25V, E Au3+|Au = 1.5V)
Ni2+ |Ni

(a) + 1.25 V (b) −1.75 V (c) +1.75 V (d) +4.0 V

167. The single oxidation potential E of 0.1 M solution of M+ ions (E = +2.36 V) is
(a) −2.419 V (b) +2.419 V (c) +2.301 V (d) None of these

168. Consider the cell Zn | Zn2+ || Cu2+ | Cu. If the concentration of Zn2+ and Cu2+ ions is doubled, the emf of the cell
(a) doubles (b) reduces to half (c) remains the same (d) becomes zero

169. The difference of potentials of two electrodes of a galvanic cell is called

(a) potential difference (b) E.M.F. (c) ionic difference (d) electrode difference

170. A metal having -ve reduction potential when dipped in a solution of its own ions, has a tendency
(a) to go into the solution (b) to become electrically positive
(c) to be deposited from the solution (d) to remain neutral

171. The standard emf of the cell reaction Zn + Cu2+ → Zn2+ + Cu is 1.1V at 25C. The emf for the cell reaction
when 0.1M Cu2+ and 0.1 M Zn2+ solutions are used at 25C is
(a) +1.1V (b) +0.110V (c) −1.10 V (d) −0.11V

172. The reduction potential of hydrogen electrode at pH = 10

(a) −0.59 V (b) 0.00 V (c) 0.59 V (d) 0.059 V

173. The e.m.f of the following three galvanic cells

I. Zn | Zn2+ (1 M) || Cu2+ (1 M) | Cu
II. Zn | Zn2+ (0.1 M) || Cu2+ (1 M) | Cu
III. Zn | Zn2+ (1 M) || Cu2+ (0.1 M) | Cu
are represented by E1, E2 and E3 which of the following statement is true ?
(a) E2 > E1 > E3 (b) E3 > E2 > E1 (c) E1 > E2 > E3 (d) E3 > E1 > E2

174. The potential of the cell containing two hydrogen electrodes as represented below :
Pt, H | H+ || H+ | H , Pt at 298 K is
2(g) 10−4 M 10−6 M 2(g)

(a) 0.0591 V (b) −0.0591 V (c) 0.118 V (d) −0.118 V

175. If standard electrode potential of Cu2+/Cu is 0.34 V, then potential of Cu dipped in 0.1 M solution of CuSO will
4
be
(a) 0.34 V (b) −0.34 V (c) 0.31 V (d) −0.31 V

176. The resistance of 0.01 N solution of an electrolyte was found to be 210 ohm at 298 K, using a conductivity cell of
cell constant 0.66 cm-1. The conductivity of solution is
(a) 3.14 × 10-3 mho cm-1 (b) 3.14 cm-1
(c) 3.14 × 10-3 mho-1 cm (d) 3.14 mho-1 cm-1
04.20

177. At 18 C the conductance of H+ and CH COO

3
at infinite dilution are 315 and 35 mho cm2 eq-1 respectively.
The equivalent conductivity of CH3
COOH at infinite dilution is mho cm2 eq-1.
(a) 350 (b) 280 (c) 30 (d) 315

178. The equivalent conductivity of 0.05 N solution of a monobasic acid is 15.8 mho cm2eq-1. If equivalent conductivity
of the acid at infinite dilution is 350 mho cm2 eq-1 at the same temperature. What is its degree of dissociation ?
(a) 0.04514 (b) 0.4514 (c) 4.514 (d) 0.004514

179. The molar conductivity at infinite dilution of AgNO3, NaCl and NaNO3 are 116.5, 110.3 and
105.2 mho cm2 mol-1 respectively. The molar conductivity of AgCl is
(a) 121.6 (b) 111.4 (c) 130.6 (d) 150.2

180. The A of NH 4Cl, NaOH and NaCl are 129.8, 217.4 and 108.9 ohm-1 cm2 eq-1 respectively. The  of
NH4OH _______ ohm-1 cm2 eq-1
(a) 238.3 (b) 218 (c) 240 (d) 260

181. The resistance of 0.5 N solution of an electrolyte in a conductivity cell was found to be 45 ohms. The equivalent
conductivity of the same solution is if the electrodes in the cell are 2.2 cm apart and have an area of 3.8 cm2.
(a) 25.73 (b) 30.75 (c) 35.75 (d) 15.75

182. The equivalent conductivity of monobasic acid at infinite dilution is 348 ohm-1 cm2 eq-1. If the resistivity of the
solution containing 15 g acid (mol.wt.49) in 1 litre is 18.5 ohm cm, what is the degree of dissociation of acid ?
(a) 45.9% (b) 40.2% (c) 60.4% (d) 50.7%

183. The equivalent conductivity of 0.1 M weak acid is 100 times less than that at infinite dilution. Thedegree of
dissociation of weak electrolyte at 0.1 M is
(a) 100 (b) 10 (c) 0.01 (d) 0.001

184. Limiting molar ionic conductivities of a uni-univalent electrolyte are 57 and 73. The limiting molarconductivity of the
solution will be
(a) 130 S cm2 mol−1 (b) 65 S cm2 mol−1 (c) 260 S cm2 mol−1 (d) 187 S cm2 mol−1

185. The equivalent conductivityof two strong electrolytes at infinite dilution are
ºCH 3COONa = 91.0 S cm2 eq-1
 HCl(aq) = 426.2 S cm2 eq-1
What additional information one needs to calculate  of an aqueous CH COOH ?
(a)  of ClCH COOH (b)  of NaCl (c)  of CH COOK (d)  of H+
3

2 3

186. The limiting molar conductivities of NaCl, KBr and KCl are 126, 152 and 150 S cm2 mol−1 respectively. The 
for NaBr is
(a) 302 S cm2 mol−1 (b) 176 S cm2 mol1 (c) 278 S cm2 mol−1 (d) 128 S cm2 mol−1

187. Calculate using appropriate molar conductance of the CH3COOH from the molar conductance of electrolytes listed
below at infinite dilution in H
2
O at 25C
Electrolyte : KCl NaCl HCl NaOAc KNO3
S cm2 mol−1 : 149.9 126.5 426.2 91.0 145.0
(a) 517.2 (b) 552.7 (c) 390.7 (d) 217.5
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.21

188. Conductance ‘C’ (in S) in directly proportional to the area of the electrode and concentration and inversely
proportional to length of separation of electrode, the unit of constant of proportionality is
(a) S m mol−1 (b) S m2 mol−1 (c) S−2 m2 mol (d) S2 m2 mol2

189. Copper undergoes corrosion and forms

(a) blue layer of CuCO3 (b) white layer
(c) green layer of Cu(NO3)2 (d) green layer of CuCO3

190. Rust is
(a) anhydrous Fe2O3 (b) hydrated FeO (c) hydrated Fe2O3 (d) anhydrous FeO

191. Standart emf of corrosion is

(a) 1.23 V (b) 1.67 V (c) –0.44V (d) –1.67 V

192. During corrosion which of the following reaction takes place at Cathode ?
(a) O + 4e– ⎯→ 2H O + H+ (b) O + 4H+ + 4e– ⎯→ 2H O
2 2 2(g) (aq) 2 (ℓ)
(c) O + 4H+ + 4e ⎯→ 2H O
–
(d) O + 2H+ + 2e– ⎯→ 2H O
2(g) (aq) 2 (aq) 2(g) (aq) 2 (aq)

193. Dry cell is

(a) Primary and irreversible (b) Secondary and irreversible
(c) Secondary and reversible (d) Primary and reversible

194. In dry cell anode is

(a) Zn (b) NH4Cl (c) MnO2 (d) Graphite

195. Ammonia produced at cathode combines with Zn+2 to form

(a) [Zn(NH ) ]+2 soluble compound (b) [Zn(NH ) ]+2 insoluble compound
3 6 3 4
(c) [Zn(NH ) ]+2 soluble compound (d) [Zn(NH ) ]+2 soluble compound
3 4 3 2

196. Electrolyte used in dry cell is

(a) NH4Cl + MnO2 (b) ZnCl2 + NH4Cl (c) MnO2 + starch (d) ZnCl2 + MnO2

197. The cathodic reaction in Leclanche’ cell is

(a) 2NH+ + Mn O + 2e– ⎯→ 2MnO + 2NH + HO
4(aq) 2 3(s) 2(s) 3(aq) 2 (ℓ)
(b) 2NH + H O + MnO + 2e– ⎯→ 2NH+ + 2Mn O
3 2 2 4 2 3
(c) Zn+2 + Mn O + 2e– ⎯→ Zn + 2NH+
2 3 (s) 4
(d) 2NH+ + 2MnO + 2e– ⎯→ Mn O + 2NH + HO
4(aq) 2(s) 2 3(s) 3(aq) 2 (ℓ)

HOMEWORK

198. The standard reduction potentials at 298 K for the following half cell reactions are given against each of them
+ 2e− Zn(s) ; −0.762 V
2+
Zn (aq)
3+
Cr(aq) + 3e− Cr(s) ; −0.740 V

2H +(aq) + 2e− H2(g) ; 0.000 V

− 2+
Fe 3+
(aq) + e Fe (aq) ; +0.770 V

Which is the strongest reducing agent ?

(c) H +(aq) 2+
(a) Zn(s) (b) Cr(s) (d) Fe (aq)
04.22

199. The more the standard reduction potential of a half cell, the is its ability to displace
hydrogen from acids.
(a) −ve, more (b) +ve, less (c) both (a) and (b) (d) cannot predict

200. Arrange the following metals in the increasing order of reducing power.
Li, Zn, Sn, Fe, Cu, Ag
E 0Li = –3.045V, E0Zn = –0.762 V, E0Sn = –0.140 V

E 0Fe = –0.441 V, E 0Cu = +0.337 V, E0Ag = +0.799 V

(a) Ag < Cu < Fe < Sn < Zn < Li (b) Ag < Cu < Sn < Fe < Zn < Li
(c) Li < Zn < Fe < Sn < Fe < Cu (d) Li < Zn < Fe < Sn < Cu < Ag

201. Which of the following statement is correct ?

(a) Aqueous ZnSO4 cannot be stored in iron vessel. (b) Zinc vessel cannot store aqueous FeSO4 .
(c) Zinc vessel can store aqueous FeSO4 . (d) All statements given above are incorrect.

202. Point out the correct statement from the following.

(a) In electroplating the article to be electroplated is made the anode.
(b) In electroplating the article to be electroplated is made the cathode.
(c) Electrode with low oxidation potential acts as cathode and electrode with high reduction potential acts as
anode.
(d) Electrode with low oxidation potential acts as anode and electrode with high reduction potential acts as
cathode.

203. Which of the following is incorrect ?

(a) Zinc acts as anode in Daniell cell (b) Iron will displace copper in solution
(c) In a Li-Zn cell, zinc acts as cathode (d) Tin displaces zinc in solution

204. The metal which cannot liberate H2 from HCl is

(a) Zn (b) Cu (c) Mg (d) Al

205. If an iron rod is dipped in CuSO4 solution

(a) Blue colour of the solution turns green (b) No change occurs in the colour of solution
(c) Brown layer is deposited on iron rod (d) Blue colour of the solution vanishes

206. When a piece of copper wire is dipped in AgNO3 solution, the colour of solution turns blue due to
(a) formation of soluble complex (b) oxidation of silver
(c) oxidation of copper (d) reduction of copper

207. The position of some metals in electrochemical series in decreasing electropositive character is
Mg > Al > Zn > Cu > Ag. What will happen if a copper spoon is used to stir a solution of aluminium nitrate ?
(a) The spoon willget coated with aluminium. (b) The solution becomes blue.
(c) An alloy of copper and aluminium is formed. (d) There is no reaction.

208. Which of the following is not correct when zinc piece is added to copper sulphate solution?
(a) Copper is precipitated and solution becomes colourless.
(b) Zinc is more electropositive than copper.
(c) More electropositive metals displace less electropositive metals from their salt solutions.
(d) Copper displaces zinc from ZnSO4 solution
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.23

209. Can tin displace lead from aqueous Pb2+ ions solution of
(a) No, is negative
(b) Yes, because standard reduction potential of Sn < Pb
(c) Yes, because standard reduction potential of Sn > Pb
(d) None of the above

210. When zinc electrode and calomel electrode are coupled to form a cell, the cell emf is given as
o
(a) Eo = Eo − Eo (b) E = Eo − Eo
cell Zn(ox) calomel(red) cell calomel(red) Zn (ox)
o
(c) E o o
=E −E o
(d) E =Eo −E o
cell calomel(ox) Zn (ox) cell Zn (ox) calomel(ox)

211. Electrodes having tendency to release electrons than S.H.E. have values of standard
oxidation potential while electrodes having tendency to release electrons than S.H.E. have
values of standard oxidation potential.
(a) greater, −ve ; less , +ve (b) greater, +ve ; less , −ve
(c) less, +ve ; greater, −ve (d) none of these

212. When zinc electrode and hydrogen electrode are coupled to form a cell which of the following statements is true
(a) Zinc behaves as the +ve electrode (b) Zinc behaves as −ve electrode
(c) Hydrogen behaves as the −ve electrode (d) Oxidation takes place at hydrogen electrode

213. Elements with greater standard reduction potential will get easily while elements with lowstandard
reduction potential will get easily .
(a) reduced, oxidised (b) oxidised, oxidised
(c) oxidised, reduced (d) reduced , reduced

214. A metal having positive reduction potential can displace other metal having positive reduction potential, but
placed it in the electochemical series.
(a) above (b) below (c) above or below (d) cannot predict

215. Point out the correct statement.

(a) If emf is +ve , then one of the electrodes of the cell is a null electrode.
(b) If emf is −ve , then the cell reaction is spontaneous.
(c) If emf is −ve , then the cell reaction is not spontaneous.
(d) If emf is +ve , then the cell reaction is not spontaneous.

216. In an electrochemical series

(a) elements are arranged in the form of electrodes in the decreasing order of their standard reduction
potentials.
(b) electrodes are arranged in the increasing order of their standard reduction potentials.
(c) electrodes are arranged in the decreasing order of their oxidation potentials.
(d) electrodes are arranged in the increasing order of their half-cell potentials.

217. Can aqueous solution of ferrous sulphate be stored in a nickel container ?

Eo ++ = 0.44 V; Eo ++ = 0.2 V
Fe|Fe NiNi
(a) No (b) Yes (c) Cannot be said (d) None of these

218. The reducing property of an element goes on as one goes down the series, while the oxidising
property of an element goes on as one goes down the series.
(a) decreasing , decreasing (b) decreasing , increasing
(c) increasing, increasing (d) increasing, decreasing
04.24

219. Can Chlorine displace bromine from its salt solution ?

[ E Cl2 = +1.36 V, EoBr = +1.06 V]
o

(a) Yes (b) It can only under certain conditions

(c) No (d) Cannot predict

220. Can elements placed below H2 in the E.M.F. series be obtained by electrolysis of their salt solution ?
(a) Yes, because they have greater S.R.P. than S.H.E.
(b) Yes, because they are mostly metals.
(c) No, because their solution cannot be electrolysed.
(d) No, because they have lower S.R.P. than S.H.E.

221. Galvanising is preferred to tinning because

(a) zinc is less electropositive than tin.
(b) galvanised iron can never be damaged or corroded.
(c) because zinc prevents rusting of iron better than tin due to its lower S.R.P.
(d) because tin prevents rusting of iron better than zinc due to its higher S.O.P.

222. Reduction potentials of four metals P, Q, R and S are −2.90, +0.34, +1.20 and −0.76 volts respectively.
Reactivity decreases in the order
(a) P > Q > R > S (b) Q > P > R > S (c) R > Q > S > P (d) P > S > Q > R

223. The standard reduction potentials of potassium, zinc, hydrogen and copper are −2.9, −0.76, 0.00 and +0.34
volts respectively. The electrode acting as strong reductant is
(a) copper (b) zinc (c) hydrogen (d) potassium

224. When a rod of metal A is dipped in an aqueous solution of metal B (concentration of B2+ ion being 1 M) at
25C, what reaction will occur ? The standard reduction potentials are A2+/A = −0.76 V and B2+/B = +0.34 V
(a) A will gradually dissolve (b) No reaction will occur
(c) B will deposit on A (d) Water will decompose into H2 and O2

225. The standard reduction potentials at 25C for the following half cell reactions are given against them.
Zn2+ + 2e− → Zn ; E = − 0.762 V, Mg2+ + 2e− → Mg ;
E = − 2.37 V When zinc dust is added to the solution of MgCl 2
(a) ZnCl2 is formed (b) No reaction takes place
(c) Zinc dissolves in the solution (d) Mg is precipitated

226. Adding powdered lead and iron to a solution that is 1.0 M in both Pb2+ and Fe2+ ions, would result a reaction in
which
(a) more iron and Pb2+ ions are formed
(b) more lead and Fe2+ ions are formed
(c) concentration of both Pb2+ and Fe2+ ions increases
(d) there is no net change

227. Chlorine cannot displace

(a) Fluorine from NaF(aq) (b) Iodine from NaI(aq) (c) Bromine from NaBr(aq) (d) All of these

228. If the half cell reaction A+/Ahas large negative reduction potential, it follows that
(a) A is readily reduced (b) A+ is readily reduced
(c) A is readily oxidised (d) A+ is readily oxidised
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.25

229. The reaction Zn+2 + 2e− → Zn has a standard reduction potential of -0.76 V. This means
(a) Zn cannot replace hydrogen from acids (b) Zn is an oxidising agent
(c) Zn2+ is a reducing agent (d) Zn is a reducing agent

230. More electropositive elements have

(a) positive reduction potential (b) tendency to gain electrons
(c) negative reduction potential (d) negative oxidation potential

231. Which of the following metals when coupled will give maximum emf for a voltaic cell ?
(a) Fe and Cu (b) Pb and Au (c) Cu and Au (d) Ca and Cu

232. E values of Mg2+|Mg, Zn2+|Zn and Fe2+|Fe are −2.37, −0.76 and −0.44 volts respectively. Which of the
following is correct ?
(a) Mg oxidises Fe (c) Zn reduces Mg2+ (b) Zn oxidises Fe (d) Zn reduces Fe2+

233. Which of the following metals can deposit Cu from CuSO4 solution ?
(a) Mercury (b) Iron (c) Gold (d) Platinum

234. Which of the following reactions is not possible ?

(a) Fe + H2SO 4 → FeSO 4 + H 2 (b) 2KBr + I 2 → 2KI + Br 2
(c) Cu + 2AgNO3 → Cu (NO 3) 2+ 2Ag (d) CuO + H2 → Cu + H 2O

235. On the basis of position in the E.M.F. series, the metal which does not displace hydrogen from water and acids is
(a) Hg (b) Al (c) Pb (d) Ba

236. The standard electrode potentials of four elements A, B, C and D are −3.65, −1.68, −0.80 and + 0.86 volts
respectively. The highest chemical activity will be exhibited by
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D

237. Four alkali metals A, B, C and D are having respectively, standard electrode potentials as −3.05, −1.66, −0.40
and +0.80 volts respectively. Which one will be the most reducing ?
(a) A (b) B (c) C (d) D

238. The correct electrochemical series can be obtained from ; K, Ca, Na, Al, Mg, Zn, Fe, Pb, H, Cu, Hg,Ag and Au
by interchanging
(a) Al and Mg (b) Zn and Fe (c) Zn and Pb (d) Pb and H

239. The standard oxidation potentials of Zn and Ag in water at 25C are

Zn(s) → Zn2+(aq) + 2e− ; E = 0.76 V
Ag(s) → Ag+(aq) + e− ; E = −0.80 V
Which of the following reactions actually takes place ?

(a) Zn(s) + 2Ag +(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + 2Ag(s) (b) Zn2+(aq) + 2Ag(s) → 2Ag +(aq) + Zn(s)

(c) Zn(s) + 2Ag(s) → Zn2+(aq) + Ag +(aq) (d) Zn2+(aq) + Ag +(aq) → Zn (s) + Ag(s)

240. The correct order of chemical reactivity with water according to the activity series is
(a) K > Mg > Zn > Cu (b) K > Zn > Mg > Cu
(c) Mg > Zn > Cu > K (d) Cu > Zn > Mg > K
04.26

241. Of the following, the metals that cannot be obtained by electrolysis of the aqueous solution of their salts are
(a) Ag and Mg (b) Ag and Al (c) Mg and Al (d) Cu and Cr

242. A solution containing one mole per litre of each Cu(NO3)2 , AgNO3, Hg2(NO3)2 , Mg(NO3)2, being electrolysed
by using inert electrodes. The values of standard electrode potentials in volts (reduction potentials) are
Ag+|Ag = 0.80 V ; Hg 2+
2 |2Hg = 0.79 V

Cu2+|Cu = 0.34 V ; Mg2+| Mg = −2.37 V

With increasing voltage the sequence of deposition of metals on cathode will be
(a) Ag, Hg, Cu, Mg (b) Mg, Cu, Hg, Ag (c) Ag, Hg, Cu (d) Cu, Hg, Ag

243. The more the S.R.P., the is its ability to displace hydrogen from acids.
(a) positive, greater (b) negative, greater (c) positive, lesser (d) negative, lesser

244. From the following E value of half cells

(i) A ⎯→ A+ + e− E = +1.2 V
(ii) B ⎯→ B + e + − E = −2.1 V
(iii) C ⎯→ C+2 + 2e− E = −0.38 V
(iv) D ⎯→ D + e
− − − E = −0.59 V
What combination of two half cells would result in a cell with the largest potential
(a) (i) and (iv) (b) (ii) and (iii) (c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (i) and (ii)

245. As a lead storage battery is charged

(a) lead dioxide dissolves
(b) the electrode becomes coated with lead sulphate
(c) sulphuric acid is regenerated
(d) the amount of sulphuric acid decreases

246. When a lead storage battery is discharged

(a) SO2 is evolved (b) lead is formed
(c) lead sulphate is consumed (d) sulphuric acid is consumed

247. The lead accumulator is a

(a) primary, reversible voltaic cell (b) primary, irreversible voltaic cell
(c) secondary, reversible voltaic cell (d) secondary, irreversible voltaic cell

248. In the lead accumulator the anode and cathode respectively are
(a) lead and lead dioxide (b) PbO2 and lead grids filled with PbO2
(c) lead grids filled with PbO2 and PbO2 (d) Pb and lead grids filled with PbO2

249. In lead accumulator the electrolyte used is

(a) 10% H2SO4 with specific gravity 2.15 (b) 10% H2SO4 with specific gravity 1.215
(c) 38% H2SO4 with specific gravity 1.215 (d) 38% H2SO4 with specific gravity 2.15

250. During discharging, the reaction that takes place at the −ve electrode of a lead accumulator is:
(a) Pb + SO2− → PbSO + 2e− (b) SO + 2e− → SO 2−
4 4 4 4

(c) SO 2− → SO + 2e− (d) Pb → Pb2+ + 2e−

4 4
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.27

251. When a lead accumulator is charged

(a) Lead gets deposited at −ve electrode and PbO 2 at +ve electrode.
(b) Lead dissolves at −ve electrode and PbO 2 gets dissolved at +ve electrode
(c) Lead and PbO2 both dissolves at +ve electrode
(d) PbO2 gets deposited at -ve electrode and lead gets deposited at +ve electrode

252. A lead accumulator can be represented as :

(a) Pb|PbSO |H SO |PbO (b) Pb|PbSO |H SO |PbSO |PbO |Pb
4 (s) 2 4(aq) 2 4(s) 2 4(aq) 4(s) 2

(c) PbO |PbSO |H SO |PbSO |Pb (d) PbO |PbSO |H SO |PbO

2 4(s) 2 4(aq) 2
2 4(s) 2 4(aq) 4(s)

253. The overall reaction of a lead accumulator while charging can be written as :
(a) 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2O(l ) → Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq)

(b) PbSO4(s) + H2O(l ) → 2Pb(s) + 2PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq)

(c) Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + H2SO4(aq) → 2PbSO4(s) + 2H2 O(l )

(d) 2Pb(s) + PbO2(s) + 2H2SO4(aq) → PbSO4(s) + H 2O (l )

254. The voltage of the lead accumulator depends upon

(a) size of electrodes (b) concentration of PbO2 and H2SO4
(c) size of cell (d) concentration of H2SO4 only

255. Which acid is commonly used in batteries for their recharging ?

(a) hydrochloric acid (b) sulphuric acid (c) nitric acid (d) acetic acid

256. 1 mole of Al is deposited by X coulomb of electricity passing through aluminium nitrate solution. The number of
mole of silver deposited by X coulomb of electricity from silver nitrate solution is
(a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 2 (d) 1

257. Passage of three faraday of charge through aqueous solution of AgNO3, CuSO4, Al(NO3)3 and NaCl will
deposit metals at the cathode in the molar ratio of
(a) 1:2:3:1 (b) 6:3:2:6 (c) 6:3:0:0 (d) 3:2:1:0

258. The cell reaction for the given cell is spontaneous if Pt, Cl (P ) | Cl− (1 M) || Cl− (1 M) | PtCl (P )
2 1 2 2
(a) P1 > P2 (b) P1 < P2 (c) P1 = P2 (d) P1 = 1 atm

259. On passing electricity through dilute H2SO4 solution, the amount of substance liberated at the cathode and anode
are in the ratio
(a) 1:8 (b) 8:1 (c) 16:1 (d) 1:16

260. If Mg2+ + 2e ⎯→ Mg (s) ; Eº = −2.37V, Cu2+ + 2e ⎯→ Cu (s) ; Eº = + 0.34 V ?

The e.m.f. of the cell Mg | Mg2+ || Cu2+ | Cu is
(a) 2.71 V (b) 2.30 V (c) 2.80 V (d) 1.46 V

261. The number of electrons passing per second through a cross-section of Cu wire carrying 10 ampere is
(a) 6 × 1019 (b) 8 × 1019 (c) 1 × 1019 (d) 1.6 × 1019

262. The charge in coulomb on Cu2+ ion is

(a) 3.2 × 10-19 (b) 2.3 × 10-12 (c) 0.23 × 10-19 (d) 0.32 × 10-19
04.28

263. The weight ratio of Al and Ag deposited using the same quantity of current is
(a) 9:108 (b) 2:12 (c) 108:9 (d) 3:8

264. 20 g of chlorine are evolved in 6 hour from sodium chloride solution by the current of
(a) 5 ampere (b) 10 ampere (c) 2.5 ampere (d) 50 ampere

265. The number of electrons passing per second through a cross-section of copper wire carrying 10–6 ampere.
(a) 6.2 × 1023 (b) 6.2 × 1012 (c) 6.2 × 1010 (d) none of these

266. Passage of 1 Faraday of electricity through a solution of CuSO4, deposits

(a) 1 mole of Cu (b) 1 molecule of Cu
(c) 1 g-atom of Cu (d) 1 g equivalent of Cu

267. The ratio of weights of hydrogen and magnesium deposited by the same amount of electricity from H2SO4 and
MgSO4 in aqueous solution are
(a) 1:8 (b) 1:12 (c) 1:16 (d) none
268. The cell reaction for the given cell is spontaneous if Pt(H ) (P ) | H+ (1M) || H+ (1M) | Pt(H ) (P )
2 1 2 2
(a) P1 > P2 (b) P1 < P2 (c) P1 = P2 (d) P1 = 1 atm

269. How many coulomb of electricity are consumed when 100 mA current is passed through a solution of AgNO3
for 30 minute during an electrolysis experiment ?
(a) 108 (b) 18000 (c) 180 (d) 3000

270. When 1 Faraday of electricity is passed through CuSO4 solution, number of atoms formed is
(a) 6.02 × 1023 (b) 3.01 × 1023 (c) 2 (d) 6.02 × 1023

271. The amount of energy expanded during the passage of one ampere current for 100 second under a potential of
115 V is
(a) 20 kJ (b) 11.5 kJ (c) 115 kJ (d) 0.115 kJ

272. Deduce from the following E values of half cells, what combination of two half cells would result in a cell with the
largest potential ?
(i) A3- ⎯→ A2− + e ; E = 1.5 V (ii) B2+ + e ⎯→ B+ ; E = −2.1 V
(iii) C2+ + e ⎯→ C+ ; E = + 0.5 V (iv) D ⎯→ D2+ + 2e ; E = −1.5 V
(a) (i) and (ii) (b) (i) and (iv) (c) (ii) and (iv) (d) (iii) and (iv)

273. The charge required for the reduction of 1 mole Cr2O2-7 ions to Cr3+ is
(a) 96500 C (b) 2 × 96500 C (c) 3 × 96500 C (d) 6 × 96500 C

274. The weight of silver (eq. wt. = 108) displaced by that quantity of current which displaced 5600 mL of hydrogen
at STP is
(a) 54 g (b) 108 g (c) 5.4 g (d) none

275. The standard oxidation potentials of the electrodes Ag | Ag+, Sn | Sn2+, Ca | Ca2+, Pb | Pb2+ are – 0.8, 0.136,
2.866 and 0.126 V respectively. The most powerful oxidising agent among these metal ions is
(a) Pb2+ (b) Ca2+ (c) Sn2+ (d) Ag+
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.29

276. The standard cell potential for the cell is Zn | Zn2+ (1 M) || Cu2+ (1 M) | Cu
(E for Zn2+ / Zn = −0.76 ; E for Cu2+ / Cu = + 0.34]
(a) −0.76 + 0.34 = −0.42 V (b) 0.34 – (−0.76) = + 1.10 V
(c) −0.34 – (−0.76) = + 0.42 V (d) −0.76 – (+ 0.34) = − 1.10 V

277. For I 2+ 2e ⎯→ 2I− , standard reduction potential = +0.54 volt.

For 2Br− ⎯→ Br2 + 2e−, standard oxidation potential = −1.09 volt.
For Fe ⎯→ Fe2+ + 2e−, standard oxidation potential = +0.44 volt. Which of the following reactions is
non-spontaneous ?
(a) Br2 + 2I − ⎯→ 2Br − + I
2
(b) Fe + Br2 ⎯→ Fe2+ + 2Br−
(c) Fe + I2 ⎯→ Fe2+ + 2I− (d) I2 + 2Br− ⎯→ 2I− + Br 2

278. Given electrode potential are

Fe3+ + e ⎯→ Fe2+ ; E = 0.771 V
I2 + 2e ⎯→ 2I− ; E = 0.536 V
E cell for the cell reaction, 2Fe3+ + 2I− ⎯→ 2Fe2+ + I 2 is
(a) (2 × 0.771 – 0.536) = 1.006 V (b) 0.771 – 0.536 = 0.235 V
(c) (0.771 – 0.5 × 0.536) = 0.503 V (d) 0.536 – 0.771 = -0.235 V

279. The e.m.f. of the cell Zn | Zn2+ (1 M) || Cu2+ | Cu (1 M) is 1.1 volt. If the standard reduction potential of
Zn2+ | Zn is –0.78 V, what is the standard oxidation potential of Cu | Cu2+ ?
(a) + 1.86 V (b) 0.32 V (c) −0.32 V (d) −1.86 V

280. The rusting of iron takes place as follows :

1
2H+ + 2e + O ⎯→ H O ; E = +1.23 V
2 2 2 (l)

Fe + 2e ⎯→ Fe (s) ; E = −0.44 V
2+

The G for the process is

(a) −322 kJ mol-1 (b) −161 kJ mol-1 (c) −152 kJ mol-1 (d) −76 kJ mol-1

281. Standard electrode potential for Sn4+ / Sn2+ couple is + 0.15 V and that for the Cr3+ / Cr couple is −0.74 V. These
two couples in their standard state are connected to make cell. The cell potential will be
(a) +1.83 V (b) +1.19 V (c) +0.89 V (d) +0.18 V

282. An electrolytic cell converts

(a) chemical energy into electrical energy. (b) chemical energy into mechanical energy.
(c) electrical energy into chemical energy. (d) none of the above.

283. Electrolysis of an aq. NaOH solution between platinum electrodes yields

(a) H2 at cathode and O2 at anode (b) H2 at cathode only
(c) H2 at anode and O2 at cathode (d) O2 at anode only

284. Which of the following relation represents first law of electrolysis ?

(a) mZ = it (b) m = i Zt (c) mi = Zt (d) i = mZt
04.30

285. ‘W’ g of copper is deposited in a copper voltameter when an electric current of 2 amperes is passed for 2 hours.
If one ampere of electric current is passed for 4 hours in same voltameter, copper deposited will be
(a) 2 W (b) W/2 (c) W/4 (d) W

286. In electrolysis, oxidation takes place

(a) at anode (b) at cathode (c) at both the electrodes (d) in the solution

287. The standard electrode potential for the reactions :

Ag+(aq.) + e− ⎯→ Ag(s)
Sn2+(aq.) + 2e− ⎯→ Sn(s)
25C are 0.80 volt and –0.28 volt respectively, the e.m.f. of the cell
Sn | Sn2+(1M) || Ag+ | Ag is
(a) 0.66 volt (b) 0.80 volt (c) 0.94 volt (d) 1.08 volt

288. Three Faradays of electricity was passed through an aqueous solution of iron (II) bromide. The mass of iron
metal (atomic mass = 56) deposited at the cathode is
(a) 56 g (b) 84 g (c) 112 g (d) 168 g

289. A solution containing one mole per litre of each Cu(NO3)2, AgNO3, Hg2(NO3)2 and Mg(NO3)2 is being
electrolysed by using inert electrodes. The value of standard electrode potentials (reduction potential) are
Ag | Ag+ = 0.80 volt, Hg | Hg2+ = 0.79 volt, Cu | Cu2+ = + 0.24 volt and Mg | Mg2+ = − 2.37 volt.
With increasing voltage, the sequence of deposition of metals on the cathode will be :
(a) Ag, Hg, Cu (b) Cu, Hg, Ag (c) Ag, Hg, Cu, Mg (d) Mg, Cu, Hg, Ag

290. If pH = 1, then the oxidation potential of a hydrogen electrode is :

(a) 0.59 volt (b) 0.059 volt (c) 1.00 volt (d) 0.0059 volt

291. In an experiment set up for the measurement of e.m.f. of a half cell using a reference electrode anda salt bridge,
when the salt bridge is removed, the voltage
(a) decreases to half the value (b) does not change
(c) increases to maximum (d) drops to zero

292. For a redox reaction oxi. + ne− ⎯→ red. The Nernst equation has a form of
RT [red.] RT
(a) E = E + loge (b) E = E − log [red.]
nF [oxi.] nF e
[oxi.]
RT [red.]
log (d) none of these
(c) E = E + nF 10 [oxi.]

293. Out of Cu, Ag, Fe, Zn, the metal which can displace all others from their salt solution is
(a) Cu (b) Ag (c) Zn (d) Fe

294. The standard electrode potential of Zn, Ag and Cu are 0.76, 0.80 and 0.34 volt respectively, then
(a) Ag can reduce Zn2+ and Cu2+ (b) Cu can reduce Zn2+ and Ag+
2+ 2+
(c) Ag cannot reduce Zn and Cu (d) Zn can reduce Ag+ and Cu2+

295. Which of the following gains electrons more easily?

(a) Na+ (b) H+ (c) Zn2+ (d) Al3+

296. The amount of silver deposited on passing 2.0 faradays of electricity through an aqueous solution ofAgNO3 is
(a) 54 g (b) 1.08 g (c) 216 g (d) 324 g
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.31

297. The standard reduction potential at 25C of Li+ | Li, Ca2+ | Ca, Na+ | Na and Mg2+ | Mg are − 3.05, −2.87,
−2.71, −2.37 volt respectively. Which one of the following is the strongest oxidizing agent ?
(a) Mg2+ (b) Na+ (c) Li+ (d) Ca2+

298. During the charging of lead storage battery, the reaction occurring at cathode is represented by
(a) Pb2+ + 2e− ⎯→ Pb (b) PbSO 4 + 2H 2O ⎯→ PbO 2+ 4 H+ + SO 24− + 2e−
(c) Pb + SO 42− ⎯→ PbSO 4 + 2e− (d) Pb ⎯→ Pb2+ + 2e−

299. H+ ions are reduced at platinum electrode prior to

(a) Cu2+ (b) Zn2+ (c) Ag+ (d) Hg+

300. The reaction of the cell Zn | Zn2+ || Cd2+ | Cd is

(a = 1 M) (a = 1 M)
(a) Cd ⎯→ Cd2+ + 2e− (b) Cd2+ + Zn ⎯→ Zn2+ + Cd
(c) Zn + ⎯→Cd + Zn2+ (d) Zn2+ + Cd2+ ⎯→ Zn + Cd

301. The reaction is spontaneous if the cell potential is :

(a) zero (b) positive (c) negative (d) Infinite

302. When iron is rusted, it is :

(a) evaporated (b) oxidised (c) reduced (d) decomposed

303. If the solution of CuSO4 in which copper rod is immersed is diluted to 10 times, the electrode potential ?
(a) decreases by 0.030 volt (b) increases by 0.030 volt
(c) decreases by 0.0059 volt (d) increases by 0.59 volt

304. The standard oxidation potentials, E for the half reactions are as
Zn ⎯→ Zn2+ + 2e− E = + 0.76 volt
Fe ⎯→ Fe2+ + 2e− E = + 0.41 volt
The e.m.f. of the cell reaction
Fe2+ + Zn ⎯→ Zn2+ + Fe is
(a) + 0.35volt (b) − 0.35 volt (c) + 1.17 volt (d) − 1.17 volt

305. The measured potential for Mg2+ + 2e− ⎯→ Mg (s) does not depend upon :
(a) purity ofmagnesium plate (b) temperature
(c) size of magnesium plate (d) conc. of Mg+2 solution

306. What is the number of coulombs required for the conversion of one mole of Mn7+ to one mole of Mn2+ ?
(a) 9650 (b) 96500 (c) 3  96500 (d) 5  96500

307. Which reactionwilltake place at cathode when fused calciumchloride is electrolysed?

(a) Cl− ⎯→ Cl + e− (b) Ca2+ − 2e− ⎯→ Ca
(c) Cl− + e− ⎯→ Cl (d) Ca2+ + 2e− ⎯→ Ca

308. In electroplating, the article to be electroplated serves as

(a) anode (b) cathode (c) conductor (d) electrolyte

309. When electricity is passed through a solution of AlCl3, 13.5g of Al is discharged. The amount of charge passed is
(a) 0.5 F (b) 1.0 F (c) 1.5 F (d) 2.0 F
04.32

310. When 1 Faraday of electric charge is passed through an electrolytic solution the mass deposited is :
(a) one gram equivalent (b) electro chemical equivalent
(c) one gram mole (d) half gram equivalent

311. During electrolysis of aqueous H2SO4, the ion discharged at anode is

(a) hydrogen (b) sulphate (c) hydroxyl (d) oxygen

312. Which one is the electrolytic cell ?

(a) Daniel Cell (b) Fuel Cell (c) Lead storage battery (d) Voltameter

313. A chemical change occurs on passing electricity through a solution. The process is termed as
(a) Electrolysis (b) Ionisation (c) Neutralisation (d) Hydrolysis

314. In an electrolytic cell current (electrons) flows

(a) from cathode to anode in external circuit. (b) from cathode to anode inside the cell.
(c) from anode to cathode in external circuit. (d) from anode to cathode inside the cell.

315. In an electrolytic cell, the anode is

(a) positive electrode (c) neutral electrode (b) negative electrode (d) null electrode

316. A solution of Na2SO4 in water is electrolysed using platinum electrodes. The products at anode and cathode are
respectively
(a) H2, O2 (b) O2, H2 (c) O2, Na (d) O2, SO2

317. When one coulomb of electricity is passed through an electrolytic solution, the mass deposited on the electrode is
equal to
(a) equivalent mass (b) electro-chemical equivalent
(c) molecular mass (d) one gram

318. Copper sulphate solution is electrolysed between two platinum electrodes. A current is passed until1.6 g of
oxygen is liberated at anode. The amount of copper deposited at the cathode during the same period is
(a) 63.6 g (b) 13.6 g (c) 6.36 g (d) 12.7 g

319. Faraday’s 2nd law of electrolysis is related to

(a) speed of cations (b) atomic number of the cation
(c) equivalent mass of the electrolyte (d) atomic number of the anion

320. One Faraday of electricity will liberate one g-equivalent of the metal from the solution of
(a) CuSO4 (b) AlCl3 (c) BaCl2 (d) NaCl

321. A certain current liberated 0.504 g of hydrogen in 2 hours. How many grams of copper can be liberated by the
same current flowing for the same time in CuSO4 solution ?
(a) 63.5 g (b) 31.8 g (c) 15.9 g (d) 12.7 g

322. In the electrolysis of CuCl2 solution, the mass of cathode increased by 6.4 g. What occurred at copper anode ?
(a) 0.224 litre of Cl2 was liberated (b) 0.05 mole Cu 2+ passed into the solution.
2+
(c) 0.1 mole Cu passed into the solution. (d) 1.12 litre of oxygen was liberated.

323. In a galvanic cell, energy changes occur like

(a) chemical energy – internal energy (b) electrical energy – chemical energy
(c) chemical energy – electrical energy (d) internal energy – electrical energy
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.33

324. The equation representing the process by which standard reduction potential of zinc can be defined is
(a) Zn2+(aq) + 2e− ⎯→ Zn (s) (b) Zn2+(g) + 2e− ⎯→ Zn
(c) Zn ⎯→ Zn2+(g) + 2e− (d) Zn2+(s) + 2e− ⎯→ Zn

325. Which of the following is not the correct representation ?

(a) Ecell = reduction potential of cathode – reduction potential of anode.
(b) E = oxidation potential of cathode – oxidation potential of anode
cell
(c) Ecell = reduction potential of cathode + oxidation potential of anode.
(d) Ecell = reduction potential of rhs electrode – reduction potential of lhs electrode.

326. The electrode potential becomes equal to standard electrode potential when concentration of reactants and
products ratio is
(a) equal to 1 (b) less than 1 (c) greater than 1 (d) equal to 10

327. The reference electrode is made from which of the following ?

(a) ZnCl2 (b) Hg2Cl2 (c) CuSO4 (d) HCl

328. If the pH = 10 then the oxidation potential of a hydrogen electrode is

(a) −0.591 volt (b) 0.059 volt (c) 0.00 volt (d) 0.591 volt

329. The oxidation potential of Zn, Cu, Ag and Ni are 0.76, −0.34, −0.80 and 0.55 volt respectively. Which of the
following reactions willprovide maximum voltage?
(a) H2 + Ni ⎯→ 2H + Ni (b) Zn + 2Ag+ ⎯→ 2 Ag + Zn2+
2+ +

(c) H2 + Cu2+ ⎯→ 2H+ + Cu (d) Zn + Cu2+ ⎯→ Zn2+ + Cu

330. The e.m.f. of the cell involving the reaction 2Ag+ + H ⎯→

2
2Ag + 2 H+ is 0.80 volt. The
standard oxidation potential of silver electrode is
(a) + 0.40 volt (b) − 0.40 volt (c) − 0.80 volt (d) − 0.20 volt

331. E for the electrode reactions Zn = Zn2+ + 2e− and Ag+ + e− = Ag are + 0.76 and 0.77 respectively. The e.m.f.
of the following cell having the reaction Zn + 2Ag+ ⎯→ Zn 2+ + 2Ag would be
(a) + 1.53V (b) −1.53 V (c) − 0.01 V (d) + 0.01 V

332. When a lead storage battery is charged

(a) the amount of acid decreases (b) PbO2 dissolves
(c) H2SO4 is regenerated (d) H2O is formed

333. Zinc is coated over iron to prevent its rusting because

(a) It is cheaper than iron (b) E(Zn 2+ | Zn) > E(Fe 2+ | Fe)
(c) E(Zn 2+| Zn) < E(Fe 2+ |Fe) (d) E(Zn 2+ | Zn) = E(Fe 2+ | Fe)

334. The strong oxidizing agent has :

(a) high value of reduction potential (b) high tendency to gain electrons.
(c) high value of oxidation potential (d) high tendency to lose electrons.

335. The e.m.f. of cell, Ni | Ni 2+ (1.0M) || Ag+ (1.0 M) | Ag (E for Ni 2+ | Ni = − 0.25 volt and E for
Ag+ | Ag = 0.80 volt) is given by
(a) − 0.80 – (0.25) = 0.55 volt (b) 0.80 − (−0.25) = 1.05 volt
(c) − 0.25 + 0.80 = 0.55 volt (d) +0.25 − 0.80 = −0.55 volt

336. For the half cell reaction Au 3+ + 3e− ⎯→ Au, the value of ‘n’ used in Nernst’s equation is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4
04.34

337. Which of the following represents the potential of silver wire dipped into 0.1M AgNO3 solution at 25C?
(a) ( Eored – 0.059) (b) ( Eored + 0.059) (c) ( Eooxi – 0.059) (d) Eored

338. The reaction 1/2H2(g) + AgCl(s) → H+(aq) + Cl− (aq) + Ag(s) occur in the galvanic cell

(a) Ag | AgCl(s) | KCl(soln)||AgNO3(soln)|Ag(s) (b) Pt | H2(g) | HCl (soln) || AgCl(s) | Ag(s)

(c) Pt | H2(g) | HCl (soln) || AgNO3 (soln) | Ag(s) (d) Pt | H2(g) | KCl(soln) || AgCl(s) | Ag(s)

339. The cathode reaction in electrolysis of dilute H2SO4 with platinum electrode is
(a) reduction (b) both oxidation and reduction (c) oxidation (d) neutralization

340. How much silver will be obtained by that quantity of current which displaces 5.6 litre of H2?
(a) 108 g (b) 54 g (c) 20 g (d) 13.50 g

341. One Faraday ofcharge was passed through the electrolytic cells placed in series containing solution ofAg+, Ni2+ and
Cr3+ respectively. The amount ofAg (atomic mass = 108), Ni (atomic mass = 59) and Cr (atomic mass = 52)
deposited will be
Ag Ni Cr
(a) 108 g 29.5 g 17.3 g
(b) 108 g 117.5 g 166.0 g
(c) 108 g 59.0 g 52.0 g
(d) 108 g 108.0 g 108.0 g

342. Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity due to the presence of

(a) free electrons (b) free molecules
(c) free ions (d) free molecules of Na and Cl

343. The reaction occurring at cathode when fused CaCl2 is electrolysed, is

(a) Ca2+ + 2e− ⎯→ Ca (b) Ca2+ – 2e− ⎯→ Ca2+
(c) Cl ⎯→ Cl + e
− − (d) Cl− + e− ⎯→ Cl

344. Electrolysis of molten NaCl yields

(a) sodium and hydrogen (b) hydrogen and oxygen
(c) sodium and oxygen (d) sodium and chlorine

345. How many moles of oxygen gas can be obtained by electrolytic decomposition of 90 gm of water ?
(a) 2.5 moles (b) 18 moles (c) 5.0 moles (d) 90 moles

346. If Ps is solution pressure of metal and Po is osmotic pressure of solution for electronation
(a) Ps > Po (b) Po > Ps (c) Po = Ps (d) Po = Ps = 0

347. The number of atoms of Cr discharged from CrCl3 solution by passage of 1.5 Faraday would be
(a) 6  1023 (b) 3  1023 (c) 2  1020 (d) 6  1010

348. Oxidation state of Fe in Fe3O4 is

5 4 3 8
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 5 2 3

349. The number of electrons passing per second through a cross section of Cu wire carrying 10 ampere is
(a) 6  1020 (b) 8  1019 (c) 1  1019 (d) 6.2  1019
Electrochemistry - MCQs 04.35

350. The rusting of iron is catalysed by which of the following

(a) Fe (b) O2 (c) Zn (d) H+

351. Faraday’s law of electrolysis are related to

(a) Atomic number of the cation (b) Equivalent mass of the electrolyte
(c) Atomic number of the anion (d) Speed of the cation

352. Hydrogen oxygen fuel cell are used in space craft to supply
(a) power for heat and light (b) power for temperature
(c) power of pressure (d) oxygen

353. Zinc is used to protect iron from corrosion because of the fact that
(a) Eox of Zn is less than that of iron (b) Zinc is cheaper than iron
(c) Ered of Zn is less than that of iron (d) Zinc is abundantly available

354. For a redox reaction to occur spontaneously the emf of it cell should be
(a) > 0 (b) < 0 (c) 0 (d)  0

355. Rust is
(a) FeO and Fe(OH) 3 (b) Fe2O3 . xH2O (c) FeO and Fe(OH)2 (d) Fe3O4 and Fe(OH)3

356. When a piece of copper wire is immersed in a solution of silver nitrate the colour of solution becomes blue: This is
due to
(a) oxidation of silver (b) oxidation of copper (c) reduction of copper (d) reduction of silver

357. The standard reduction potential of pure lithium metal is

(a) +2.05 V (b) –2.05 V (c) +3.05 V (d) –3.05 V

358. The following metal does not liberate H2 gas when it is treated with conc HCl.
(a) Ni (b) Zn (c) Ag (d) Ca

359. During electrolysis of fused PbBr2, the reaction at the anode will be
(a) Br– are oxidized (b) Pb+2 are oxidized (c) Br– are reduced (d) Pb+2 are reduced.
04.36 Kalrashukla Classes : Std. XII - Chemistry

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Response
Question 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
Response
Question 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
Response
Question 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Response
Question 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140
Response
Question 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160
Response
Question 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Response a c b
Question 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220
Response b b d b a c d d b d b b a a c a b d a d
Question 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240
Response c d d a b b a c d c d d b b a a a a a a
Question 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260
Response c c b d c d c d c a a b a d b a b b a a
Question 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280
Response a a a c b d b a c b b c d b d b d b c a
Question 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300
Response c c a b d a d b a b d b c d b c a b b b
Question 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320
Response b b a c c d d b c a c d a c a b b c c d
Question 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340
Response c c c a b a b d b c a c c a b c a b a a
Question 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359
Response a c a d a b b d d d b a c a b b d c a
 Chapter 01

Circular Motion
ALL THAT YOU NEED TO KNOW :
1. If the force acting on a particle is always perpendicular to the velocity of the particle, then thepath of the particle is a
circle. The centripetal force is always perpendicular to the velocity of the particle.
2. For circular motion we have :
(i) r⊥v
(ii) r antiparallel to aR
(iii) aR ⊥ v
(iv) aR ⊥ aT

(v)  ,  ,  are perpendicular to r , aR , aT , v .

(vi) r , aR , aT and v lie in the same plane.

(vii) The direction of  is always the same as that of  . But direction of  is same as that of , when increase.
If  decreases, then the direction of  is opposite to that of  .
(viii)  , ,  are parallel or antiparallel to  ,  ,  .
(ix) (  || ||   ) ⊥ ( aT as well as v ) ⊥ ( aR as well as r ).

(x) r , aR , aT and v lie in the same plane in which the particle rotates.
(xi)  ,  and  are perpendicular to the plane of rotation.
(x) aT =  × r
(xi) a = a2R + a T2 [because the angle between a R and a T is 90°].
3. The  ,  and  are called pseudo vectors or axial vectors.
4. Finite angular displacement is a scalar quantity because it does not obey the laws of vector addition.
5. When the particle moves along the circular path with constant speed, the angular velocity is also constant. But linear
velocity, momentum as well as centripetal acceleration change in direction, although their magnituderemains unchanged.
6. When a body moves on a circular path with constant speed its linear momentum changes at every pointof motion but
its kinetic energy remains constant.
P´
7. Angular velocity depends on the point about whichrotation is
considered, e.g., if a particle is moving on a circle from P to P´
in time t as shown in figure, the angular velocity with respect to  
A P
O will be 0 = (/t) while with respect to A will be A = (/t). O

But from geometry of figure  = 2, so 0 = 2A.

2

8. Consider a particle moving in a circle at a uniform speed v. When the radius vector describes an angle , the

magnitude of change in velocity is 2v sin  2  .
 

9. Centripetal force :
The force responsible for circular motion, acting on the particle and towards the centre of the circle is called centripetal
force. It is not a new kind of force. It is always one of the known real forces or their combination which becomes
centripetal in nature, in the given situation. The magnitude of centripetal force is given by
F = mv2/r = mv = mr2 = 42rn2m
Note :
(i) Centripetal force always act on the particle performing circular motion.
(ii) Without centripetal force there can be no circular motion.
(iii) Its magnitude is constant but the direction is variable, therefore it is a variable force.
(iv) Centripetal force is always a real force. It may be mechanical, electrical, magnetic, etc.
(v) The centripetal force does not increase the kinetic energy and angular momentum of the particle moving in a
circular path and the work done by centripetal force is zero.
(vi) The direction of centripetal force is same whether the rotation of the circular path is clockwise or anticlockwise.

10. Centrifugal force :

It is radially directed outward force experienced by a body performing circular motion as observed by a person
moving along with the body. Its existence has to be taken for granted by an observer in non-inertialframe of reference,
if he has to accept that Newton’s laws of motion hold true in his frame of reference.

Note :
(i) Centrifugal force always act on the centre.
(ii) Centrifugal force is directed away form the centre, along the radius.
(iii) Although centrifugal force is equal and opposite to centripetal force, yet it is not the reaction ofcentripetal force
because reaction cannot exist without action while centrifugal force can exist without centripetal force.
(iv) Centrifugal force is not the real force.
(v) The centrifugal force appears to act on the agency which exerts the centripetal force.
(vi) The centrifugal force cannot balance the centripetal force because they act on different bodies.

11. Some common examples of Centripetal force are :

No. Situation Centripetal force

1. A particle tied to a string and whirled in a Tension in the string.
horizontal circle.
2. Earth in orbit around the sun. Gravitational force exerted by the sun.
3. An electron revolving around the nucleus in an Coulomb attraction exerted by the protons in
atom. the nucleus.
4. A charged particle describing a circular path Magnetic forceexertedbytheagent that sets
in a magnetic field. up the magnetic field.
5. Vehicle taking a turn on a level road on the tyres. Frictional force exertedbythe road
6. Motorcycle in a well of death. The normal reaction.
Circular Motion - MCQs 3

12. If circular motion of the object is uniform, the object will possess only centripetal acceleration.
13. In uniform circular motion the magnitude of the centripetal acceleration remains constant whereas its direction changes
continuously but always directed towards the centre.
14. The acceleration which changes the magnitude of the velocity is called tangential acceleration. It is given by
aT = r  or aT = r ×  . The direction of tangential acceleration is along tangent.
15. In a circle as tangent and radius are always normal to each other so will aT and aR. This in turn implies that acceleration
in case of circular motion will be :
a= a2R + a T2
Here it must be noted that aT governs the magnitude of v while aR its direction of motion.
If aR = 0 and aT = 0 ; a→0  motion is uniform translatory
If aR = 0 and aT  0 ; a → aT  motion is accelerated translatory
If aR  0 and aT = 0 ; a → aR  motion is uniform circular
If aR  0 and aT  0 ; a→ a2R + a 2T  motion is nonuniform circular

16. Banking of Tracks :

(i) If a vehicle is moving on a curved road with speed greater than the speed limit, the reaction at the inner wheel
disappears and it will leave the ground first.
v2
(ii) On unbanked curved roads the minimum radius of curvature of the curve for safe driving is r = , where v is
g
the speed of the vehicle and  is the coefficient
v2 of friction.

(iii) The skidding of a vehicle will occur if g i.e. skidding will take place if the speed is large, the curve is
r
sharp and  is small.
(iv) If r is the radius of curvature of the speed breaker, then the maximum speed with which the vehiclecan run on it
without leaving contact with the ground is v = (gr) .

(v) If h is the height of centre of gravity above the road level, a is half the wheel base then for road safety
mv2
. h < mg . a
r
 gar 
∴ Minimum safe speed for no overturning is v = h .
 
(vi) The maximum velocity with which a vehicle can safely negotiate a curve of radius r on a rough inclined road is
given by :
 cos  + sin  
gr 
cos − sin  
v=

17. On a rotating platform, to avoid the skidding of an object placed at a distance r from axis of rotation, the maximum
g
angular velocity of the platform,  = , where  is the coefficient of friction between the object and the platform.
r
18. K. E. of a body moving in horizontal circle is same throughout the path but K. E. of the body moving in vertical circle
is different at different places.
4

19. Motion in a vertical cirlce : mv2

When a body moves in a vertical circle :

(i) The tension (if string is used) or normal reaction at any point P is given by : mg
mv2
T (or N) = + mg cos  C
O
r 
mv2 P
(ii) Tension at lowest point (A) is maximum = + mg
r 
mv2
(iii) Tension at the highest point (B) is minimum = – mg
r
mg
(iv) The minimum horizontal velocity that should be given to the body at the
bottom (A) to complete the vertical loop is given by
Vmin = 5rg
(v) Minimum speed required at B = rg
(vi) Velocity at C or D = 3rg

mv2
(vii) Tension at C or D (ends of the horizontal diameter) = = mr2
r
(viii) K. E. at A – K. E. at B = 2 mgr
(ix) TA – TB = 6 mg
Circular Motion - MCQs 5

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS

CLASSWORK

Kinetics of Circular Motion :

1 A car is circulating on a circular path of radius r. At some instant its velocity is v and rate of increase of
speed is a. The resultant acceleration of the car will be

v2 4  v4 
(a) +r (b) +a (c) v 2 (d)  + a 
a2 r
 

2. A point starts from rest and moves along a circular path with a constant tangential acceleration. After one
rotation, the ratio of its radial acceleration to its tangential acceleration will be equal to
1
(a) 1 (b) 2  (c)  (d) 4 
2

3. When a wheel rotating about its axle is slowing down, its linear acceleration
(a) is purely radial
(b) is purely tangential
(c) has a component opposite to its linear velocity
(d) has component opposite to its angular velocity

4. When the radial acceleration ac of an object moving in a circle is constant in magnitude, its tangential
acceleration at is
(a) equal to ac (b) less than ac (c) greater than ac (d) zero

5. A point starts from rest and moves along a circular path of radius 20 cm with a constant tangentialacceleration of
5 cm/s2. The time needed for the normal acceleration of the point to be equal to its tangential acceleration is
(a) 2 sec (b) 1 sec (c) 0.5 sec (d) 0.2 sec

6. A particle moves in a circular path of radius R with an angular velocity  = a – bt where a and b are positive
2a
constants and t is time. The magnitude of the acceleration of the particle after time is
b
a
(a) (b) a2 R (c) R (a2 + b) (d) R a2 + b2
R

7. A car wheel is rotated with uniform angular acceleration about its axis. Initially its angular velocity is zero. It rotates
through an angle  in the first 2 s. In the next 2 s, it rotates through an additional angle  . The ratio

of 2 is
1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

Dynamics of Circular Motion :

8. A body is revolving with a constant speed along a circle. If its direction of motion is reversed but the speed
remains the same, then
(a) the centripetal force will not suffer any change in magnitude.
(b) the centripetal force will have its direction reversed.
(c) the central force will not suffer any change in direction.
(d) the centripetal force would be doubled.
6

9. For a body moving in a circular path, a condition for no skidding (if  is the co-efficient of friction) is
mv2 mv2
(a)  mg (b)  mg (c) v/r = mg (d) mv2/r = mg
r r

10. Two particels of equal masses are revolving in circular paths of radii r1 and r2 respectively with the same period. The
ratio of their centripetal force is
r r
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (r /r )2 (d) (r /r )2
1 2 2 1
r2 r1

11. A mass is supported on a frictionless horizontal surface. It is attached to a string and rotates about a fixed centre at
an angular velocity o. If the length of the string and angular velocity are doubled, then the tension in the string which
was initially To is now
(a) To (b) To/2 (c) 4 To (d) 8 To

12. An automobile of mass m is crossing over a convex upwards over bridge with a speed v. If the radiusof the bridge
is r, the thrust on the bridge at the highest point will be
mv2 mv2 m2v2g v2g
(a) mg + (b) mg − (c) (d)
r r r r

13. The roadway of a bridge over a canal is in the form of a circular arc of radius 18 m. What is the greatest speed with
which a motorcycle can cross the bridge without leaving ground ?
(a) 9.8 m/sec (b) 18 9.8 m/s (c) 2 m/s (d) (18/9.8) m/s

14. Cream gets separated out of milk when it churned because of

(a) gravitational force (b) cohesive force (c) centrifugal force (d) frictional force

15. When the stone is whirled around at the end of a string, the pull of the string on the stone is called
(a) centrifugal force (b) centripetal force (c) gravitational force (d) frictional force

16. . A stone is tied to one end of a string and rotated in a horizontal circle with a uniform angular velocity. Let T be the
tension in the string. If length of the string is halved and its angular velocity is doubled, then tension in the string
will be
T T
(a) (b) (c) 2 T (d) 4 T
4 2

17. A 1 m long string has a breaking strength of 18 N. When a 500 g stone, tied at one end of the string, was whirled in
a horizontal circle, the string got snapped. What was the speed of the stone just before snapping ?
(a) 0.19 m/s (b) 3.6 m/s (c) 6 m/s (d) 36 m/s

18. A mass of 5 kg is moving in a circle of one metre radius with an angular velocity of 2 radians/sec. The centripetal
force is
(a) 10 newton (b) 15 newton (c) 20 newton (d) 25 newton
19. When a body is kept on a rough disc rotating in a horizontal plane about an axis perpendicular to its plane and
passing through its centre, the centripetal force is provided by frictional force between the surface of the body and
the disc. When the body is about to fly off the disc,
v2 g
2
v  = mg r2 =
(a) (b) tan  = (c) mr (d)
r = mg rg 
Circular Motion - MCQs 7

20. A small coin is placed on a turn table at a certain distance from the axis of rotation. The coin begins to slide just as the
turn table reaches a speed of 60 rpm. If another similar coin is stuck on top of first coin, then the sliding would
commence at a speed of
(a) 45 rpm (b) 90 rpm (c) 30 rpm (d) 60 rpm

21. A cylindrical steel drum of radius R rotates about its axis which is vertical. Asmall steel body in contact with the
upper part of the inner wall is carried round with the drum, if the frequency of rotation exceedsf r.p.m. but falls at
lower frequencies. The coefficient of limiting friction between the steel surfaces is
g r42f 2 tan  42f 2
(a)  = (b)  = (c)  = (d)  =
2 2
4 f r g 42f 2 tan 

22. A motor cyclist rides along a horizontal circle on the inner wall of a hollow cylindrical chamber of diameter D.
What should be the minimum speed to prevent him from slidingdown ? Take coefficient of friction between the
tyres and cylindrical wall as  .
 mv2
gr = mg
(a) v = rg (b) v = (c) v = (d)
 gr r
23. In a circus a rider rides in a circular track of radius R in the vertical plane. The minimum velocity at highest point
of track will be
(a) 2gR (b) 2 gR (c) 3gR (d) gR

24. What is the greatest speed with which a motorcyclist can successfully negotiate a vertical curved road which is in the
form of a convex circular arc of radius 20 m ?
(g = 10 m/s2 )
(a) 2 2 m/s (b) 10 2 m/s (c) 5 2 m/s (d) 20 m/s

25. A particle rests on the top of a hemisphere of radius R. Find the smallest horizontal velocity that must be imparted to
the particle if it is to leave the hemisphere without sliding down
(a) gR (b) 2gR (c) 3gR (d) 5gR

26. A hemispherical bowl of radius R is set rotating about its axis of symmetry. A small body kept in the bowl rotates
with the bowl without slipping on its surface. If radius through the body makes with the axis an angle  and
assuming that the surface of the bowl is smooth, then the angular velocity with which the bowl is rotating is
given by
R R g g
(a) (b) (c) (d)
gcos  g cos  R cos  R cos 

27. A particle starts from rest and moves along a circular path of radius 20 cm with a constant tangential acceleration of
5 cm/s2. The time needed for the normal acceleration of the particle to be equal to its tangential acceleration is
(a) 2 sec (b) 1 sec (c) 0.5 sec (d) 0.2 sec

28. A motorcyclist rides in a vertical circle in a hollow sphere of radius 5 m. The minimum speed required so that he does
not lose contact with the sphere at the highest point is
(a) 4.6 m/s (b) 7 m/s (c) 7.5 m/s (d) 8 m/s

29. A block of mass m slides from the rim of a hemispherical bowl of radius R. The velocity of the block at the bottom
will be
gR
(a) 2Rg (b) (c) Rg (d) 4gR
2
8

30. Three identical particles are joined together by a thread as

shown in figure. All the three particles are moving in a horizontal
plane. If the velocity of the outer1most particle is v0, then the O A B C
ratio of tensions in the three sections of the string is
(a) 3 : 5 : 7 (b) 3 : 4 : 5 (c) 7 : 11 : 6 (d) 3 : 5 : 6

31. A point mass situated on the top of a smooth sphere is allowed to slip on the surface of sphere. If the radius of the
sphere is r, then the angle which the line, joining the point of leaving the sphere and the centre of the sphere, makes
with the vertical is
(a) zero (b) cos–1 (1/3) (c) sin–1 2/3 (d) cos–1 (2/3)

32. A small body of mass m slides down from the top of a hemisphere of radius r.
The surface of block and hemisphere are frictionless. The height at which the
body loses contact with the surface of the sphere is
3 2
(a) r (b) r
2 3 r
h
r 3r
(c) (d)
3 5

33. A car moves at a constant speed on a road as shown in figure.

The normal force by the road on the car is NA and NB when it
is at the points A and B respectively.
(a) NA = NB
(b) NA > NB
(c) NA < NB
(d) Insufficient information to decide the relation of NA and NB

34. A motorcycle is going on an overbridge of radius R. The driver maintains a constant speed.
As the motorcycle is ascending on the overbridge, the normal force on it :
(a) Increases (b) Decreases (c) Remains the same (d) Fluctuates

35. Three identical cars A, B and C are moving at the same speed on three bridges. The car A goes on a plane bridge,
B on a bridge convex upward and C goes on a bridge concave upward. Let FA, FB and FC be the normal forces
exerted by the cars on the bridges when they are at the middle of bridges:
(a) FA is maximum of the three forces (c) FB is maximum of the three forces
(b) FC is maximum of the three forces (d) FA = FB = FC

36. A particle describes a horizontal circle in a conical funnel whose inner surface is smooth with speed of
0.5 m/s. What is the height of the plane of circle from vertex of the funnel?
(a) 0.25 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 2.5 cm

37. A small block is shot into each of the four tracks as shown below. Each of the tracks rises to the same height.
The speed with which the block enters the track is the same in all cases. At the highest point of the track, the
normal reaction is maximum in:

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
Circular Motion - MCQs 9

38. A particle of mass m is attached to another mass M via a

massless string passing through a hole O in the horizontal table
as shown. Mass M is kept stationary whereas mass m is rotating
in a circle of radius r with angular speed  then :
(a) Mg = m r 2 (b) Mg > m r 2
(c) Mg < m r 2 (d) Mg  m r 2

39. Two masses M and m hang at the two ends of a string that
passes through a smooth tube as shown. The mass m moves in
a circular path which lies in a horizontal plane. The length of the
string from m to the top of the tube is ℓ and  is the angle this
length makes with the vertical. What should be the frequency of
revolution of m so that M remains stationary?

1 Mg 1 Mg
(a) (b)
2 ml 2 ml cos 
(c)
1 ml cos  1 ml
(d)
2 Mg  Mg

40. If 2 be the vertical angle of a smooth cone where axis is vertical and vertex downward a particle moving on
its surface with n revolutions per second will be located at a distance from the axis equal to :
g tan  g cot  42n2 2 2
(a) 2 2 (b) (c) (d) 4 n
r n 42n2 g cot  g tan 

41. A car is moving in a circular track of radius 22.5 m with a speed of 54 km hour–1. A plumb bob of length
2.0 m is suspended from the roof of the car. The angle made by the string with the vertical is :
(a) 0° (b) 30° (c) 45° (d) 60°

42. A motor cyclist in a “death well”, rotates in a well of diameter 10 m. If the coefficient of friction between
the tyres and the inner surface is 0.25, then the minimum speed with which the motor cyclist can perform
his miracle is
(a) 50.4 km hr–1 (b) 72 km hr–1 (c) 54 km hr–1 (d) none of these

Banking of Roads :
43. The maximum speed that can be achieved without skidding by a car on a circular unbanked road of radius R
and coefficient of kinetic friction  is
(a)  Rg (b) Rg  (c) m Rg (d) Rg

44. For traffic moving at 60 km/hour along a circular track of radius 0.1 km, the correct angle of banking is
 (60)2  (c) tan−1  (50 / 3)  100  9.8 
2
− 100 9.8 (b) tan−1  (d) tan−1
(50 / 3)2 
(a) tan  1
 (60 0.1 9.8)
 0.1     

45. A vehicle is moving with a velocity v on a curved road of width b and radius of curvature R. For counteracting
the centrifugal force on the vehicle, the difference in elevation required in between the outer and inner edges of
the road is
v2b vb vb2 vb
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
Rg Rg Rg Rg
10

46. A road is 10 m wide and its radius of curvature is 50 m. The outer edge is above the lower edge by a distance
of 1.5 m. This road is most suited for a velocity
(a) 2.5 m /sec (b) 4.5 m/sec (c) 6.5 m/sec (d) 8.5 m/sec
47. A cyclist moves around a circular path of radius 39.2 metres with a speed of 19.6 m/sec. Then he must lean inwards
at an angle  with the vertical given by
(a)  = tan−1 (1) (b)  = tan−1 (4) (c)  = tan−1 (2) (d)  = tan−1 (3)

48. A train is moving with a speed of 36 km/hour on a curved path of radius 200 m. If the distance between the rails is
1.5 m, then the height of the outer rail over the inner rail is
(a) 1 m (b) 0.5 m (c) 0.75 m (d) 0.075 m

49. A car of mass 2000 kg is moving with a speed of 10 m/s on a circular path of radius 20 m on a levelroad. What must
be the frictional force between the car and the road so that the car does not slip ?
(a) 103 N (b) 104 N (c) 105 N (d) 106 N

50. A motor cyclist moving with a velocity of 72 km per hour on a flat road takes a turn on the road at a point where the
radius of curvature of the road is 20 metres. The acceleration due to gravity is 10 m/s2. In order to avoid skidding,
he must not bend with respect to the vertical plane by an angle greater than
(a)  = tan−1 (6) (b)  = tan−1 (2) (c)  = tan−1(25.92) (d)  = tan−1 (4)

51. An aeroplane is taking a turn in a horizontal plane. While doing so it

(a) remains horizontal (b) inclines inwards (c) inclines outwards (d) make wings vertical

52. On a unbanked road, a cyclist negotiating a bend of radius r at velocity v must lean inwards by an angle  equal to
(a) tan−1 (v2/g) (b) tan−1 (g/v) (c) tan−1 (v2/gr) (d) tan−1 (rg/v2)

53. Keeping the banking angle the same, the optimum speed at the curve can be 10% more if the radius is
changed from 20 m to
(a) 2.24 m (b) 22.4 m (c) 24.2 m (d) 242 m

54. The optimum speed, for a vehicle to negotiate a circular bend along a banked road depends upon
(a) the radius of curvature of the path and the angle of banking
(b) the radius of curvature, the angle of banking and the coefficient of friction
(c) the radius of curvature of the path and the vehicle’s mass
(d) only the mass of the speeding vehicle

55. A car is moving along a horizontal curve of radius 20 m, and the coefficient of friction between the road
and wheels of the car is 0.25. Its maximum safe speed is [g = 9.8 m/s2]
(a) 3 m/s (b) 5 m/s (c) 7 m/s (d) 9 m/s

56. The maximum safe speed of a vehicle on a level circular track is 15 km/h when dry and 10 km/h when
wet. The ratio of the coefficient of friction for the dry track to that of the wet track is
(a) 9 : 4 (b) 3 : 2 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 4 : 9

57. A road at a circular bend is banked at 30º. A vehicle negotiating the turn at the optimum speed has a centripetal
acceleration equal to
3 g g
(a) (b) (c) (d) 3g
g 3 2
Circular Motion - MCQs 11

58. For a car driven on a circular banked road, which of the following is/are independent of the natures of the road
surface and tyres?
(a) Optimum speed (b) Maximum safe speed
(c) Optimum and maximum safe speeds (d) Optimum, speed and normal reaction

59. A circular road is banked at an angle . If the coefficient of static friction between the tyres of a vehicle and
the road surface is s, then the maximum centripetal acceleration that the vehicle can achieve without
skidding is
g (tan  − s ) g(s + tan )
(a) g (b) g tan  (c) (d)
1+ s tan  1− s tan 

60. A track for a certain motor sport event is in the form of a circle and banked at an angle . For a car driven
in a circle of radius r along the track at the optimum speed, the periodic time is
r r r r tanθ
(a) (b) 2π (c) 2π (d) 2π
g g g tanθ g

61. The maximum safe speed for a car on a circular road, which is banked at an angle  for an optimum speed vo ,
is [μs = coefficient of static friction]
vo (s + tan ) vo (s + tan )
(a) vo (b) less than vo (c) (d)
1− s tan  tan (1− s tan )

62. A motorcyclist rides in a vertical circle in a hollow sphere of radius 5 m. The minimum speed required so
that he does not lose contact with the sphere at the highest point is
(a) 4.6 m/s (b) 7 m/s (c) 7.5 m/s (d) 8 m/s

Conical Pendulum :
63. If  is the semi vertical angle in a conical pendulum, then
(a) 0º    180º (b) 0º    90º (c) 0º <  < 90º (d) 0º <  < 45º

64. A conical pendulum of string length L and bob of mass m performs UCM along a circular path of radius r.
The tension in the string is
mgL mgL mgL mrg tan 
(a) (b) L2 + r2 (c) (d) L
L2 − r2 2r

65. The centripetal acceleration of the bob of a conical pendulum is

rg rg g rg
(a) (b) (c) (d)
cos  L L Lcos 

Motion in Vertical Circle :

66. A 2 kg stone at the end of a string 1 m long is whirled in a vertical circle. At some point its speed is 4 m/s. The tension
of the string is 51.6 newton. At this instant the stone is
(a) at the top of the circle (b) at the bottom of the circle
(c) half way down (d) half way up
12

67. A stone is tied at one end of a 5 m long string and whirled in a vertical circle. The minimum speed at the top
required to just cross this position is
(a) 5 m/s (b) mg m/s (c) 7 m/s (d) 7 5 m/s

68. In the above problem the speed of stone at the lowest position is
(a) 5 m/s (b) 5 7 m/s (c) 7 m/s (d) 7 5 m/s

69. A stone is whirled in a vertical circle. In what position of the stone is the tension in the string maximum
(a) in the position when the string is horizontal (b) in the highest position of the stone
(c) in the lowest position of the stone (d) the tension remains same at all positions

70. A frictionless track ABCDE ends in a circular loop of radius A

R. A body slides down the track from point A which is at a
height h = 5 cm. Maximum value of R for the body to
successfully complete the loop is h
D

(a) 5 cm (b) 15 cm
2R C
4
10 E
(c) cm (d) 2 cm B
3

71. A small particle of mass ‘m’ is projected along a smooth

vertical loop of radius r, so as to just loop the loop. The force
acting on the loop when the radius vector joining the particle
is horizontal is

(a) 3 mg
(b) 4 mg
(c) 10 mg
(d) 17 mg

72. A small object tied at the end of a string is to be whirled in a vertical circle of radius r. If its speed at the
lowest point is 2 gr , then
(a) the string will be slack at the lowest point
(b) it will not reach the midway point
(c) its speed at the highest point will be gr
(d) it will pass the midway point but will not reach the highest point

73. 5
For a particle of mass m to perform vertical circular motion of radius r, its total energy must be mgr.
2
(a) less than (b) equal to (c) greater than (d) greater than or equal to

74. A small bob of mass m is tied to a string and revolved in a vertical circle of radius r. If its speed at the
highest point is 3gr , then the tension in the string at the lowest point is
(a) 5 mg (b) 6 mg (c) 7 mg (d) 8 mg
Circular Motion - MCQs 13

75. A body tied to a string is revolved in a vertical circle at a place where the gravitational acceleration is g, such
that it has just the necessary minimum speed at the top. Its centripetal acceleration when the string is horizontal is
(a) 6 g (b) 3 g (c) 2 g (d) g

76. Starting from rest, a body slides down a frictionless track that ends in a circular loop of diameter D. From
what minimum height from the bottom of the loop should the body start, in terms of D, so that it successfully
loops the loop?
5 4
(a) 2 D (b) D (c) D (d) D
4 5

77. A pendulum with string length l is held in the horizontal position and released. When the string becomes vertical,
the speed of the bob is
(a) gl (b) 2gl (c) 3gl (d) 5gl

78. A pendulum with a bob of mass m is held in the horizontal position and then released into a vertical circle.
When the string becomes vertical, the tension in the string is
(a) zero (b) 2 mg (c) 3 mg (d) 6 mg

79. A stone is tied to a string of length l and is whirled in a vertical circle with the other end of the string as the centre.
At a certain instant of time, the stone is at its lowest position and has a speed u. The magnitude of the change
in velocity as it reaches a position where the string is horizontal (g being acceleration due to gravity) is

(a) 2(u2 − gl) (b) (u2 − gl) (c) u − (u2 − 2gl) (d) (2gl)

10
80. A stone of mass 1 kg tied to a light inextensible string of length L =m, is whirled in a circular path in a vertical
3
plane. The ratio of maximum tension to the minimum tension in the string is 4. If g is taken taken to be
10 m/s2, then the speed of the stone at the highest point of the circle is

(a) 10 m/s (b) 5 2 m/s (c) 10 3 m/s (d) 20 m/s

81. A particle is moving in a vertical circle. The tensions in the string when passing through two positions at
angles 30º and 60º from vertical (lowest position) are T1 and T2 respectively, then
(a) T1 = T2 (b) T2 > T1 (c) T1 > T2 (d) Data insufficient

82. A ball suspended by a thread swings in a vertical plane so that its acceleration in the extreme position and
lowest position are equal. The angle  of thread deflection in the extreme position will be
1
(a) tan–1(2) (b) tan–1 ( 2) (c) tan–1 (d) 2 tan–1 (1/2)
2
 

Miscellaneous :
83. The kinetic energy K of a particle moving along a circle of radius R depends on the distance covered s as,
K = as2 . The force acting on the particle is
(a) 2as2 /R (b) 2as [1+(s2 /R2)]½ (c) 2as (d) 2a R2/s

84. A car sometimes overturns while taking a turn. When it overturns, it is

(a) the inner wheel which leaves the ground first
(b) the outer wheel which leaves the ground first
(c) both the wheel leave the ground simultaneously
(d) either wheel which leaves the ground first
14

85. A particle moves from rest at A on the surface of a smooth

circular cylinder of radius r as shown. At B it leaves the cylinder. A
The equation relating  and  is
(a) 3 sin  =  cos  B
r
(b) 2 sin  =  cos 
(c) 3 sin  =  cos 
(d) 2 sin  =  cos 

 A body of mass m hangs at one end of a string of length l, the other end of which is fixed. It is given a horizontal
velocity so that the string would just reach where it makes an angle of 60º with the vertical. The tension in the
string at bottommost point position is
(a) 2 mg (b) mg (c) 3 mg (d) 3

87. A body whirls a stone in a horizontal circle of radius 1.5 m and at height 2.0 m above level ground. The string
breaks and the stone flies off tangentially and strikes the ground after travelling a horizontal distance of 10 m.
What is the magnitude of the centripetal acceleration of the stone while in circular motion?
(a) 163 m/s2 (b) 64 m/s2 (c) 15.63 m/s2 (d) 125 m/s2

88. The bob of a 0.2 m pendulum describes an arc of circle in a vertical plane. If the tension in the cord is
3 times the weight of the bob when the cord makes an angle 30º with the vertical, then the acceleration
of the bob in that position is
g 3g g
(a) g (b) (c) (d)
2 2 4

HOMEWORK

89. In applying the equation for motion with uniform angular acceleration,  = o + t, the radian measure
(a) must be used for both  and  (b) may be used for  but not for 
(c) may be used for both  and  (d) cannot be used for both  and 

90. When a body moves with a constant speed along a circle

(a) no work is done on it. (b) no acceleration is produced in the body.
(c) no force acts on the body. (d) its velocity remains constant.

91. A body of mass m is moving in a circle of radius r with a constant speed v. The force on the body is m v2 /r and is
directed towards the centre. What is the work done by this force in moving the body over half the circumference of
the circle ?
(a) m v2/r x r (b) zero (c) m v2/r (d) r2 /mv2

92. On a railway curve the outside rail is laid higher than the inside one so that resultant force exerted on the wheels of
the rail car by the tops of the rails will
(a) have a horizontal inward component (b) be vertical
(c) equilibrate the centripetal force. (d) be decreased.

93. A cyclist turns around a curve at 15 km/hour. If he turns at double the speed, the tendency to overturn is
(a) doubled (b) quadrupled (c) halved (d) unchanged

94. A car moving on a horizontal road may be thrown out of the road in taking a turn
(a) by the gravitational force
(b) due to the lack of proper centripetal force
(c) due to the rolling frictional force between the tyre and road
(d) due to the reaction of the ground
Circular Motion - MCQs 15

95. A cyclist taking turn bends inwards while a car passenger taking the same turn is thrown outwards. The reason is
(a) car is heavier than cycle
(b) car has four wheels while cycle has only two.
(c) difference in the speed of the two.
(d) cyclist has to counteract the centrifugal force while in the case of car only the passenger is thrown by this force.

96. When a bunch of keys on the ends of a chain is swung round at steady speed in a circle.
(a) it has an acceleration towards the centre of circle
(b) it is pulled by the chain with centripetal force
(c) it exerts a centrifugal force on the chain
(d) all of the above

97. A particle is moving in a circle with uniform speed. It has constant

(a) velocity (b) acceleration (c) kinetic energy (d) displacement

98. A particle moves in a circle of radius 25 cm at two revolutions per second. The acceleration of theparticle in metre
per s2 is
(a)  2 (b) 82 (c) 42 (d) 22

99. Acar travels North with a uniform velocity. It goes over a piece of mud which sticks to the tyre. The particles of the
mud, as it leaves the ground are thrown
(a) vertically inwards (b) horizontally to the north
(c) horizontally to the south (d) vertically upwards

100. The angular velocity with which the earth spins about its own axis is
(a) 1.23  10−5 rad/s (b) 7.27  10−5 rad/s (c) 2.31  10−5 rad/s (d) 2.77  10−5 rad/s

101. The speed of a ceiling fan increases from 20 rev/sec to 30 rev/sec in 10 seconds. Find the angular acceleration.
(a) 3.14 rad/s2 (b) 1.57 rad/ s2 (c) 6.28 rad/ s2 (d) 0.57 rad/s2

102. When a car is moving in a circular path, the tangential force ;

(a) does work on the car (b) does no work on the car
(c) is a fictitious force (d) helps in the conservation of angular momentum
103. The angular speed of a fly-wheel making 120 revolutions/minute is
(a)  rad/s (b) 2 rad/s (c) 4 rad/s (d) 42 rad/s

104. When a body moves with a constant speed along a circle

(a) its velocity remains constant (b) no force acts on it
(c) no work is done on it (d) no acceleration is produced in it

105. A stone tied to the end of a 20 cm string is whirled in a horizontal circle. If centripetal acceleration is 9.8 m/s2, then
its angular speed will be
(a) 1.4 rad/s (b) 7 rad/s (c) 14 rad/s (d) 49 rad/s

106. A wheel making 20 revolutions per second is stopped in 20 seconds. Its angular retardation is
(a)  rad / s2 (b) 2 rad / s2 (c) 4 rad / s2 (d) 8 rad / s2

107. The earth (mass = 6  1024 kg) revolves around the sun with an angular velocity of 2 × 10−7 rad/s in a circular orbit
of radius 1.5 × 108 km. The force exerted by the sun on the earth, in newton is
(a) zero (b) 18  1025 (c) 36 × 1021 (d) 27 × 1039

108. A mass of 5 kg is moving in a circle of radius one metre with an angular velocity of 2 rad/s. The centripetal force is
(a) 5 N (b) 10 N (c) 20 N (d) 25 N
16

109. A string can withstand a tension of 25 N. What is the greatest speed at which a body of mass 1 kg can be whirled
in a horizontal circle using 1 m length of the string ?
(a) 2.5 m/s (b) 5 m/s (c) 7.5 m/s (d) 10 m/s

110. A car of mass 1000 kg moves on a circular track of radius 20 m. If the coefficient of friction is 0.64, then the
maximum velocity with which the car can move is
(a) 22.4 m/s (b) 11.2 m/s (c) 5.6 m/s (d) zero

111. A car of mass 2000 kg is moving with a speed of 10 m/s on a circular path of radius 20 m on a levelroad. What must
be the frictional force between the car and the road so that the car does not slip ?
(a) 103 N (b) 104 N (c) 105 N (d) 106 N

112. The rail tracks are banked on the curves so that

(a) trains may not fall inwards
(b) weight of train may be reduced
(c) frictional force may be produced between the wheels and the track
(d) centripetal force may be provided by the horizontal component of the normal reaction

113. The correct angle of banking for a curved road of radius 150 m, for a speed of 90 km/h of a four wheeled vehicle is
(a) 20 (b) 23 (c) 25 (d) 27

114. A body of mass m attached to a thread is revolved along a vertical circle of radius r. If its velocity at the topmost
point of the circle is v, then the tension of the thread at that instant will be
mv2
(a) mg – mv r 2 2
(b) mv /r (c) – mg (d) (mv2/4) + mg
r

115. A body of mass m hangs at one end of a string of length a, the other end of which is fixed. It is given a horizontal
velocity so that the string would just become slack, when it makes an angle of 60° with the upward drawn
vertical. The tension in the string at this position is
(a) 4.5 mg (b) mg (c) 3 mg (d) mg

116. A particle describes a circular path of radius 10 m every 2 s. The average angular speed of the particle is
(a)  rad/s (b)  rad/s (c)  rad/s (d)  rad/s

117. The angular speed of the minute hand of a clock in degree per second is
(a) 6 (b) 1 (c) 0.5 (d) 0.1

118. A car goes round a circular track of radius 50 m with a speed of 25 m/s. Its angular speed is
(a) 0.5 rad/s (b) 2 rad/s (c) 5 rad/s (d) 1250 rad/s

119. A car is travelling due North. The angular velocity of its wheels is due
(a) East (b) West (c) North (d) South

120. An object moving in a circle will have an angular acceleration only if the net force on it
(a) is entirely centripetal (b) is entirely centrifugal
(c) is entirely tangential (d) has a tangential component

121. A particle moves in a circular path of radius 10 cm with a constant speed of 10 cm/s. It acceleration is
(a) 100 cm/s2 (b) 10 cm/s2 (c) 1 cm/s2 (d) zero
Circular Motion - MCQs 17

122. A particle moving in a plane is acted upon by a force of constant magnitude such that in every infinitesimal
time interval the work done by the force is zero. Then, the particle moves
(a) in a parabolic path (b) with a constant velocity
(c) in a circle (d) with a constant acceleration

123. For a particle to perform uniform circular motion, it must be acted upon by a force directed
(a) opposite to the radius vector (b) along its linear velocity
(c) opposite to its linear velocity (d) along the radius vector

124. A stone is tied to a string and rotated in a horizontal circle with constant angular velocity. If the string is
released, the stone flies
(a) radially inward (b) tangentially forward
(c) radially outward (d) tangentially backward

125. The Earth’s speed around the Sun is 30 km/s. The centripetal acceleration of the Earth in its orbit is
[r = 1.5 × 1011m]
(a) 6 × 10–6 m/s2 (b) 6 × 10–5 m/s2 (c) 6 × 10–3 m/s2 (d) 6 × 10–2 m/s2

126. A body of mass 0.4 kg is revolved in a horizontal circle of radius 5 m. If it performs 120 rpm, then the centripetal
force acting on it is
(a) 42 N (b) 82 N (c) 162 N (d) 322 N

127. Two particles with their masses in the ratio 2 : 3 perform uniform circular motion with orbital radii in the
ratio 3 : 2. If the centripetal force acting on them is the same, then the ratio of their speeds is
(a) 4 : 9 (b) 1 : 1 (c) 3 : 2 (d) 9 : 4

128. A rope can withstand a tension of 2 kg wt. A body of mass 2 kg is tied to this rope and revolved in a horizontal
circle of radius 5 m. The maximum frequency of revolution possible is [g = 10 m/s2]
(a) 0.2 rev/s (b) 0.5 rev/s (c) 1 rev/s (d) 2 rev/s

129. A body of mass 0.1 kg tied to a string of length 5 m is revolved in a vertical circle. If the breaking tension of
the string is 9 N, then the maximum angular speed the body can have is [g = 10 m/s2]
(a) 1 rad/s (b) 2 rad/s (c) 3 rad/s (d) 4 rad/s

130. A body of mass 1 kg is attached to a string of breaking tension 80 kgwt and revolved in a horizontal circle of
radius 2 m. The maximum frequency of revolution without breaking the string is [g = 9.8 m/s2]
(a) 3.15 rpm (b) 9.93 rpm (c) 3.15 rps (d) 9.93 rps

131. When a motorcyclist takes a circular turn on a level race track, the centripetal force is provided by
(a) the resultant of the normal reaction and frictional force
(b) the horizontal component of the normal reaction
(c) the frictional force between the tyres and road
(d) the vertical component of the normal reaction

132. The maximum speed with which a car can be driven safely along a curved road of radius 17.32 m and banked
at 30º with the horizontal is [g = 10 m/s2]
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s (c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s
18

133. If a metre gauge railway track at a curve is banked at an angle of tan–1 0.07, then the elevation of the outer rail
above the inner rail is
(a) 7 mm (b) 7 cm (c) 70 cm (d) 7 m

134. An aircraft cruising at 200 m/s takes a horizontal circular turn of radius 5 km. Its angle of banking is
(a) < 30º (b) < 45º (c) 45º (d) > 45º

135. A circular road is banked at an angle θ for an optimum speed vo . The vertical component of the normal reaction
on a car driven at the speed vo on the road is equal to (in the usual notations)
(a) mg (b) mg – μs N sinθ (c) mg + μs N sinθ (d) N (1 – μs N sinθ)

136. The string of a conical pendulum has a length L and makes on angle  with the vertical. The equivalent simple
pendulum with the same period has a length
L
(a) (b) L (c) L cos (d) L sin
cos 

137. In a conical pendulum, the axial height of the right circular cone described by the string is equal to the radius
of the circular path of its bob. The tension in the string is
mg
(a) (b) mg (c) mg (d) 2 mg
2 2

138. The period of a conical pendulum of string length 2 m is 2 s. The radius of the bob’s orbit is about
[g = 9.8 m/s2]
1
(a) m (b) 1 m (c) 2m (d) 3m
2

139. In a conical pendulum, is there a limitation on the semi vertical angle  between the string and vertical?
(a)  cannot be 0º (b) cannot be 45º (c)  cannot be 90º (d) There’s no limitation

140. A small body of mass m, tied to a string and revolved in a vertical circle is just able to reach to the top of the
path and complete the circle. The tension in the string at the lowest point of the path is
(a) mg (b) 2 mg (c) 4 mg (d) 6 mg

141. A bob of mass 30 g suspended by a string is able to complete a vertical circular loop at a place where
g = 10 m/s2. If the maximum change in its PE during the motion is 0.6 J, then the radius of the path is
(a) 10 m (b) 2 m (c) 1 m (c) 0.5 m

142. For a body to be revolved in a vertical circle of radius 1 m, its critical speed at the top should be
(a) 3.13 m/s (b) 6.32 m/s (c) 9.48 m/s (d) 12.64 m/s

143. A small bob is suspended by a string of length L. What minimum horizontal velocity must be imparted to the bob
for it to just reach the height of suspension?

(a) gL (b) 2gL (c) 3gL (d) 5gL

144. A body of mass 0.1 kg tied to a string of length 5 m is revolved in a vertical circle such that the maximum
tension in the string 9 N. The minimum tension in the string is
(a) 0 N (b) 3 N (c) 4 N (d) 6 N
Circular Motion - MCQs 19

145. A small object, tied at the end of a string of length r, is launched into a vertical circle with a speed 2 gr at
the lowest point. Its speed when the string is horizontal is
(a) > 3gr (b) = 3gr (c) = 2gr (d) 0

146. A particle suspended by a light inextensible thread of length l is projected horizontally from its lowest position
with velocity 7gl / 2 . The string will slack after swinging through an angle equal to
(a) 30º (b) 90º (c) 120º (d) 150º

147. A stone is rotated in a vertical circle. Speed at bottommost point is 8gR , where R is the radius of circle.
The ratio of tension at the top and the bottom is
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 3 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 1 : 4

148. A bucket full of water is rotated in a vertical circle of radius R. If the water does not split out, then the speed
of the bucket at topmost point will be

(a) Rg (b) 5gR (c) 2Rg (d)

149. A pendulum bob has speed of 3 m/s at its lowest position. The pendulum is 0.5 m long. The speed of the bob,
when string makes an angle of 60º to the vertical is (g = 10 m/s2)
1
(a) 2 m/s (b) m/s (c) 1 m/s (d) 2.5 m/s
2

150. A sphere is suspended by a thread of length l. What minimum horizontal velocity has to be imparted to the
ball for it to reach the height of the suspension?

(a) 5 gl (b) 2 gl (c) gl (d) 2 gl

151. A body of mass 1 kg is moving in a vertical circular path of radius 1 m. The difference between the kinetic
energies at its highest and lowest positions is

(a) 20 J (b) 10 J (c) 4 5 J (d) 10 ( 5 −1) J

C
152. A stone is attached to one end of a string and rotated in a
vertical circle. If string breaks at the position of maximum
tension, it will break at
(a) A
D B
(b) B
(c) C
(d) D

153. A stone of mass of 16 kg is attached to a string 144 m long and is whirled in a horizontal circle. The maximum
tension the string can withstand is 16 N. The maximum velocity of revolution that can be given to the stone
without breaking it, will be
(a) 20 ms–1 (b) 16 ms–1 (c) 14 ms–1 (d) 12 ms–1
20

154. If mass, speed and radius of the circle of a particle moving uniformly in a circular path are all increased by 50%
the necessary force required to maintain the body moving in the circular path will have to be increased by
(a) 225% (b) 125% (c) 150% (d) 100%

155. A simple pendulum oscillates in a vertical plane. When it passes through the bottommost point, the tension in the
string is 3 times the weight of the pendulum bob. What is the maximum displacement of the pendulum of the string
with respect to the vertical
(a) 30º (b) 45º (c) 60º (d) 90º

156. An automobile enters a turn of radius R. If the road is banked at an angle of 45º and the coefficient of friction
is 1, the minimum speed with which the automobile can negotiate the turn without skidding is
rg rg 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) zero
2 2 rg

157. A particle starts travelling on a circle with constant tangential acceleration. The angle between velocity vector and
acceleration vector, at the moment when particle complete half the circular track, is
(a) tan–1 (2π ) (b) tan–1 (π ) (c) tan–1 (3π ) (d) zero

158. A child is swinging a swing. Minimum and the maximum heights of swing from earth’s surface are 0.75 m and
2 m respectively. The maximum velocity of this swing is (g = 10 m/s2)
(a) 5 m/s (b) 10 m/s (c) 15 m/s (d) 20 m/s

159. When the angular velocity of a uniformly rotating body has increased thrice, the resultant of forces applied to
it increases by 60 newton. Find the accelerations of the body in the two cases. The mass of the body, m = 3 kg.
(a) 2.5 ms–2, 7.5 ms–2 (b) 7.5 ms–2, 22.5 ms–2
(c) 5 ms–2, 45 ms–2 (d) 2.5 ms–2, 22.5 ms–2

160. A particle is moving along a circular path of radius 5 m with a uniform speed 5 ms–1. What will be the average
acceleration when the particle completes half revolution ?
10 –2
(a) Zero (b) 10 ms–2 (c) 10 ms–2 (d) ms


161. A particle P is moving in a circle of radius a with a uniform speed u. C is the centre of the circle and AB is a
diameter. The angular velocities of Pabout A and C are in the ratio:
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 4 : 2

162. A simple pendulum is vibrating with an angular amplitude of 90° O

B´ B
as shown in the given figure. For what value of , is the
acceleration directed ?
(i) vertically upwards 

(ii) horizontally
(iii) vertically downwards C

 1   1 
(a) 0°, cos–1   , 90° (b) 90°, cos–1   , 0°
A
 3  3
 1   1 
(c) cos–1   , 0°, 90° (d) cos–1   , 90°, 0°
 3  3
Circular Motion - MCQs 21

163. When a particle moves in a circle with a uniform speed :

(a) Its velocity and acceleration are both constant
(b) Its velocity is constant but the acceleration changes
(c) Its acceleration is constant but the velocity changes
(d) Its velocity and acceleration both change.

164. A particle of mass m is observed from an inertial frame of reference and is found to move in a circle of radius
r with uniform speed v. The centrifugal force on it is :
mv2 mv2
(a) towards the centre (b) away from the centre
r2 r
mv
(c) along the tangent through the particle (d) Zero
r

165. A particle is kept fixed on a turntable rotating uniformly. As seen from the ground, the particle goes in a circle,
its speed is 20 cm/s and acceleration is 20 cm/s2. The particle is now shifted to a new position to make the radius
half of the original value. The new values of the speed and acceleration will be :
(a) 10 cm/s, 10 cm/s2 (b) 10 cm/s, 80 cm/s2 (c) 40 cm/s, 10 cm/s2 (d) 40 cm/s, 40 cm/s2

166. Water in a bucket is whirled in a vertical circle with a string attached to it. The water does not fall down even
when the bucket is inverted at the top of its path. We conclude that in this position :
mv2 mv2
(a) mg = (b) mg is greater than
r r
mv2 mv2
(c) mg is not greater than (d) mg is not less than
r r

167. A coin placed on a rotating turntable just slips if it is placed at a distance of 4 cm from the centre. If the angular
velocity of the turntable is doubled, it will just slip at a distance of :
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) 4 cm (d) 8 cm

168. Let  denote the angular displacement of a simple pendulum oscillating in a vertical plane. If the mass of the bob
is m, then the tension in the string is mg cos  :
(a) Always (b) Never (c) At the extreme position (d) At the mean position

169. The length of second’s hand in a watch is 1 cm. The change in velocity of its tip in 15 seconds is:
  2
(a) Zero (b) cm/sec (c) cm/sec (d) cm/sec
30 2 30 30
170. A car moves on a circular road. It describes equal angles about the centre in equal intervals of time. Which of
the following statement about the velocity of the car is true :
(a) Magnitude of velocity is not constant
(b) Both magnitude and direction of velocity change
(c) Velocity is directed towards the centre of the circle
(d) Magnitude of velocity is constant but direction changes

171. What is the angular velocity of earth about its own axis ?
2 2 2 2
(a) rad/sec (b) rad/sec (c) rad/sec (d) rad/sec
86400 3600 24 6400
22

172. A point mass m is suspended from a light thread of length ℓ, fixed at O, O

is whirled in a horizontal circle at constant speed as shown. From your

point of view, stationary with respect to the mass, the forces on the
mass are :
m
T
T

(a) F (b)

W
W
T T

F
(c) (d) F F

W
W

173. A stone tied to the end of a string 1m long is whirled in a horizontal circle with a constant speed. If the stone
makes 22 revolution in 44 seconds, what is the magnitude and direction of acceleration of the stone :
2
(a) ms–2 and direction along the radius away from the centre
4
(b) 2 ms–2 and direction along the radius away from the centre
(c) 2 ms–2 and direction along the radius towards the centre
(d) 2 ms–2 and direction along the tangent to the circle

174. If the length of the second’s hand in a stop clock is 3 cm, the angular velocity and linear velocity of the tip is :
(a) 0.2047 rad/sec., 0.0314 m/sec (b) 0.2547 rad/sec., 0.314 m/sec
(c) 0.1472 rad/sec., 0.06314 m/sec (d) 0.1047 rad/sec., 0.00314 m/sec

175. For a particle in circular motion the centripetal acceleration is :

(a) Less than its tangential acceleration
(b) Equal to its tangential acceleration
(c) More than its tangential acceleration
(d) May be more or less than its tangential acceleration

176. A particle moves in a circular pathwith decreasing speed. Choose the correct statement :
(a) Angular momentum remains constant
(b) Acceleration ( a ) is towards the centre
(c) Particle moves in a spiral path with decreasing radius
(d) The direction of angular momentum remains constant

177. The angle turned by a body undergoing circular motion depends on time as  =  +  t +  t2. Then the angular
0 1 2
acceleration of the body is :
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 2 1 (d) 2 2
Circular Motion - MCQs 23

178. An arched bridge is to be designed such that cars may pass over it upto a speed of 180 km h–1 without jumping
off the rod while crossing it. If g = 10 m s–2 then the radius of curvature of the arch should be :
(a) 2550 m maximum (b) 250 m maximum (c) 180 m maximum (d) 200 m maximum

179. A particle moves along an arc of a circle of radius R. Its velocity v depends on the distance s covered by it the
relation v = a where
s a is a constant. Then tan  where  is the angle between the total acceleration and tangential
acceleration is given by :

s 2s s 2s
(a) (b) (c) (d)
R R 2R R

180. The slope of kinetic energy-displacement curve of a particle in circular motion is :

(a) Directly proportional to momentum (b) Inversely proportional to the accelerating force
(c) Equal to accelerating force (d) Equal to centripetal force

181. A particle of mass m is moving in a circular path of constant radius r such that its centripetal acceleration
ac is varying with time t as ac = k2 r t2 where k is a constant. The power delivered to the particle by the forces
acting on it is :
(a) 2  k2 r2 t (b) m k2 r2 t (c) (m k4 r2 t5)/3 (d) Zero

182. A hollow cone is fixed with its axis vertical and vertex down. A particle is describing circular motion in contact with
the inside surface of the cone in a horizontal plane at a height h above the vertex. If the inside surface is frictionless,
then the velocity of particle is :
(a) gh (b) 2gh (c) gh / 2 (d) 3gh / 2

183. A particle P is moving along a circle of radius R with constant

speed v. Its angular velocity with respect to a point A on the circle
shown in figure is :
O
v v
(a) (b)  P
R 2R 
vsin 
(c) (d) v cos 
R R A

184. For a car taking a turn on a horizontal surface, let N1 and N2 be the normal reaction of the road on the inner
and outer wheels respectively :
(a) N1 is always greater than N2
(b) N2 is always greater than N1
(c) N1 is always equal to N2
(d) Either (a) or (b) depending on the speed of the car and radius of curvature of the road

185. A curved section of a road is banked for a speed v. If there is no friction between the road and the tyres, then:
(a) A car moving with speed v will not slip on the road
(b) Car is more likely to slip on the road at speeds higher than v, than at speeds lower than v
(c) A car is more likely to slip on the road at speeds lower than v, than at speeds higher than v
(d) A car remains stationary on the road without slipping

186. A railway track is banked for a speed v, by making the height of the outer rail h higher than that of the inner
rail. The distance between the rails is d. The radius of curvature of the track is r. Then:
 −1 h  –1  h 
h v2 v2 v2 h v2
= (b) tan sin = (c) tan = =
(a)
d rg   d (d)
r dg
 d rg   rg
24

187. A cyclist moves along a curved road with a velocity v. The road is banked for speed v. The angle of banking
is . Which of the following statements is not true?
(a) The cyclist will lean away from the vertical at an angle 
(b) The normal reaction of the road will pass through the centre of gravity of the ‘cycle plus cyclist’ system
(c) There will be no force of friction between the tyres and the road
(d) The cyclist is in equilibrium with respect to the ground

188. The angular speed of the minute hand of a clock in degrees per second is :
(a) 1 (b) 0.1 (c) 0.5 (d) 1.5

189. A particle is performing a U.C.M. along a circle of radius R. In half the period of revolution, its displacement
and distance covered are :
(a) R, R (b) 2R, 2R (c) 2R, R (d) 2R , 2R

190. The angular displacement of the minute hand of a clock in 20 minutes is :

 2 4
(a) radian (b) radian (c) radian (d) 360°
2 3 3

191. If the second hand of a clock is 10 cm long, then the linear speed of its tip is :
  5
(a) m/s (b) m/s (c) 2 m/s (d) m/s
300 150 6

192. A particle is performing a U.C.M. along a circle of radius r. The relation between its centripetal acceleration
(a) and kinetic energy (E) is given by :
E 2E  2E 2
(a) a = 2Em (b) a = (c) a = (d) a =  
mr mr  mr 
 20 
193. A particle moves along a circle of radius m with constant tangential acceleration. If the velocity of the particle
  
 
is 80 m/s, at the end of second revolution, after the motion has begun, then the tangential acceleration is :
(a) 40 m/s2 (b) 40 m/s2 (c) 80 m/s2 (d) 80 m/s2

194. Angle of banking does not depend upon :

(a) Gravitational acceleration (b) Mass of the moving vehicle
(c) Radius of curvature of the circular path (d) Velocity of the vehicle

195. The angular displacement  of a flywheel varies with time as  = at + bt2 + ct3 then its angular acceleration is
given by :
(a) a + 2b + 3c (b) 2b + 6ct (c) 2b – 8ct (d) 2b + 12ct

196. Acurved road of radius r is perfectly banked for a speed v. Acar of weight W goes round the curvewith speed v (friction
neglected), and the normal reaction of the road is N. Then :
(a) The centripetal force is the resultant of W and N
(b) Normal reaction is W
(c) The centripetal force is zero
(d) The centripetal force is W
Circular Motion - MCQs 25

197. If we revolve a stone of mass m tied to the end of a string in a vertical circle of radius R. The net forces at the
lowest and highest points of the circle, directed vertically downwards are :
Lowest point Highest point
(a) mg – T1 mg + T2
(b) mg + T1 mg – T2
mv 21 mv 22
(c) mg + T1 – mg – T2 +
R R
mv2 mv2
2
(d) mg – T1 – 2
mg + T2 +
R R
Here, T1, T2 (and v1, v2 ) denote the tension in the string (and the speed of the stone) at the lowest and highest
respectively.

198. A stone of mass m tied to a string of length L is whirled in a vertical circle. If the string remains just
stretched when the stone is at the top of the circle, then the tension in the string when the stone is at the
bottom of the circle is
(a) 3 mg (b) 6 mg (c) mg (d) 2 mg

199. The speed of a particle moving in a circle slows down at a rate of 2 m/sec2. At some instant the magnitude
of the total acceleration is 4 m/sec2 and the particle speed is 12 m/sec. The radius of circle will be :
(a) 21 m (b) 42 m (c) 10.5 m (d) 48 m

200. A point moves along a circle with velocity v = at. The total acceleration of the point at a time when it has
traced 1/8th of the circumference is
v a
(a) (b) 2a 4 + 2 (c) a (d) 4 + 2
8a 2
201. The kinetic energy T of a particle of mass m moving in a circle of radius 4 varies with the distance traced,
S as T = KS2. The tangential acceleration of the particle is
KS2 2KS KS3 2KS2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
m m 3m r
202. A motor cyclist rides around the well with at round vertical wall and does not fall down while riding because
(a) the force of gravity disappears
(b) he loses weight some how
(c) he is kept in this path due to the force exerted by surrounding air
(d) the frictional force of the wall balances his weight

203. Two particles P and Q are located a distances rP and rQ respectively from the centre of a rotating disc such
that rP > rQ
(a) Both P and Q have the same acceleration (b) Both P and Q do not have any acceleration
(c) P has greater acceleration than Q (d) Q has greater acceleration than P

204. For a banked curve, corresponding to a certain velocity v0, where v0 = gR
(a) the curve is designed for a particular type of vehicle
(b) the vehicle cannot move with a velocity less than v0
(c) the vehicle cannot move with a velocity greater than v0
(d) friction does not come into action, if it moves with a velocity ‘v0’
26

205. A conical pendulum of length 10 cm rotates with the vertex angle as 120° of the cone described by it.
Its time period will be
  3 3
(a) s (b) s (c) 2 s (d) 2 s
14 7 294 588

206. A particle rests on the top of a smooth hemisphere of radius r. gr

It is imparted a horizontal velocity of gr . The angle made

by the radius vector joining the particle with the vertical, at
the instant, the particle looses contact with the sphere is
 + 2   r
(a) cos–1  3  (b) cos–1 
  360
O
–1  2 −1 –1 1−
2
   (d) sin 
 
(c) sin
   

207. A string of length L is fixed at one end and carries a mass M at the other end.
The string makes 2/ revolutions per second around the vertical axis through

the fixed end as shown in the figure, the tension in the string is L
T
(a) ML
(b) 2 ML
(c) 4 ML T sin 
M
(d) 16 ML r

208. For a particle moving in vertical circle

(a) K.E. is constant (b) P.E is constant
(c) neither K.E. nor P.E. is constant (d) K.E. is constant but P.E. is not constant

209. A particle of mass 10 gm is tied to one end of a string of length 1 m. It rotates in vertical circle. When
the string makes an angle of 60° with the vertical, its velocity is 2 m/sec. The tension in the string in this
position is (g = 9.8 m/sec2)
(a) 0.4 N (b) 0.49 N (c) 0.89 N (d) 0.98 N

210. A mass ‘m’ on a frictionless table is attached to a hanging mass ‘M’ by a chord through a hole in the table.
The condition with which ‘m’ must spin with linear velocity v, for ‘M’ to stay at rest is
v2 m v2 m v2 Mg v2 M
(a) = = = =
(b) (c) (d)
R Mg R M R m R m
 Chapter 03

Rotational Motion

ALL THAT YOU NEED TO KNOW :

1. Equations of Linear Motion and Rotational Motion :

No. Linear Motion Rotation Motion

(i) If linear acceleration a = constant, If angular acceleration is 0, and  = t
then  = constant
(ii) If linear acceleration a = constant, then Ifangularacceleration = constant, then
(u + v) (1 + 2 )
(a) s = t (a)  = t
2 2
u−v 1 − 2
(b) a = (b)  = t
t
(c) v = u + at (c) 2 = 1 + t
1 1
(d) s = ut + at2 (d)  =  t + at2
2 1 2
(e) v2 = u2 + 2as (e) 2 =  + 2a
2
2 1

1 
(f ) snth = u+ a(2n – 1) (f ) nth =  + (2n – 1)
2 1 2

2. Moment of Inertia :
Moment of inertia plays the same role in rotational motion as mass plays in linear motion. It is the property of a body
due to which it opposes any change in its state of rest or uniform rotation.
(i) Moment of inertia depends on mass, distribution of mass and on the position of axis of rotation.
(ii) Moment of inertia does not depend on angular velocity, angular acceleration, torque, angular momentum and
rotational kinetic energy.
(iii) It is not a vector as direction (clockwise or anti-clockwise) is not to be specified and also not a scalar as it has
different values in different directions. Actually it is a tensor quantity.
(iv) In case of a hollow and solid body of same mass, radius and shape for a given axis, moment of inertia of hollow
body is greater than that for the solid body because it depends upon the mass distribution.

3. Radius of Gyration :
When square of radius of gyration is multiplied with the mass of the body, it gives the moment of inertia of the body
about the given axis.

I
I = Mk2  k =
M
28

Here k is called radius of gyration.

From the formula of discrete distribution,

m m
I = m1r12 + m 2 r22 + m 3 r32 + ..... + m n r2n m
m
m
If m1 = m2 = m3 =..... = m then
I = m( r2 + r2 + r2 + ..... + r2 ) ............................... (i)
1 2 3 n

From the definition of radius of gyration,

I = Mk2..................................................................................................... (ii)
By equating (i) and (ii)
Mk2 = m( r2 + r2 + r2 + ....... r2 )
1 2 3 n
m
nmk2 = m( r2 + r2 + r2 + ..... r2 ) [As M = nm]
1 2 3 n

r12 + r22 + r32 + ..... + rn2

∴ k=
n

Hence radius of gyration of a body about a given axis is equal to root mean square distance of the constituent particles
of the body from the given axis.
(i) Radius of gyration (k) depends on shape and size of the body, position and configuration of the axisof rotation,
distribution of mass of the body w.r.t. the axis of rotation.
(ii) Radius of gyration (k) does not depends on the mass of body.
(iii) Dimension [M0L1T0]
(iv) S. I. unit : Metre.
(v) Significance of radius of gyration : Through this concept, a real body (particularly irregular) is replaced by a
point mass for dealing its rotational motion.
Example : In case of a disc rotating about an axis through its centre of mass and perpendicular to its plane

I (1/2)MR 2 R
k= = =
M M 2
R 
So instead of disc we can assume a point mass M at a distance from the axis of rotation for dealing the
 
 2
rotational motion of the disc.
Note : For a given body inertia is constant whereas moment of inertia is variable.

4. Moment of inertia of two point masses about their centre of mass :

Let m1 and m2 be two masses distant r from each other and r1 and r2 be the distances oftheir centre of mass from m1
and m2 respectively, then
(i) r1 + r2 = r
Centre of mass m2
m1
r1
(ii) m1r1 = m2r2
Rotational Motion - MCQs 29

m2 m1
(iii) r1 = and r2 =
m1 + m2 m1 + m 2

(iv) I = m1r12 + m 2 r22

Here I = Moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through centre of mass and perpendicular to
the line joining the masses.

(v) I =  m1m2  r2 = mr2 [where m = m1m2 is known as reduced mass .

m +m m +m
 1 2  1 2

(vi) In diatomic molecules like H2, HCl etc. moment of inertia about their centre of mass is derived from above
formula.

5. Moment of inertia of Some Standard Bodies About Different Axes :

Body Axis of roation Figure Moment k k2/R2

Ring About an axis

passing through C.G. MR2 R 1
and perpendicular to
its plane
1 R
About its diameter MR2 1
2 2 2
About a tangential 3 3 3
axis in its own plane MR2 R
2 2 2

About a tangential axis 2MR2 2R 2

perpendicular to its own
plane

Disc About an axis passing

1 R 1
through C.G. and MR2
perpendicularto its plane 2 2 2

1 R 1
About its diameter MR2
4 2 4

About a tangential 5
MR2 5 5
axis in its own plane R
4 2 4

About a tangential 3 3 3
axis perpendicular to MR2 R
2 2 2
its own plane
30

Annular Passing through M

disc inner the centre and R2 [R 2 + R 2 ] – –
1 2
2
radius = R1 perpendicular to R1

and outer the plane

radius = R2
M
Diameter [R 2 + R 2 ] – –
1 2
4

Tangential and parallel R1

M
[5R 21 + R 22 ]
R2

to the diameter – –
4

Tangential and
M
perpendicular to the [3R 22 + R 21 ] –
2
plane

Solid About its own R 1 R 1

cylinder axis MR2
2 2 2
L

Tangential and 3 3 3
parallel to its MR2 R
2 2 2
own axis

About an axis
M  L + R 
2 2
passing through L2 R 2
12 4 +
its C.G. and   12 4
perpendicular to
its own axis

About the diameter  L2 R2  L2 R 2

M +  +
of one of faces of 3 4  3 4
the cylinder

Cylindrical About its own axis MR2 R 1

shell

Tangential 2MR2 2R 2
(Generator)
Rotational Motion - MCQs 31

About an axis
M L + R 
2 2  L2 R2 
passing through
12 2 M + 
its C. G. and   3 2 
perpendicular to
its own axis

About the  L2 R2  L2 R 2
diameter of one M +  +
3 2
of faces of the 3 2 
cylinder

Hollow R1

Cylinder M
with inner Axis of
R2
[R 2 + R 2 ] – –
1 2
2
radius cylinder
= R1 and
outer
radius =R2

M
Tangential and [R 2 + 3R 2 ] – –
1 2
2
parallel to its own
axis

Solid About its 2 2 2

Sphere diametric axis MR2 R
5 5 5

7 7
MR2 R 7
About a tangential
axis 5 5 5

Hollow About its 2 2 2

Sphere diametric axis MR2 R
3 3 3

About a 5 5
tangential axis MR2 R
3 3

Hollow About its

sphere diametric axis 2  R 5 − R5 
M 2 1

of inner 5  R 3 − R3 
2 1
radius R1
and outer
radius R2
32

2 R2 −R1 
5 5

+MR22
5 R3 −R3 
M
Tangential 2 1

Long About an axis

uniform passing through ML2 L
thin rod its centre of mass L 12 12
and perpendicular
to rod

About an axis
passing through ML2 L
its edge and L 3 3
perpendicular to
rod

Rectangular Passing through

M
lamina of the centre of mass [l2 + b2]
length l and perpendicular b 12
and to the plane ℓ
breadth b

Tangential M
perpendicular [4l2 + b2]
12
to the plane
and at the mid-
point of breadth

Tangential M
perpendicular [l2 + 4b2]
12
to the plane and
at the mid-point
of length
Rotational Motion - MCQs 33

6. Energy distribution table for different rolling bodies :

K2 KT KR
Body Translatory (KT) Rotatory (KR) Total (KN)
R2 K N (%) KN %
1 1 2 1  K2 
mv2 mv2 K 2 mv 1 + 2 
2
2 R 2
2  R 
1 1 1 1
Ring and 1 mv2 mv2 mv2 (50%) (50%)
Cylindrical 2 2 2 2
cell
1 1 1 3 2 1
Disk and mv2 mv2 mv2 (66.6%) (33.3%)
solid cylinder 2 2 4 4 3 3

2 1 1 7 5 2
Solid sphere mv2 mv2 mv2 (71.5%) (28.5%)
5 2 5 10 7 7
2 1 1 5 3 2
Hollow sphere mv2 mv2 mv2 (60%) (40%)
3 2 3 6 5 5

7. Rolling on an inclined plane :

When a body of mass m and radius R rolls down an inclined plane of height ‘h’ and angle of inclination a, it loses
potential energy. However it acquires both linear and angular speeds and hence, gains kinetic energyof translation and
that of rotation.
1  K2  u= 0
By conservation of mechanical energy mgh = mv 
2 1+
2 
2  R 
s
2gh h

(i) Velocity at the lowest point : v = K2

1+ 2
R 
2 2
(ii) Acceleration in motion : From equation v = u + 2as

2gh
K2 we get a = g sin 
h
By substituting u = 0, s = and v = 1+ 2
sin 
2
R k
1+ 2
R
(iii) Time of descent : From equation v = u + at
By substituting u = 0 and value of ‘v’ and ‘a’ from above expressions, we get

1 2h  k2 
t=  1+ 
sin  g  R2 
34

8. Velocity, Acceleration and Time for Different Bodies :

Rolling down on an inclined plane :

K2
Body Velocity Acceleration Time of descent
R2
2gh g sin
v= a= 2 1 2h  k2 
t= 1 + 2 
2
1+ K2 1+ k2
R R sin g  R 
Ring or Hollow 1 1 4h
cylinder 1 gh g sin  sin  g
2
Disc or solid 1 2 1 3h
4gh
cylinder or 0.5 g sin  sin  g
2 3 3
2 10 5 1 14h
Solid sphere or 0.4 gh g sin  sin  5g
5 7 7

2 6 3 1 10h
Hollow sphere or 0.66 gh g sin  sin  3g
3 5 5

9. Few graphs :
(i) Between moment of inertia and radius of gyration.
(ii) Between rotational K. E. and angular velocity ().
(iii) Between angular momentum (L) and angular velocity ().
(iv) Between angular momentum (L) and K. E. of rotation (E).
Y

X X
O K 

X X
O 
O L

Hint :
(i) We know that I = M K2 or I  K2 . So, the graph between I and K will be a parabola as shown in figure.
1
(ii) Rotational K.E. (ER) = I 2 or ER  2  The graph is a parabola.
2
Rotational Motion - MCQs 35

(iii) L = I  or L  . The graph will be a straight line as shown in figure.

(iv) ER = L2/2 I or ER  L2  The graph will be parabola as shown in figure.

Miscellaneous points :
1. During pure rotatory motion, the axis of rotation passes through centre of mass.
2. Axis of rotation is always perpendicular to plane of rotation.
3. Actually, nothing moves in the direction of angular displacement vector (d) or angular velocity vector () . The
orientation of vector d (or ) only tells that the rotational motion is taking place in a plane perpendicular to it.
4. If the radius of gyration of the body is equal to its radius, then the body is a ring.
5. The M. I. of a body is least when the axis of rotation passes through the centre of gravity of the body.
6. Torque () is a pseudo vector directed along the axis of rotation. Its direction is given by the right hand fist rule as
is the case with angular momentum.
Unit of torque is N-m. Its dimensional formula is ML2T–2.
If a body executes rotatory motion, it is not necessary that a torque acts on it. Torque is necessary for producing
angular acceleration only.
7. Theorem of perpendicular axis is applicable only to thin lamina like sheet, disc, ring etc.
8. Parallel axes theorem is applicable to all type of bodies.
9. The moment of inertia of a cube about its body diagonal is minimum.
10. The ratio of moments of inertia of two discs of same mass and same thickness, but of different densities is given
I R2 d
as I = R12 = d2
1

2 2 1

11. Rotational kinetic energy is maximum for ring and minimum for solid sphere for same mass and moving with same
speed.
12. Total kinetic energy is maximum for ring and minimum for solid sphere for same mass and moving withsame speed.
1  v2  1
1  K2   K2 
13. K.E. of rotation, ER = I = MK  2  = Mv  2  = ET  2 
2 2
2
R R R
2 2   2    

14. Angular momentum :

(i) Angular momentum is a pseudo vector directed along the axis of rotation. Its direction is given by the right
hand fist rule as is the case with angular velocity. For a particle of mass m rotating with a constant speed v in
a circle of radius r, we have L = mr2.
(ii) Angular momentum is an axial vector, as it points along the axis of rotation.
(iii) Unit of angular momentum is kgm2 rad s–1. Often it is also written as kgm2 s–1 by omitting the radian.
Dimensional formula of angular momentum is ML2T–1 .
(iv) 1
(v) When radius of earth reduces to half, its mass remaining constant, then length of the day becomes th its
4
present value ( T  R2)
(vi) If ice on poles starts melting, body I (moment of inertia) and length of day (T) increase,
2
because I = I × = constant.
T
(vii) If a metallic disc is melted and is moulded in the form of a sphere, then M. I. will decrease.
(viii) If there had been a single propeller in a helicopter, then due to non-conservation of angular momentum, the
helicopter would turn in the reverse direction.
36

(ix) When a person standing on a rotating platform raises his arms, M. I. of the system increases. Hence 
decreases.
(x) When no external torque is applied on a body, its angular momentum is constant
i.e. I = const or (MK2) × 2 n = const.
or K 2 = const. It means K 2 n = K 2 n .
n 1 1 2 2

(xi) Relation between angular momentum and kinetic energy of rotationis Krot=L2/2I.
(xii) Angular Impulse, is the product of torque and time for which the torque acts.
(xiii) Angular Impulse = . t = (L2 – L1) = Change in angular momentum.
15. When a body rolls without slipping, its total K. E. = K. E. of translation + K.E. of rotation
2
1 1 1 1 v 1  K2 
or E = mv  R2 
E = mv2 + I2 = mv2 + (mK2)   2 1+
2 2 2 2 R 2  
16. The axis of rotation of the rolling body is parallel to the plane on which it rolls.
17. A body cannot roll down the inclined plane in the absence of friction.
18. Acceleration of a rolling body does not depend on its mass.
K2
19. When bodies of different shapes are allowed to roll down an incline, then the body for which 2 is minimum has
2
R
maximum acceleration and hence it reaches the bottom first. Those bodies for which K
is same, will reach the
R2
bottom together.

Rod rotating in a vertical plane about an axis through one of its end :
A rod (AB) of length ‘ℓ’ is placed vertically on a horizontal rough surface,
B
resting at A. It is allowed to fall such that point ‘A’ remains fixed. The rod
rotates in a vertical plane about an axis passing throughAand perpendicular
to the plane of the diagram. B´

Let AB´ be the position of the rod at some instant of time. In this case the  
centre of mass C shifts of C´. Hence the vertical height through which of the ℓ
C
centre of mass is lowered is :
C´
h = h1 – h2
= h1 – h1 cos  
= h1 (1 – cos )
ℓ
∴ h= (1 – cos )
A
2
∴ Loss of potential energy of the rod = Mgh
ℓ
= Mg (1 – cos )................. (i)
2
Let  be the instantaneous angular speed of the rod in its position AB´.
1
Gain in kinetic energy of the rod = 2.
2
Mℓ2
Now I = is the moment of inertia of rod about axis of rotation through end A.
3
1 Mℓ2 2...............................
∴ Gain in kinetic energy =  (ii)
2 3
Rotational Motion - MCQs 37

By the principle of conservation of energy,

Loss of Potential energy = Gain in Kinetic energy
ℓ 1 Mℓ2 2
∴ Mg (1 – cos ) =  [From (i) and (ii)]
2 2 3
ℓ2
∴ g (1 – cos ) =
3
3g 3g
∴ 2 = (1 – cos )  = (1− cos)
ℓ
If ‘v’ is the instantaneous linear speed of the tip of the rod then,
3g
v = ℓ = ℓ (1− cos ) = ℓ 6g sin2   v= 3gℓ(1 − cos )
2

Note :

(i) Since (1 – cos) = 2sin ,
2
3g  6g  sin 
∴  =  2 sin 2 =
2 2
3g  
and v =  2sin2 = 6gℓ sin
ℓ 2 2
(ii) When the rod just hits the horizontal surface,  = 90°,  cos  = 0
3g
⇒ v = and =
(iii) Instantaneous angular acceleration  can be obtained as follows :
3g
 = (1− cos )
ℓ
3g
∴ 2 = (1 – cos )
ℓ
Differentiating this with respect to time, we get
 d
2 d = 3g sin 
dt ℓ  dt 
d d
But =  and  =
dt dt
3g 3g
∴ 2 = sin .   = sin 
ℓ 2ℓ
38

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS :

CLASSWORK

1. The moment of inertia of a body does not depend upon

(a) the mass of the body (b) the distribution of the mass in the body
(c) the axis of rotation of the body (d) the angular velocity of the body

2. The axis of rotation of a purely rotating body

(a) must pass through the centre of mass (b) may pass through the centre of mass
(c) may pass through a particle of the body (d) must pass through a particle of the body

3. The dimensional formula for moment of inertia is

(a) ML2T2 (b) M2L2T2 (c) ML2T0 (d) M2L2T0

4. The dimensions of the radius of gyration are the same as that of

(a) length/mass (b) length2/mass (c) length (d) length

5. The quantity not involved directly in rotational motion of the body is

(a) moment of inertia (b) torque (c) angular velocity (d) mass

6. A light rod one metre long has two point masses, 0.1 kg each, fixed at its ends. The moment of inertia of the system
about a transverse axis through its centre of mass is
(a) 5 kg.m3 (b) 0.25 kg.m2 (c) 0.05 kg.m2 (d) 0.025 kg.m2

7. Two particles of masses m1 and m2 are connected by a rigid massless rod of length r to constitute a dumb-bell which
is free to move in the plane. The moment of inertia of the dumb-bell about an axis perpendicular to the plane passing
through the centre of mass is :
(a) m1m2 r 2 (b) (m + m ) (c) m1m2 r 2 (d) (m − m2 )
(m + m ) 1 2
(m1 – m2 ) 1
1 2

8. Four masses are fixed on a massless rod as shown in the figure. The moment of inertia about the axis PQ is about :
(a) 2 kg-m2 P
2
(b) 1.04 kg-m 0.2 m 0.2 m 0.2 m 0.2 m
(c) 0.5 kg-m2
(d) 0.3 kg-m2 2 kg 5 kg Q 5 kg 2 kg

9. Five particles of masses 2 kg each are attached to the rim of a circular disc of radius 0.1 m and negligible mass.
Moment of inertia of the system about the axis passing through the centre of the disc and perpendicular to its plane is
(a) 1 kg-m2 (b) 0.1 kg-m2 (c) 2 kg-m2 (d) 0.2 kg-m2

10. Three identical particles are fixed to the corners of an isosceles right-angled triangle by means ofmassless connecting
rods. Each of the two sides has a length d, the moment of inertia of this system when the axis of rotation coincides with
the hypotenuse of the triangle is :
1 1 3
(a) md 2 (b) md
2
(c) md 2 (d) md
2

2 4 4

11. Three point masses m1, m2, m3 are located at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of length ‘a’. The moment of
inertia of the system about an axis along the altitude of the triangle passing through m1, is :
a2 a2
(a) (m + m ) (b) (m + m + m )a2 (c) (m + m ) (d) (m + m ) a2
2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 4 2 3
Rotational Motion - MCQs 39

12. Three point masses each of mass m are placed at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’. Then the moment
of inertia of this system about an axis passing along one side of the triangle is :
3 2
(a) ma2 (b) 3ma2 (c) ma2 (d) ma2
4 3

13. Two uniform, thin identical rods each of mass M and length l are joined together to form a cross. What will be the
moment of inertia of the cross about an axis passing through the point at which the two rods are joined and perpendicular
to the plane of the cross
Ml2 Ml2 Ml2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d) Ml
12 6 4 3
14. Three particles, each of mass M (in gram), are situated at the vertices of an equilateral triangle ABC of side l cm as
shown in the figure.
Y
The moment of inertia of the system about a line AY perpendicular
to AB and in the plane of ABC (in g cm2) will be C
3 5 2
(a) M l2 (b) M l
4 4
3
(c) M l2 (d) 2 M l2
2 A X
B

15. ABC is a triangular plate of uniformthickness. The sides are in the ratio shown in the figure. IAB , IBC , ICA are the
moments of inertia of the plate about AB, BC, CA respectively. Which one of the following relations is correct ?
(a) ICA is maximum A

(b) IAB > IBC

(c) IBC > IAB 5
4

(d) IAB + IBC = ICA

3 C

16. In a rectangle ABCD, BC = 2 AB. The moment of inertia is minimum along axis through
A E D
(a) BC
(b) CD
(c) HF F H
(d) EG
B C
G
17. A circular disc is to be made by using iron and aluminium, so that it acquires maximum moment of inertia about
geometrical axis. It is possible with
(a) aluminium at interior and iron surrounding it.
(b) iron at interior and aluminium surrounding it.
(c) using iron and aluminium layers in alternate order.
(d) sheet of iron is used at both external surface and aluminium sheet as internal layers.

18. For the same total mass which of the following will have the largest moment of inertia about an axispassing through the
centre of gravity and perpendicular to the plane of the body ?
(a) A disc of radius a (b) A ring of radius a
(c) A square lamina of side 2a (d) Four rods forming square of side 2a

19. The moment of inertia of a regular circular disc of mass 0.4 kg and radius 1 m about the axis perpendicular to the plane
of the disc and passing through its centre is :
(a) 0.002 kg m2 (b) 0.02 kg m2 (c) 2.0 kg m2 (d) 0.2 kg m2
40

20. A cylinder of 500 g and radius 10 cm has the moment of inertia (about its natural axis)
(a) 6.5 × 10–3 kg m2 (b) 2.5 × 10–3 kg m2 (c) 5.2 × 10–3 kg m2 (d) 7.1 × 10–3 kg m2

21. A wheel of 6 kg mass and 0.40 m radius of gyration is making 300 r.p.m. Its moment of inertia willbe
(a) 9.6 kg m2 (b) 0.96 kg m2 (c) 2.4 kg m2 (d) 96.0 kg m2

22. A particle of mass 1 kg is kept at (1 m, 1 m, 1 m). The moment of inertia of this particle about z-axis would be
(a) 1 kg-m2 (b) 2 kg-m2 (c) 3 kg-m2 (d) 4 kg-m2

23. A wire of mass m and length l is bent in the form of a circular ring. The moment of inertia of the ring about its axis is
ml 2 ml 2 ml 2
(a) m l2 (b) (c) (d)
2 2 4 2 8 2

24. From a given sample of a uniform wire, two circular loops P and Q are made, P of radius r and Q of radius nr. If the
M.I. of Q about its axis is 4 times that of P about its axis (assuming wire diameter much smaller, than either radius), the
value of n is :
(a) (4)2/3 (b) (4)1/3 (c) (4)1/2 (d) (4)1/4

25. A portion of a ring of radius R has been removed as shown in figure. Mass of the remaining portion is m. Centre of the
ring is at origin O. Let IA and IO be the moment of inertias passing through points y
A and O and perpendicular to the plane of the ring. Then,
(a) IO = mR2
(b) IO > IA A x
O
(c) IO < IA
(d) IA = IO

26. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a circular disc to that of a circular ring, each of the same mass and radius, around
their respective axes is
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 2 :1 (c) 2 : 3 (d) 3 : 2

27. The radius ofgyration of uniform rod of length L and mass M about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular
to its length is
L2 L L L
(a) (b) (c) (d)
12 2 3 2 2

28. The radius of gyration of a ring of radius R about an axis through its centre and perpendicular to its plane is
(a) 5 R / 2 (b) R/2 (c) R (d) R/ 2

29. The moment of inertia about the symmetry axis of a solid circular disc of radius r equals that of ahollow disc (same
material and same mass) with internal and external radii r and R respectively. Then,
(a) R = 1.189 r (b) R = 1.257 r (c) R = 1.414 r (d) 2 r

30. Two discs have same mass and thickness. Their materials are of densities d1 and d2. The ratio of their moments of
inertia about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to the plane is
2
d  d 
(d)  
2
(a) d1 : d2 (b) d2 : d1 (c)   1

 d2   1
d
Rotational Motion - MCQs 41

31. Two circular iron discs are of the same thickness. The diameter of A is twice that of B. The moment of inertia
of A as compared to that of B is :
(a) Twice as large (b) 4 times as large (c) 8 times as large (d) 16 times as large

32. One circular ring and one circular disc both having the same mass and radius. The ratio of their moments of inertia
about the axes passing through their centres and perpendicular to planes will be
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 1 : 2 (d) 4 : 1

33. If a disc of mass m and radius r is reshaped into a ring of radius 2r, the mass remaining the same, the radius of gyration
about centroidal axis perpendicular to plane goes up by a factor of
(a) 2 (b) 2 (c) 2 2 (d) 4

R
34. A circular disc of radius R and thickness has moment of inertia I about an axis passing through its centre and
6
perpendicular to its plane. It is melted and recasted into a solid sphere. The moment of inertia of the sphere about
its diameter as axis of rotation is :
2I I I
(a) I (b) (c) (d)
8 5 10
35. We have two spheres, one of which is hollow and the other is solid. They have identical masses and moment of inertia
about their respective diametres. The ratio of their radii is given by
(a) 5 : 7 (b) 3 : 5 (c) 3: 5 (d) 3: 7

36. If M is the mass of a disc and r is its radius of gyration, then moment of inertia is given by
1 2 2
(a) Mr2 (b) Mr2 (c) Mr2 (d) Mr2
2 5 3

37. I1 is the moment of inertia of a thin rod about an axis perpendicular to its length and passing through its centre of mass.
I2 is the moment of inertia of a ring formed by bending the rod then
I1 π2 I1 (c) I1
=π
(d) I1 = 4π 
(a) = (b) =3
I2 3 I2 I2 I2

Rotational Kinetic Energy :

38. A ring of mass m and radius r rotates about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane with
angular velocity . Its kinetic energy is :
1 1
(a) m r 2ω2 (b) m r ω
2
(c) m r 2ω2 (d) m rω
2
2 2

39. We know the kinetic energy of a body rotating with an angular speed  depends on
(a) 2 only (c) 3
(b) its mass (d) the distribution of mass and angular speed.

40. The earth is spinning about its own axis once in 24 hours. The rotational kinetic energy is (mass 6  1024 kg and
radius 6400km)
(a) 2.6  1022 J (b) 2.6  1029 J (c) 2.6  1036 J (d) 2.6  1026 J
42

41. The angular velocity of a body rotating about a given axis is doubled. Its kinetic energy.
(a) is doubled (c) becomes four times (b) is halved (d) becomes one-fourth

42. A flywheel rotating about a fixed axis has a kinetic energy of 360 J, when its angular speed is 30 rad s–1. The moment
of inertia of wheel about the axis of rotation is :
(a) 0.6 kg m2 (b) 0.15 kg m2 (c) 0.8 kg m2 (d) 0.75 kg m2

43. A solid cylinder of mass 20 kg rotates about its axis with angular speed 100 rad s–1. The radius of the cylinder is
0.25 m. The kinetic energy associated with the rotation of the cylinder is :
(a) 3,025 J (b) 3,125 J (c) 3,225 J (d) 3,250 J

44. A flywheel having a radius of gyration of 2 m and mass 10 kg rotates at a angular speed of 5 rad/s about an axis
perpendicular to it through its centre. The kinetic energy of rotation is :
(a) 500 J (b) 2000 J (c) 1000 J (d) 250 J

45. A body of moment of inertia of 3 kg × m2 rotating with an angular speed of 2 rad/sec has the same KE as a mass of
12 kg moving with a speed of :
(a) 2 m s–1 (b) 1 m s–1 (c) 4 m s–1 (d) 8 m s–1

Torque [T = I α] :
46. The dimensional formula of a torque is the same as that of
(a) power (b) impulse (c) angular momentum (d) angular kinetic energy

47. When a steady torque is acting on a rotating body, then it

(a) gets linear acceleration (b) gets angular acceleration
(c) is rotated at constant speed (d) does not get any acceleration

48. A wheel, having moment of inertia 2 kg m2 about its vertical axis, rotates at the rate of 60 r.p.m. about this axis. The
torque, which can stop the wheel’s rotation in one minute, would be :
(a) 2 / 15 Nm (b)  / 15 Nm (c)  / 12 Nm (d)  / 18 Nm

49. A constant torque of 31.4 N m is exerted on a pivoted wheel. If angular acceleration of the wheel is 4 rad s–2, then
moment of inertia of the wheel is :
(a) 2.5 kg m2 (b) 3.5 kg m2 (c) 4.5 kg m2 (d) 5.5 kg m2

Angular Momentum :
50. Angular momentum of a body is defined as the product of
(a) mass and angular velocity (b) centripetal force and radius
(c) linear velocity and angular velocity (d) moment of inertia and angular velocity

51. Kilogram (metre)2 per second is the unit of

(a) torque (b) moment of inertia (c) angular acceleration (d) angular momentum

52. The moment of momentum has same dimensions as of

(a) couple (b) torque (c) impulse (d) Planck’s constant

53. The dimensions ofangular momentum is

(a) ML2T−1 (b) ML−1T−1 (c) MLT−1 (d) ML2T−2
Rotational Motion - MCQs 43

54. The angular momentum of a particle is

(a) perpendicular to linear momentum
(b) a scalar quantity
(c) parallel to its linear momentum
(d) may make any angle with the linear momentum

55. If the earth is treated as a sphere of radius R and mass M having period of rotation T, then its angular momentum about
its axis of rotation is :
4πMR2 2π MR2 M R 2T M R 2T
(a) (b) (c) (d)
5T 5T 2π 4π

56. A satellite of mass m is circulating around the earth with constant angular velocity . If radius of the orbit is R and mass
of earth is M, then angular momentum of satellite is :
(a) M Gm / R (b) m GM / R (c) M G m R (d) m GM R

57. If a particle moves in the X-Y plane, the resultant angular momentum has :
(a) only x-component (b) only y-component
(c) both x and y components (d) only z-component

58. A body is moving with a constant velocity parallel to x-axis. Its angular momentum with respect to the origin will
(a) be zero (b) decrease (c) increase (d) remain constant

59. A particle of mass 5 units is moving with a uniform speed of 3 2 units in the XOY plane along the line y = x + 4. The
angular momentum about the origin will be
(a) 50 units (b) 60 units (c) 75 units (d) 90 units

60. Aparticle of mass M moves in the XY-plane with a velocity v along the straight line AB. If the angular momentum of
the particle w.r.t origin is LA, when it is at A and LB, when it is at B, then Y
(a) LA > LB B
(b) LA = LB
(c) LA < LB A
(d) The relationship between LA and LB depends upon the slope of the line AB
M

O X

61. Relation between torque and angular momentum is similar to the relation between
(a) acceleration and velocity (b) mass and moment of inertia
(c) force and momentum (d) energy and displacement

62. A stone of mass 4 kg is tied at the end of 1 metre long string and whirled in horizontal circle at the rate of 2 revolutions
per sec, the angular momentum is
(a) 16  kg m2/s (b) 14  kg m2/s (c) 18  kg m2/s (d) 10  kg m2/s

63. Consider the earth as uniform sphere of mass 5.98  1024 kg and radius 6.37  106 metre spinning on its axis at the
rate of one turn per day. The angular momentum associated with this spin is
(a) 8  1033 kg m2/sec (b) 6  1033 kg m2/sec
(c) 4.2  10 kg m /sec
33 2
(d) 7  1033 kg m2/sec
44

64. Aparticle of mass m is rotating in a plane in a circular path of radius r. Its angular momentum isL. The centripetal force
acting on the particle is
(a) L2/mr (b) L2 m/r (c) L2/m r2 (d) L2/m r3

65. The rotational kinetic energy of a body is E and its moment of inertia is I. The angular momentum is
(a) EI (b) 2 EI (c) 2EI (d) E/I

66. Two bodies have their momentum of inertia I and 2 I respectively about their axis of rotation. If their kinetic energy of
rotation are equal, their angular momenta will be in the ratio of :
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 :1 (d) 1 : 2

67. A particle performs uniform circular motion with an angular momentum L. If the frequency of the motion of particle is
doubled and its kinetic energy halved, the angular momentum becomes :
(a) 2 L (b) 4 L (c) L/2 (d) L/4

68. If the angular momentum of a body increases by 50%, its kinetic energy of rotation increases by
(a) 50% (b) 2000% (c) 125% (d) 100 %

69. If the kinetic energy of rotation of a body is doubled, its angular momentum
(a) becomes half (b) is doubled
(c) becomes 2 times its initial value (d) becomes one-fourth

70. A torque of 50 N m acts on a rotating body for 5 s. Its angular momentum.

(a) increases by 250 kg m2s−1 (b) increases by 10 kg m2s−1
2 −1
(c) increases by 55 kg m s (d) decreases by 250 kg m2s−1

71. The angular momentum of rotation of a body is 31.4 joule  sec and its rate of rotation is 10 revolutions/sec. Calculate
the moment of inertia of the body ( = 3.14)
(a) 1 kg m2 (b) 1.5 kg m2 (c) 0.5 kg m2 (d) 5 kg m2

Principle of Conservation of Angular Momentum :

72. If the earth assumed to be a uniform sphere suddenly contracts to half of its size, the angular velocity of rotation of the
earth, about its own axis. (Mass remaining same )
(a) becomes half (b) becomes double (c) becomes four times (d) becomes one-fourth

73. In above question, the duration of day

(a) becomes 12 hours (c) becomes 6 hours (b) remains 24 hours (d) becomes 48 hours

74. The law of physics that is used in arriving at the answer to the previous question
(a) the law of conservation of energy (b) the law of conservation of linear momentum
(c) the law of conservation of mass (d) the law of conservation of angular momentum

75. A thin disc ofmass M is rotating about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane with an angular
velocity . Two small bodies each of mass m are gently placed on the disc near the ends of a diameter of thedisc. The
angular velocity of rotation of system will be
ωM ωM
(a) M+m (c) M+4m

ωM
(b) (d) cannot be found as the radius of the disc is not given
ω+2m
Rotational Motion - MCQs 45

76. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is rotating about its axis with a constant angular velocity . Four objects
each of mass m are kept gently to the opposite ends of two perpendicular diameters of the ring. The angular velocity
of the ring will be :
Mω (M + 4m)ω Mω (M − 4m)ω
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4m M M + 4m (M + 4m)

77. A circular disc of moment of inertia It is rotating in a horizontal plane about its symmetry axis with a constant angular
speed .i Another disc of moment of inertia I bis dropped coaxially onto the rotating disc. Initially the second disc has
zero angular speed. Eventually both the discs rotate with a constant angular speed  .f The energy lost by the initially
rotating disc to friction is :
1 I2 1 I2 1 I I
(a) b ω (b) t ω (c) b t
ωi2 (d) 1 Ib − It ω2
2 (It + Ib ) 2 (It + Ib )
2 2
2 (It + Ib ) i i 2 (It + Ib ) i

78. A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is rotating about its axis with a constant angular velocity . Two objects
each of mass m are attached gently to the opposite ends of a diameter of the ring. The wheel now rotates with an
angular velocity :
Mω (M − 2m)ω Mω (M + 2m)ω
(a) (b) (M + 2m) (c) (d) M
M+m M + 2m

79. A circular disc is rotating with angular velocity . If a man standing at the edge of the disc walks towards its centre.
Then, the angular velocity of the disc :
(a) is not changed (b) is halved (c) decreases (d) increases

80. A child is standing with folded hands at the centre of a platform rotating about its central axis. The kinetic energy of the
system is K. The child now stretches his arms so that the moment of inertia of the system doubles. The kinetic energy
of the system now is :
(a) 2 K (b) K/2 (c) K/4 (d) 4 K

81. If a gymnast sitting on a rotating stool with his arms stretched, suddenly lowers his hands,
(a) the angular velocity decreases (b) his moment of inertia decreases
(c) the angular velocity stays constant (d) the angular momentum increases

82. A man is standing at the centre of a rotating turn table with his arms stretched. If he draws his arms inwards and
thereby reduces his moment of inertia by a factor k, the angular speed of the turn-table
(a) remains constant (b) increases by a factor k
(c) decreases by a factor of k (d) decreases by a factor of k2

83. The angular speed of a body changes from to  without applying a torque but due to change in moment of inertia.
1 2
The ratio of radii of gyration in two cases is :
(a) ω1 : ω2 (b) ω2 : (c) 22 : 12
(d) : 3

84. A uniform disc of radius a and mass m, is rotating freely with angular speed  in a horizontal plane about a smooth
fixed vertical axis through its centre. Aparticle, also of mass m, is suddenly attached to the rimof the disc and rotates
with it. The new angular speed is :
ω ω ω ω
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 3 2 5
46

85. A thin uniform circular disc of mass M and radius R is rotating in a horizontal plane about an axispassing through its
1
centre and perpendicular to its plane with an angular velocity . Another disc of same dimensions but of mass M is
4
placed gently on the first disc co-axially. The angular velocity of the system is :
2 4 3 1
(a) ω (b) ω (c) ω (d) ω
3 5 4 3

86. A diver in a swimming pool bends his head before diving, because it
(a) decreases his moment of inertia (b) decreases his angular velocity
(c) increases his moment of inertia (d) decreases his linear velocity

87. A horizontal disc rotating freely about a vertical axis makes 90 revolutions per minute. A small piece of wax of mass
m gm falls vertically on the disc and sticks to it at adistance r cm from the axis. If the number ofrevolutions per minute
reduce to 60, then M.I. of the disc is
3
(a) mr2 (b) mr2 (c) 2mr2 (d) 3 mr2
2
88. A ballet dancer spins about a vertical axis at 1 revolution per second with arms outstretched. With her arms folded,
her moment of inertia about the vertical axis decreases by 60%. The new rate of revolution is
(a) 2.5 rev s-1 (b) 3.0 rev s-1 (c) 4.5 rev s-1 (d) 6.0 rev s-1

89. A man turns on a rotating table with an angular speed . He is holding two equal masses at arm’s length. Without
moving his arms, he just drops the two masses. How will his angular speed change ?
(a) it will be less than 
(b) it will be more than 
(c) it will remain equal to 
(d) may be less than greater than or equal to  depending on the quantity of masses.

90. A circular platform is free to rotate in a horizontal plane about a vertical axis passing through its centre. A tortoise
is siting at the edge of the platform. Now, the platform is given an angular velocity 0 . When the tortoise moves
along a chord of the platform with a constant velocity (with respect to the platform), the angular velocity of the
platform (t) will vary with time t as :
(t) (t)

0 0
(a) (b)

t t

(t) (t)

0 0
(c) (d)

t t

91. The law of conservation of angular momentum holds if

(a) total resultant force is zero (b) total torque is zero
(c) torque is constant (d) torque is restoring force
Rotational Motion - MCQs 47

Application of Parallel and Perpendicular Axis Theorems :

92. Four identical thin rods, each of length l and mass M, form a square frame. The moment of inertia of this frame about
an axis passing through the centre of the square and perpendicular to its plane is : ℓ
1 2
(a) M l2 (b) M l2
3 3 ℓ ℓ
O
4 3
(c) M l2 (d) M l
2

3 2 ℓ

93. Four identical rods each of mass m and length l are joined to form a rigid square frame. The frame lies in x-y plane,
with its centre at the origin and the sides parallel to the x and y-axes. Its moment of inertia about (more than one may
be correct)
2
(a) the x-axis is ml 2
3
4 2
(b) the z-axis is ml
3
10 2
(c) an axis parallel to the z-axis and passing through a corner is ml
3
5
(d) one side is ml 2
3
94. A square is made by joining four rods each of mass M and length L. Its moment of inertia about an axis PQ, in its plane
and passing through one of its corner is
(a) 6 ML2 P
4
(b) ML2
3 45º
8
(c) ML2
3 L
10 Q
(d) ML2
3
y
95. Two rods OA and OB of equal length and mass are lying on xy plane as
shown in figure. Let Ix, Iy and Iz be the moments of inertia of both the rods A B
about x, y and z-axis respectively. Then :
(a) Ix = Iy > Iz (b) Ix = Iy < Iz
(c) Ix > Iy > Iz (d) Iz > Iy > Ix
45° 45°
x
O

96. A thin uniform rod of mass M and length L has a small block of mass M attached at one end. The moment of inertia of
the system about an axis through its CM and perpendicular to the length of the rod is
12 1 5 7
(a) ML2 (b) ML2 (c) ML2 (d) ML2
13 3 24 48

97. A uniform thin bar of mass 6 m and length 12 L is bent to make a regular hexagon. Its moment of inertia about
an axis passing through the centre of mass and perpendicular to the plane of the hexagon is :
12
(a) 20 mL2 (b) 6 mL2 (c) mL2 (d) 30 mL2
5
48

98. Two uniform thin identical rods AB and CD each of mass M and lenth L are joined so as
C
to form a cross as shown. The moment of inetia of the cross about a biscector line EF is :
F

ML2 2
(a) (b) ML
6 4 A B
ML2 2
(c) (d) ML L
12 3
E

99. A thin rod of length L and mass M is bent at its midpoint into two halves so that the angle between them is 90º. The
moment of inertia of the bent rod about an axis passing through the bending point and perpendicular to the plane
defined by the two halves of the rod is :
1 1 1 2
(a) M L2 (b) ML2 (c) ML2 (d) ML2
6 12 24 24

100. 1
The moment of inertia of a rod about an axis through its centre and perpendicular to it is ML2 (where M is the mass
12
and L, the length of the rod). The rod is bent in the middle, so that the two halves make an angle of 60º. The moment
of inertia of the bent rod about the same axis would be :
1 1 1 1
(a) ML2 (b) ML2 (c) ML2 (d) ML2
22 8 3 24 48

101. The moment of inertia of a uniform circular disc ofradius R and mass M about an axis passing from the edge of the disc
and normal to the disc is :
1 2
3 2
7 2
(a) MR2 (b) MR (c) MR (d) MR
2 2 2

102. The moment of inertia of a uniformcircular disc about a diameter is I. Its moment of inertia aboutan axis perpendicular
to its plane and passing through a point on the rim will be :
(a) 5 I (b) 3 I (c) 6 I (d) 4 I

103. If the moment of inertia of a disc about an axis tangentially and parallel to its surface be I, then the moment of inertia
about the axis tangential but perpendicular to the surface will be :
6 3 3 5
(a) I (b) I (c) I (d) I
5 4 2 4

104. A square lamina is an shown in figure. The moment of inertia of the frame about the three axes shownin figure I1, I2 and
I3 respectively. Select the correct alternative. I3
I2
(a) I2 = I3 > I1
(b) I1 > I2 > I3
(c) I2 = I3 < I1
(d) I1 < I2 < I3 I1

105. Let I be the moment of inertia of a uniform square plate about an axis AB that passes through its centre and is
parallel to two of its sides. CD is a line in the plane of the plate that passes through the centre of the plate and
makes an angle  with AB. The moment of inertia of the plate about the axis CD is then equal to :

(a) I (b) I sin2  (c) I cos2  (d) I cos2
2
Rotational Motion - MCQs 49

106. Select the incorrect option. The moment of inertia of thin square plate ABCD of uniform thickness about an axis
4
passing through the centre O and perpendicular to the plane of the plate is :
1
(a) I1 + I2 (b) I3 + I4
(c) I1 + I3 (d) I1 + I2 + I3 + I4
Where I1, I2, I3 and I4 are respectively moments of inertia about axes 1, 2, 3, 3
and 4 which are in the plane of the plate. O

C
2

107. A wheel comprises of a ring of radius R and mass M and three spokes of mass m each. The moment of inertia of the
wheel about its axis is :
 m 2
(a) m + R
 4 
 
(b) (M + m)R2 R

(c) (M + 3m)R2
(d)  M + m  R 2
 2 
 

108. Two spheres each of mass M and radius R/2 are connected with a massless rod of length 2R as shown in the figure.
The moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through the centre of one of the spheres and perpendicular
to the rod is :
Y
21 2
(a) MR P M Q M
5
2 2R
(b) MR2 R R
5
5 2 2
(c) MR2
2 Y
5 2
(d) MR
21

109. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a circular disc about a tangential axis in the plane of the disc and of a circular ring
of the same radius about a tangential axis in the plane of the ring is :
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 5: 6 (d) 1: 2
2
110. The moment of inertial of a sphere of mass M and radius R about an axis passing through its centre is MR2.
5
The radius of gyration of the sphere about a parallel axis to the above and tangent to the sphere is :
7 3  7  3
(a) R (b) R (c)  R (d) 
5 5 R
 5   5

111. The ratio of the radii of gyration of a hollow sphere and a solid sphere of the same radii about a tangential axis is :
7 5 21 25
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 21 5 9
50

112. One quarter sector is cut form a uniform circular disc of radius R. This sector has mass M. It is made to rotate
about a line perpendicular to its plane and passing through the centre of the originaldisc. Its moment ofinertia about
the axis of rotation is :
1 1
(a) MR2 (b) 4 MR2
2
1 2
(c) MR2 (d) 2 MR 90°
8

113. A small hole is made in a disc (mass M, radius R) at a distance R/4 from centre. The disc is supported on horizontal
peg through this hole. The moment of inertia of disc about the horizontal peg is
MR2 9MR 2 MR2 5
(a) (b) (d) MR2
(c)
3 16 3 4

114. A rigid body of mass m rotates with angular velocity  about an axis at a distance ‘a’ from the centre of mass G. The
radius of gyration about a parallel axis through G is K. The kinetic energy of rotation of the bodyis
1 1 1 1
(a) mK2 2 (b) ma2 2 (c) m (a2+K2) 2 (d) m (a+K2) 2
2 2 2 2

115. Four spheres of diameter 2a and mass M are placed with their centres on the four corners of a square of side b.
Then the moment of inertia of the system about an axis along one of the sides of the square is
4 8 8 4
(a) Ma2 + 2Mb2 (b) Ma2 + 2Mb2 (c) Ma2 (d) Ma2 + 2Mb2
5 5 5 5

116. Three identical thin rings, each of mass M and radius R, are arranged as shown. A

The moment of inertia of the arrangement about the axis AA’ is

2 7
(a) MR2 (b) MR2
7 5
7
(c)
5
MR2 (d) MR2
2 2

117. Moment of inertia of a rod of mass m and length l about its one end is I. If one-fourth of its length is cut away then
moment of inertia of the remaining rod about its one end will be :
3 9 27 I
(a) I (b) I (c) I (d)
4 16 64 16

118. Three identical uniform rods each of length 1 m and mass 2 kg are arranged to form an equilateral triangle. What is the
moment of inertia of the system about an axis passing through one corner and perpendicular to the plane of the triangle ?
3
(a) 4 kg-m2 (b) 3 kg-m2 (c) 2 kg-m2 (d) kg-m2
2

119. Two thin uniform circular rings each ofradius 10 cm and mass 0.1 kg are arranged such that theyhave common centre
and their planes are perpendicular to each other. The moment of inertia of this system about an axispassing through
common centre and perpendicular to the plane of either of the rings (in kg-m2) is :
(a) 1.5 × 10–3 (b) 5 × 10–3 (c) 15 × 10–4 (d) 18 × 10–4
Rotational Motion - MCQs 51

Rolling Motion :
120. A disc of mass M rolls without slipping on a horizontal surface with a velocity v. Its kinetic energy is
1 3 3
(a) 2 Mv2 (b) 4 Mv2 (c) Mv2 (d) 2 Mv2

121. A solid sphere of mass 1 kg rolls on a table with linear speed 1 m/s. Its total energy is
(a) 0.5 J (b) 1.4 J (c) 0.7 J (d) 1 J

122. The total kinetic energy of a thin circular ring of mass M rolling on a smooth horizontal table withuniform linear speed
v is :
1 1 3 2
(a) Mv2 (b) Mv
2
(c) Mv (d) Mv2
2 4 4

123. A disc is rolling without slipping. The ratio of the translational kinetic energy to its total kinetic energy is :
(a) 1/3 (b) 2/3 (c) 2/5 (d) 3/5

124. A sphere is rolling. The ratio of the rotational energy to total kinetic energy is given by
(a) 7 : 10 (b) 2 : 5 (c) 10 : 7 (d) 2 : 7

125. A ball roll without slipping. The radius of gyration of the ball about an axis passing through its centre of mass is K. If
radius of the ball be R, then the fraction of total energy associated with its rotational energy wi l be
K2 + R2
2
K2 R2 K
(a) (b) (c) (d) 2
K2 + R2 K2 + R2 R2 R

126. A thin uniform circular ring is rolling down an inclined plane of inclination 30º without slipping. Its linear acceleration
along the inclined plane will be :
(a) g/2 (b) g/3 (c) g/4 (d) 2g/3

127. A solid sphere and a hollow sphere (both of the same mass and same external diameter) are released from the same
height at the same time on an inclined plane. Both roll down without slipping. Which one will reachthe bottom first ?
(a) Solid sphere (b) Hollow sphere
(c) One with higher density (d) Both together

128. A solid cylinder and a hollow cylinder, both of the same mass and same external diameter are released from the same
height at the same time on an inclined plane. Both roll down without slipping. Which one will reachthe bottom first ?
(a) Solid cylinder (b) Hollow cylinder
(c) Both together (d) Both together, only when angle of inclination of the plane is 45º

129. A solid sphere is rolling on a frictionless surface with a translational velocity v (in m s–1) as shown in the figure. If it is
to climb the inclined surface, then v should b :
(a) 10gh / 7 (b)  10gh / 7
h
(c) 2gh (d)  2gh
v

130. A solid sphere of mass 2 kg roll up a 30º incline with an initial speed of 10 m /s. The maximum height reached by the
sphere is (g = 10 m /s2)
(a) 3.5 m (b) 7.0 m (c) 10.5 m (d) 14.0 m
52

131. The speed of a homogeneous solid sphere after rolling down an inclined plane of vertical height h, from rest without
sliding is
 g  gh  4  gh
(a) gh (b) h (c)   (d) 2gh
   3

132. A solid sphere rolls without slipping and presses a spring of spring constant k as shown in figure.Then, the compression
in the spring will be :
2M 2M
(a) v (b) v
3k 5k M v
k

5k 7M
(c) v (d) v
7M 5k

133. Consider three solid spheres, sphere (i) has radius r and mass m, sphere (ii) has radius r and mass 3 m, sphere (iii) has
radius 3 r and mass m. All can be placed at the same point on the same inclined plane, where they will roll without
slipping to the bottom. If allowed to roll down the incline, then at the bottom of the incline :
(a) sphere (i) will have the largest speed (b) sphere (ii) will have the largest speed
(c) sphere (ii) will have the largest kinetic energy (d) all the spheres will have equal speeds

134. Asolid sphere and a solid cylinder of same mass are rolled down on two inclined planes of heights h1 and h2 respectively.
If at the bottom of the plane the two objects have same linear velocities, then the ratio of h1 : h2 is :
(a) 2 : 3 (b) 7 : 5 (c) 14 : 15 (d) 15 : 14

135. Asmall object of uniform density rolls up a curved surface with an initial velocity v. It reaches up to a maximum height
3v2
of with respect to the initial position. The object is :
4g
(a) ring (b) solid sphere
v
(c) hollow sphere (d) disc

Miscellaneous :
136. Moment of inertia of a uniform horizontal cylinder of mass M about an axis passing through its edgeand perpendicular
to the axis of the cylinder when its length is 6 times its radius R is :
39MR2 39MR 49MR 49MR2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
4 4 4 4

137. The moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1.2 kg m2. Initially, the body is at rest. In order to produce a
rotational kinetic energy of 1500 J, an angular acceleration of 25 rad s–1 must be applied about that axis for a
duration of :
(a) 4 s (b) 2 s (c) 8 s (d) 10 s

138. A solid sphere of radius r has moment of inertia I about its geometrical axis. It is melted into a disc of radius r and
thickness t. If its moment of inertia about the tangential axis (which is perpendicular to plane ofthe disc), is also equal
to I, then the value of r is equal to :
1 2
(a) R (b) R
15 5
3 1
(c) R (d) R
5 5
Rotational Motion - MCQs 53

139. A particle of mass m is projected with a velocity v making an angle of 45º with the horizontal. Themagnitude of the
angular momentum of the projectile about the point of projection, when the particle is at its maximum height h is :
mv3 mv2
(a) zero (b) (c) (d) m 2g h3
4 2g 2g
140. A hole of radius R / 2 is cut from a thin circular plate of radius R and mass M. The moment of inertia of the plate
about an axis through O perpendicular to the x-y plane (i.e., about the z-axis) is : y
5 7
(a) MR2 (b) MR2
R/2
7 12 R
13 13 x
(c) MR2 (d) MR2 O
32 24

141. Adisc of mass m and radius R is rolling on horizontal ground with linear velocity v. What is the angular momentum of
the disc about an axis passing through bottommost point and perpendicular to the plane of motion ?
3 1 4
(a) mvR (b) mvR (c) mvR (d) mvR
2 2 3

142. The moment of inertia of a solid cylinder of mass M, length 2 R and radius R about an axis passing through the centre
of mass and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder is I1 and about an axis passing through one end of the cylinder and
perpendicular to the axis of cylinder is I2
I2 19
2
= (d) I I = MR2
(a) I2 – I1 = MR (b) I2 = I1 (c) I 12 1– 2
1

143. A rigid body rotates about a fixed axis with variable angular velocity equal to  – t, at the time t, where   are
constants. The angle through which it rotates before its stops

(a) 
2
(b)
2 − 2
(c)
2 − 2
(d)
( − )
2 2 2 2

144. A uniform cylinder has a radius R and length L. If the moment of inertia of this cylinder about an axis passing through
its centre and normal to its circular face is equal to the moment of inertia of the same cylinder about an axis passing
through its centre and normal to its length; then :

(a) L = R (b) L = 3R (c) L = R (d) L = 0

3
145. Arod AB of mass M and length Lis hinged at one end A. The rod is kept horizontal by a masslessstring tied to point
B as shown in the diagram. When the string is cut, the initial angular acceleration of the rod is
g
(a) g/L (b) 2
L
2g 3g String
(c) (d)
3L 2L
A B
54

HOMEWORK

146. Dimensional formula of torque is

(a) M0 L3 T−2 (b) M1 L2 T−2 (c) M2L2T−3 (d) M−1L2T−3

147. The term moment of linear momentum is called

(a) angular momentum (b) force (c) torque (d) couple

148. Rotational analogue of a force in linear motion is

(a) weight (b) torque (c) angular momentum (d) moment of inertia

149. When a torque acting upon a system is zero, then the quantity which remains constant is
(a) force (b) linear impulse (c) linear momentum (d) angular momentum

150. A wheel starts from rest and acquires a rotational speed of 240 r.p.s in 2 minutes. Its acceleration is
(a) 2 r.p.s2 (b) 5 r.p.s2 (c) 8 r.p.s2 (d) 11 r.p.s2

151. A constant torque acting on a uniform circular wheel changes its angular momentum from A to 4A in 4 seconds.
The magnitude of this torque is
(a) 0.75 A (b) A (c) 4A (d) 12 A

152. A wheel of moment of inertia 5  10−3 kg m2 is making 20 rev/s. Torque required to stop it in 10 sec is
(a) 2  10−2 Nm (b) 2  102 Nm (c) 4  10−2 Nm (d) 4  102 Nm

153. If a constant couple of 500 N-m turns a wheel of moment of inertia 100 kg m2 about an axis through its centre, the
angular velocity gained in 2 seconds will be
(a) 10 rad/s (b) 50 rad/s (c) 100 m/s (d) 200 m/s

154. A circular disc at top of an inclined plane 0.6 m high is released and rolls down the incline without slipping and
without loss of energy due to friction. Its linear speed at the bottom is
(a) 2.8 m/s (b) 28 cm/s (c) 22.8 cm/s (d) 0.28 m/s

155. If the moment of inertia of a body is 2.5 kg m2, then the torque required to produce an angular acceleration of
18 rad/s2 in the body is
(a) 45 N-m (b) 47 N-m (c) 50 N-m (d) 55 N-m

156. A fly wheel has moment of inertia of 112.5 kg m2. What constant torque is required
to increase its speed from 2 rev/s to 10 rev/s in 4 seconds ?
(a) 400  N-m (b) 450  N-m (c) 530  N-m (d) 670  N-m

157. A solid sphere of mass 2 kg and radius 5 cm is rotating at the rate of 300 r.p.m. The torque required to stop it in 2
revolution is
(a) 1.6  106 dyne-cm (b) 1.6  103 dyne-cm
(c) 2.5  104 dyne-cm (d) 2.5  105 dyne-cm

158. If a body of mass 1.0 kg is rotating on a circular path of diameter 2.0 metres at the rate of 2 rad/s. Then angular
momentum of the body will be
(a) 2.0 kg m2/s (b) 3.0 kg m2/s (c) 5 kg m2/s (d) 7kg m2/s

159. If angular velocity of a body is doubled, then the ratio of its final to initial angular momentum will be
(a) 1 : 2 (b) 1 : 4 (c) 1 : 8 (d) 2 : 1
Rotational Motion - MCQs 55

160. A plastic horizontal disc is turning at a uniform angular speed o about its centre. When a small mass m is dropped
gently on to the disc, the angular speed changes to . The moment of inertia of the disc about the centre is I. To find
, we can apply
(a) the conservation of energy (b) I = (+o) m
(c) mo = I (d) the conservation of angular momentum

161. A flywheel has a M.I of 1.6  10-3 kg m2. When a constant torque is applied, the flywheel reaches an angular velocity
of 1200 rev/min in 15 s. Assuming it started from rest, the angular acceleration is
(a) 8.38 rad/s2 (b) 9.0 rad/s2 (c) 11.0 rad/s2 (d) 15 rad/s2

162. In the above question, the unbalanced torque applied in Nm is

(a) 0.0134 (b) 0.025 (c) 0.046 (d) 0.0236

163. The shaft of a motor rotates at a constant angular velocity of 3000 rpm. The radians it has turned through in one
second is
(a) 1000  (b) 100 (c)  (d) 10

164. A ring of mass 10 kg and diameter 0.4 m is rotated about its axis. If it makes 2100 revolutions per minute, then its
angular momentum will be
(a) 44 kg  m2/sec (b) 88 kg  m2/sec (c) 4.4 kg  m2/sec (d) 0.4  m2/sec

165. If I,  and T are the moment of inertia, angular acceleration and torque respectively of a body rotating about any axis
with angular velocity , then
(a) T = I (b) T = I (c) I = T (d)  = T

166. Moment of inertia of body in case of rotational motion plays the same role as that played by in thecase of translatory
motion
(a) velocity (b) acceleration (c) mass (d) force

167. A system consists of 10 particles each of mass m and located at distances r1, r2 , r3, . . ., r10 respectively from the
axis of rotation. The moment of inertia of the system is given by
(a) 10 m  r12 + r22 + r32 +..... + r102  (b) m r12 + r22 + r32 +.....+ r102 

(c) m  r12 + 2r22 + 3r32 +.....+ 10rn2  (d) mr1 + r2 + r3 +..... +10rn 

168. A wheel of mass 6 kg and radius of gyration 40 cm is revolving at the rate of 300 revolutions per minute. The kinetic
energy of rotation of the wheel should be
48
(a) 48 2 joule (b) 48 joule (c) 48  joule (d) joule


169. Three rods each of mass m and length l are joined together to form an equilateral triangle as shown in the figure.
What is the moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centre of mass of the system (G) andperpendicular to
the plane of the paper.
A
ml2
(a) 2ml2 (b)
2 G
m l2 m l2
(c) (d) B C
3 6

170. A ring of mass 10 kg and diameter 0.4 metre is rotated about its axis. Moment of inertia of the ring is
(a) 1.4 kg m2 (b) 0.4 kg m2 (c) 2.4 kg m2 (d) 2 kg m2
56

171. A body of mass 5 kg tied to string of length 2.0 metre is rotated with a rate of 2 revolutions per sec in a horizontal
circle. The rotational kinetic energy of the body is
(a) 1755 joule (b) 1555 joule (c) 1577 joule (d) 1777 joule

172. Let I1 and I2 be the moments of inertia of two bodies of identical geometrical shape, and size , the first made of
aluminium and the second of iron , then
(a) I1 < I2
(b) I1 = I2
(c) I1 > I2
(d) relation between I1 and I2 depends on the actual shapes of the bodies.

173. The moment of inertia of a 8 kg wheel having a radius of gyration 25 cm is

(a) 5 kg m2 (b) 2.5 kg m2 (c) 1.5 kg m2 (d) 0.5 kg m2

174. The ratio of the magnitude of the angular velocity of the hour hand of a watch to that of earth’s rotation about its own
axis is
(a) 2:1 (b) 1:2 (c) 3:2 (d) 2:3

175. A fly wheel rotates about a fixed axis and slows down from 300 rpm to 200 rpm in
2 minutes. Then its angular retardation in rad/min2 is
(a) 100 / (b) 200  (c) 100 (d) 100 

176. A body of mass M is rotating about an axis with angular velocity . If K is radius of gyration of the body about the
given axis. Its angular momentum is
(a) M K2 1/2 (b) MK 2 (c) MK  (d) M K2 

177. Moment of force produces

(a) linear motion (b) rotary motion
(c) linear and rotatary motion (d) no motion

178. The moment of inertia of a thi`n uniform rod of mass M about an axis passing through its centre andperpendicular to its
length is given to be Io. The moment of inertia of the same rod about an axis passing through one of its ends and
perpendicular to its length is
(a) 1/2 Io (b) 3Io (c) 5Io (d) 4Io

179. A uniform plane sheet of metal in the form of a right triangle ABC has BC > AB >AC . Its moment ofinertia will be
smallest.
(a) about AC as axis (b) about AB as axis
(c) about BC as axis (d) with a line through C normal to its plane as axis.
 300 
180. A flywheel is making revolutions per minute about its axis. If the moment of inertia of the flywheel about that
  
 
2
axis is 400 kg m , its rotational kinetic energy is
(a) 2  104 J (b) 3  103 J (c) 500 2 J (d) 12  103 J

181. A disc of radius 10 cm can rotate about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane. A force of
10N is applied along the tangent in the plane of the disc. If the moment of inertia of the disc about its axis is 5 kg m2,
the increase in the angular velocity of the disc in 10 sec. is
(a) 20 rad/s (b) 200 rad/s (c) 2 rad/s (d) 50 rad/s

182. In the above question, the change in the angular momentum of the disc is
(a) 10 kg m2s−1 (b) 250/kg m2s−1 (c) 100 kg m2s−1 (d) 20 kg m2s−1
Rotational Motion - MCQs 57

183. A solid sphere of mass 500 gm and radius 10 cm rolls down an inclined plane without slipping. The height at the top
of the inclined plane above the bottom is 0.7 m. Given that g = 10 m/s2, the linear speed of the sphere on reaching the
bottom is
(a) 1.6 m/s (b) 3.2 m/s (c) 6.4 m/s (d) 4.8 m/s

184. A particle of mass m is describing a circular path of radius r with uniform speed. If L is the angular momentum of the
particle (about the axis of the circle) the kinetic energy of the particle is given by
L2 2
L2 L2r2
(a) (b) mr L (c) (d)
mr2 2mr2 m

185. A torque of 4 Nm is applied to rotate a circular wheel from rest about its axis . If there is no friction and if the
angular acceleration produced in the wheel is 2 rad/s2, the moment of inertia of the wheel about the axis is
(a) 16 kg m2 (b) 4 kg m2 (c) 2 kg m2 (d) 8 kg m2

186. A dancer on ice spins faster when she folds her arms. This is due to
(a) increase in energy and increase in angular momentum
(b) decrease in friction at the skates
(c) constant angular momentum and increase in kinetic energy.
(d) increase in energy and decrease in angular momentum.

187. A wheel of moment of inertia 5   10−3 kg metre2 is making 20 revolutions per second. It is stopped in 20 seconds,
then angular retardation is
(a)  radians /sec2 (b) 2  radians /sec2 (c) 4 radians /sec2 (d) 8 radians /sec2

188. A thin, uniform circular ring is rolling down an inclined plane of inclination 30 without slipping. Its linear acceleration
along the inclined plane will be
(a) g/2 (b) g/3 (c) g/4 (d) 2 g/3

189. Let g be the acceleration due to gravity at earth’s surface and K be the rotational kinetic energy of the earth.
Suppose the earth’s radius decreases by 2%, keeping all other quantities same, then
(a) g decreases by 2% and K decreases by 4 %
(b) g decreases by 4% and K decreases by 2 %
(c) g decreases by 4% and K decreases by 4 %
(d) g increases by 4% and K decreases by 4 %

190. Two discs of the same material and thickness have radii 0.2 m and 0.6 m. Their moments of inertia about their
axes will be in the ratio :
(a) 1 : 81 (b) 1 : 27 (c) 1 : 9 (d) 1 : 3

190. From a uniform wire, two circular loops are made (i) P of radius r and (ii) Q of radius nr. If the moment of inertia
of Q about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane is 8 times that of P about a similar
axis, the value of n is : (diameter of the wire is very much smaller than r or nr)
(a) 8 (b) 6 (c) 4 (d) 2

192. Three rods each of length L and mass M are placed along X, Y and Z axes in such a way that one end of each
Z
of the rod is at the origin. The moment of inertia of this system about Z axis is :
2ML2 4ML2 3
(a) (b)
3 3
5ML2 ML2 O
Y
(c) (d) 1 2
3 3
X
58

193. Point masses 1, 2, 3 and 4 kg are lying at the point (0, 0, 1), (2, 0, 0), (0, 3, 0) and (–2, –2, 0) respectively.
The moment of inertia of this system about x-axis will be :
(a) 43 kg m2 (b) 34 kg m2 (c) 27 kg m2 (d) 72 kg m2

194. The moment of inertia of a thin rod of mass M and length L about an axis perpendicular to the rod at a distance
L/4 from one end is :
ML2 ML2 7ML2 7ML2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
6 12 24 48

195. Let F be the force acting on a particle having position vector r and T be the torque of this force about the origin.
Then :

(a) r T = 0 and F . T = 0 (b) r T = 0 and F . T  0

(c) r T  0 and F . T = 0 (d) r T  0 and F . T  0

196. Two rigid bodies A and B rotate with rotational kinetic energies EA and EB respectively. The moments of inertia
of A and B about the axis of rotation are IA and IB respectively. If IA = IB/4 and EA = 100 EB the ratio of angular
momentum (LA) of A to the angular momentum (LB) of B is :
(a) 25 (b) 5/4 (c) 5 (d) 1/4

197. A uniform heavy disc is rotating at constant angular velocity about a vertical axis through its centre and perpendicular
to the plane of the disc. Let L be its angular momentum. A lump of plasticine is dropped vertically on the disc and
sticks to it. Which will be constant :
(a)  (b)  and L both (c) L only (d) Neither  nor L

198. If the earth contracts to half of its radius, the day is decreased by :
(a) 18.0 hours (b) 22.0 hours (c) 2.5 hours (d) 12 hours

199. A circular turn table has a block of ice placed at its centre. The system rotates with an angular speed  about
an axis passing through the centre of the table. If the ice melts on its own without any evaporation, the speed of
rotation of the system :
(a) Becomes zero (b) Remains constant at the same value 
(c) Increases to a value greater than  (d) Decreases to a value less then 

200. A boy stands over the centre of a horizontal platform which is rotating freely with a speed of 2 revolution/sec about
a vertical axis through the centre of the platform and straight up through the boy. He holds 2 kg masses in each
of his hands close to his body. The combined moment of inertia of the system is 1 kg × metre2. The boy now
stretches his arms so that the moment of inertia of the system increases to 2 kg × metre2. The kinetic energy of
the system in the latter case as compared with that in the previous case will:
(a) Remain unchanged (b) Decrease (c) Increase (d) Remain uncertain

201. A thin wire of length L and uniform linear mass density  is bent into a circular loop with centre at O as shown.
The moment of inertia of the loop about the axis XX´is :
L3 L3 X X´
(a) (b)
82 162 90°
O
5L3 3L3
(c) (d)
162 82
Rotational Motion - MCQs 59

202. A body is in pure rotation. The linear speed v of a particle, the distance r of the particle form the axis and the
v
angular velocity  of the body are related as  = . Thus :
r
1
(a)   (b)   r (c)   0 (d)  is independent of r
r

203. A circular disc A of radius r is made from an iron plate of thickness t and another circular disc B of radius r is
t
made from an iron plate of thickness .The relation between the moments of inertia I and I is :
A B
4
(a) IA > IB (b) IA = IB
(c) IA < IB (d) Depends on the actual values of t and r

204. A body having its centre of mass at the origin has three of its particles at (, 0, 0), (0, , 0) (0, 0 , ). The moments
of inertia of the body about the X and Y axes are 0.20 kg-m2 each. The moment of inertia about the Z-axis :
(a) is 0.20 kg-m2 (b) is 0.40 kg-m2
(c) is 0.20 2 kg-m2 (d) Cannot be deduced with this information

205. Two thin discs each of mass M and radius r metre are attached as shown in figure,
to form a rigid body. The rotational inertia of this body about an axis perpendicular
to the plane of disc B and passing through its centre is :
(a) 2Mr2 (b) 3Mr2
2
(c) 4Mr (d) 5Mr2

206. Four holes of radius R are cut from a thin square plate of side 4R and msss y
M. The moment of inertia of the remaining portion about z-axis is :
 4 
(b)  −  MR
2
(a) MR2
12 3 4
x
(c)  8 − 10  MR2 4 
3 16 (d)  −  MR2
3 6
   

207. A uniform disc of radius R lies in x-y plane with its centre at origin. Its moment of inertia about the axis x= 2R
and y = 0 is equal to the moment of inertia about the axis y = d and z = 0, where d is equal to :
4 12 15
(a) R (b) R (c) 13 R (d) R
3 2 2

208. The moment of inertia of a uniform rod of length ℓ and mass m about an axis xx´ passing through its centre and
inclined at an angle  is :
x
mℓ2 2 mℓ2 2
(a) sin  (b) sin 
6 12 A B

mℓ2 mℓ2
(c) cos2  (d) cos2 
6 2

209. A body having moment of inertia about its axis of rotation equal to 3 kg-m2 is rotating with angular velocity equal
to 3 rad/s. Kinetic energy of this rotating body is the same as that of a body of mass 27 kg moving with
(a) 1.0 m/s (b) 0.5 m/s (c) 1.5 m/s (d) 2.0 m/s
60

210. A disc of mass M and radius R is rolling with angular speed  on a horizontal place. (shown in figure) The magnitude
of angular momentum of the disc about the origin O is : Y
1
(a) MR2  (b) MR2 
2
3 
(c) MR2  (d) 2 MR2  R
2
O X

211. A wire of length L is bent in the form of a circular ring. Its moment of inertia about its axis is :
 1   1 
(a) ML2 (b) (8 2)ML2 (c) ML2 (d) (4)2 ML2
 82   2
   4 

212. The moment of inertia of a meter scale of mass 0.6 kg about an axis perpendicular to the scale and located at
the 30 cm position on the scale in kg m2 is :
(a) 0.074 (b) 0.104 (c) 0.148 (d) 0.208

213. If the angular momentum of any rotating body increases by 200%, then the increase in its kinetic energy :
(a) 400% (b) 800% (c) 200% (d) 100%

214. In an orbital motion, the angular momentum vector is :

(a) Along the radius vector (b) Parallel to the linear momentum
(c) In the orbital plane (d) Perpendicular to the orbital plane

215. A solid sphere is rotating in free space, If the radius of the sphere is increased keeping mass same which one of
the following will not be affected :
(a) Moment of inertia (b) Angular momentum
(c) Angular velicity (d) Rotational kinetic energy

216. When a mass is rotating in a plane about a fixed point, its angular momentum is directed along
(a) the radius (b) the tangent to the orbit
(c) the axis of rotation (d) the line at an angle of 45º to the plane of rotation

217. A ring of mass 0.3 kg and radius 0.1 m and a solid cylinder of mass 0.4 kg and same radius are givenkinetic energy
and released simultaneously on a flat horizontal surfacesuch that they begin to roll with same KE as soon as they are
released towards a wall which is at the same distance from the ring and cylinder. Then
(a) The cylinder will reach the wall first (b) The ring will reach the wall first
(c) Both will reach the wall simultaneously (d) Both will fail to reach the wall

218. A wheel having moment of inertia 2 kg m2 about its axis, rotated at 50 rpm about this axis. The torque that can stop
the wheel in one minute will be
π π
(a) 18 N - m (b) 9 N-m (c) 18  N-m (d) 9 N-m

219. What physical quantity is expressed by the ‘rate of change of angular momentum’ ?
(a) torque (b) angular velocity (c) angular momentum (d) angular acceleration

220. Four particles each of mass m are kept at the four corners of a square of edge a. The moment of inertia of the system
about a line perpendicular to the plane of the square and passing through the centre of the square, will be
1 3
(a) ma2 (b) ma2 (c) 2ma2 (d) ma2
2 2
Rotational Motion - MCQs 61

221. Let IA and IB be moments of inertia of a body about two axes A and B respectively. The axis A passes through the
centre of mass of the body but B does not
(a) IA < IB (b) IA < IB, whether the axes are parallel or not parallel
(c) If the axes are parallel I A< I B (d) If the axes are not parallel IA  I B

222. There is a flat uniform triangular plate ABC, such that AB = 4 cm, BC = 3 cm and  ABC = 90º. The moment of
inertia of the plate about AB, BC and CAas axis are I1, I2 and I3 respectively. Which one of the following is true ?
(a) I3 > I1 A
(b) I3 > I2
(c) I1 > I2
(d) I2 > I1 4 cm

B C
3 cm

223. The masses of two uniform discs are in the ratio 1 : 2 and their diameters in the ratio 2 :1. The ratio of their moment
of inertia about the axes passing through their respective centres and perpendicular to their planes is
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 1 : 2 (c) 2 : 1 (d) 1 : 4

224. A rigid body rotates with an angular momentum L. If its rotational kinetic energyis made 4 times, its angular momentum
will become
(a) 4 L (b) 16 L (c) 2 L (d) 2 L

225. An inclined plane makes an angle of 30º with the horizontal. Asolid sphere rolling down this inclined plane from rest
without slipping has a linear acceleration equal to :
g 2g 5g 5g
(a) (b) (c) (d)
3 3 7 14
 Chapter 02

Matrices

Basic Concepts, Theory and Formulae

1. Definition : A set of mn numbers (real or complex) aij where i = 1, 2, 3…….., m; j = 1,2,3,……., n, arranged
in the form of an ordered set of m rows and n columns, and enclosed in rectangular brackets is called as a
matrix of order m  n.
The numbers are called as the elements of the matrix. The element stands in the i th row and j th column of the matrix
and is called as the general element of the matrix. In the abridged notation, the matrix can be written as A = aij m  n

2. Types of Matrices :
(i) Row matrix: A matrix having only one row is called as a row matrix.
e.g. [2 4 9], [x y], [5] are row matrices of orders 1  3, 1  2 and 1  1 respectively.

(ii) Column Matrix : A matrix having only one column is called as column matrix.
a
b ,   , [5] are column matrices of orders 3  1, 2  1, 1  1 respectively.
x
e.g.    y
 c  

(iii) Ractangular Matrix : Amatrix in which number of rows is not equal to the number of columns is called as a
ractangular matrix.

7 8 
1 2 3
e.g.   , 10 0 
 
6 5 4 23  9 11
 32

(iv) Square Matrix : A matrix in which number of rows is equal to the number of columns is called as a
square matrix. Amatrix having n rows and n columns is called as n-square matrix or n-rowed square matrix.
Following is an example of a 3-square matrix :
a11 a12 a13 
A = a  = a
  a a 
ij 33
 21 22 23 
a31 a32 a33 

The elements aij for which i = j are said to constitute the principal diagonal of the square matrix. The elements
aij for which i < j are above the principal diagonal. The elements aij for which i > j are below the principal
diagonal.
(v) Upper Triangular Matrix : Asquare matrix in which elements below the principal diagonal are all zero is
called as an Upper triangular matrix.
02.2

a b c 
0 d e where a, b, c, d, e, f are any numbers is an Upper triangular matrix.
 
0 0 f 
(vi) Lower Triangular Matrix : A square matrix in which elements above the principal diagonal are all zero is
called as a Lower triangular matrix.
a 0 0 
b d 0
  where a, b, c, d, e, f are any numbers is a Lower triangular matrix.
c e f 
(vii) Diagonal Matrix : Asquare matrix in which all non-diagonal elements are zero is called as Diagonal Matrix.
a 0 0 k 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
e.g. 0 b 0 , 0 k 0 , 0 1 0 , 0 2 0 , 0 0 0
         
 0 0 c 0 0 k  0 0 1 0 0 3 0 0 4

(viii) Scalar Matrix : A square matrix in which all non-diagonal elements are zero and diagonal elements are all
equal is called as a scalar matrix.
k 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0
e.g. 0 k 0 , 0 2 0 , 0 1 0
     
 0 0 k  
  0 0 2  
 0 0 1 

(ix) Unit Matrix (Identity Matrix) : Asquare matrix in which all non-diagonal elements are zero and each diagonal
element is 1 is called as a Unit matrix. Aunit matrix is of order n  n is denoted by I .
1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0
 I = [1], I =   , I =
3  
0 1
1 2
0 0 1

(x) Zero Matrix (Null Matrix) : A matrix in which every element is zero is called as a zero matrix. Azero matrix
of order m  n is denoted by Om × n

 0 0 0  00 00 , O = 0 0
 O =  , O =  
3×2  
  0 0
2×3 2×2
0 0 0
0 0
Note : A zero matrix need not be a square matrix.

(xi) Transpose of matrix : The matrix obtained by interchanging the rows and columns of a given matrix A is
called as its transpose and is denoted by A.
1 2 3 1 4
Thus if A =   , then A = 2 5
 
4 5 7 3 7
Note : If A has order m  n, then order of A is n  m.

Properties of Transpose :
If A and B are two matrices and k is a scalar, then
(a) (A ± B) = A ± B (b) (A) = A (c) (kA) = kA (d) (AB) = BA.
(e) In general (ABC ... Z) = Z ... C BA
Matrices - MCQs 02.3

Determinant of a matrix :

a 11 a12
a a13  a11 a12 a13
[a ]
If A = ij 3  3 = 21 a23  , then the determinant
a22 a21 a22 a23 is called as the determinant of the matrix A
 
a31 a32 a33  a31 a32 a33
and is denoted by det. A or |A|.
Singular Matrix: The square matrix A is defined to be singular iff |A| = 0.
Non-singular Matrix: The square matrix A is defined to be non-singular iff |A|  0.
Results :
(i) A = B  |A| = |B|
(ii) |A| = |B| does not necessarily imply A = B
(iii) |AB| = |A| |B|
(iv) |kA| = kn |A| where A is a square matrix of order n  n and k is scalar.
(v) |I|=1
(vi) | AB | = | A | | B | = | B | | A |
(vii) If A is a square matrix of the order n × n and K is any number, then | KA | = Kn | A |
(viii) | A| = | A | where A is transpose of A.
(ix) If AB = 0, then either A or B is singular i.e. if | AB | = 0, then either | A | = 0 or | B | = 0
(x) | Am | = | A |m
(xi) If the determinants of two square matrices A and B are equal then A and B need not be equal.
(xii) If A = B + C, then it is not necessary that det A = det B + det C.
(xiii) If A, B, C are square matrices of the same order that i th column (or row) of A is the sum of i th columns (or rows) of
B and C and all other columns (or rows) of A, B and C are identical then det A = det B + det C.

Symmetric Matrix : A = [aij]n × n where aij =aji i.e. A = A

Skew-symmetric Matrix : A = [aij]n × n where aij =– aji i.e. A = –A
(i) If A and B are symmetric and skew-symmetric, then kA and mB are symmetric and skew-symmetric respectively.
1 1
A= ( A + A) +
( A − A)
(ii) 2– – 2– –
symmetric skew-symmetric
i.e. every square matrix can be uniquely expressed as the sum of symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices
(iii) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix of odd order, | A | = 0
(iv) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix of even order, | A | = perfect square
(v) If A is a square matrix, then A2, AA and AA are symmetric matrices.
(vi) All positive integral powers of a symmetric matrix are symmetric.
(vii) Positive odd integral powers of a skew-symmetric matrix are skew-symmetric and positive even integral powers of a
skew-symmetric matrix are symmetric.
(viii) A + A AA and AA is always a symmetric matrix.
(ix) A – A is always a skew-symmetric matrix.
02.4

3. Algebra of Matrices :
(i) Equality of Matrices : Two matrices A and B are defined to be equal iff
(a) they have the same order and
(b) every element of A is equal to the corresponding element of B.
Thus if A = aij  and B = bij  , then A = B iff aij = biji and j.
mn mn
(ii) Addition of Matrices : Two matrices are said to be conformable for the operation of addition iff they have the
same order.
If A and B are matrices of the same order m  n, then A + B is defined as a matrix of order m  n whose
elements are obtained by adding to the elements of A, the corresponding elements of B.

Thus if A = aij mn and B = bij mn , then A + B = aij + bij mn
Properties of Matrix Addition :
(a) Matrix addition is commutative i.e. A + B = B + A
(b) Matrix addition is associative i.e. (A + B) + C = A + (B + C)
(c) A + O = A where O represents null matrix whose order is the same as that of A.
(iii) Scalar Multiplication : Let A be a matrix of order m  n and let k be a scalar, kA or Ak is defined as a matrix
of order m  n whose elements are obtained by multiplying each element of A by the scalar k.

Thus if A = aij mn and k is a scalar, then kA = k aij mn

(iv) Negative of a Matrix : Let A be a matrix of order m  n. – A is called as the negative of matrix (additive
inverse) A and is defined as a matrix of order m  n whose elements are negative of the corresponding elements
of A.
4 −5 −4 5
If A =   , then –A = 
−6 0
i.e. A + (– A) = O
6 0
   
(v) Subtraction of Matrices: Let A and B be two matrices of the same order. The subtraction of B from A is
written as A − B and is defined as follows :
A – B = A + (−B)
Thus the subtraction of matrix B from A means addition of negative of B to A.
Thus if A = aij mn and B = bij mn then

A – B = A + (−B) =[aij ] +[−bij ] = [aij − bij ]

Laws of scalar multiplication :

(i) p(A + B) = pA + pB (ii) (p + q)A = pA + qA (iii) p(qA) = q(pA) = (pq)A
where p and q are scalars and A and B are matrices.

(vi) Product of Matrices : Two matrices A and B are said to be conformable for the product AB iff the number of
columns of A is equal to the number of rows of B. Let A =[aij ]4  2 and B =[bij ]2  3
Here the number of columns of A = the number of rows of B = 2, so that A and B are conformable for the
product AB. AB is defined as a matrix of order 4  3 whose general element cij is the inner product or the dot
product of the i th row of A and the j th column of B.
2
 cij = (ai1) (bij ) + (ai2 ) (b2 j ) =  aikbkj
k =1
Matrices - MCQs 02.5

2
Thus if A =[aij ]4  2 and B =[bij ]2  3 then AB =[cij ]4  3 where cij =  aikbkj
k =1
p
In general, if A =[aij ]m  p and B =[bij ] p  n , then AB =[cij ]m  n where cij =  aikbkj
k =1
Properties of Matrix multiplication :
(i) Matrix multiplication is non-commutative i.e. AB  BA in general.
(ii) Matrix multiplication is associative i.e. (AB)C = A(BC)
(iii) Matrix multiplication is distributive over addition and subtraction
i.e. A(B ± C) = AB ± AC, (B ± C)A = BA ± CA
(iv) AI = IA = A where I is unit matrix.
(v) Am = A .A .A ... m times.
(vi) (Am)n = Amn , Am.An = Am+n.
(vii) In = I, On = O.

1. All the algebraic laws of expansions hold true for matrices iff A and B commute
e.g. (A + B)2 = A2 + 2AB + B2 only if AB = BA

 0 r q
2. If p2 + q2 + r2 = 1, A = −r 0 p, A3 = – A
 
−q − p 0 

1 0
A=   A = A–1
−1 A = I
3. , 2
0
 

1 1 1
1 1  
4. If A =   , then An = 2n A, if A = 1 1 1 , then An = 3n–1 A
– 1
1 122
1 1 133

 cos  sin  or cos  −sin 

5. If A() =  cos sin 
cos then A(α) A(β) = A(β) A(α) = A(α +β). Also A () = A(n)
, . . n
−sin 
   

a 0 0 a 0 
n
 0
6. If A = 0 b 0 , then A = 0
n
bn 0
   
0 0 c   0 0 n 
c 

7. If f(x) = x2 – 4x + 5, then f(A) = A2 – 4A + 5I

8. ‘’ is the complex cube root of unity, then 3 = ,  = , 1 +  + 2 = 0
9. If AB = B, BA = A, then A2 + B2 = A + B
10. If A and B are two matrices such that the product AB = O, then it need not imply that A = O or B = O.
11. If A, B and C are three matrices then B = C AB = AC for any matrix A. But its converse is not true that is AB = AC
does not mean that B = C.
02.6

4. Inverse of matrix: If A and B are matrices such that AB = BA = I, where I is a unit matrix, then A and B are called
inverses of each other. The inverse of A is denoted by A–1 and that of B by B–1. Thus, AA–1 = A–1A = I
The inverse of a matrix A exists if and only if A is non-singular, i.e., (iff | A |  ). The inverse of a matrix A is unique
if it exists.

Property of Inverse:
(i) Asquare matrix is invertible if and only if it is non-singular.
(ii) If A is non-singular matrix, then | A |–1 = | A–1 |.
(iii) If A is a non-singular matrix such that A is symmetric then A–1 is also symmetric.
(iv) The inverse of the transpose of a matrix is the transpose of its inverse,
i.e. (AT)−1 = (A−1)T
(v) The inverse of the inverse is the matrix itself, such that (A–1)–1 = A
(vi) If A and B are two invertible matrices of same order and AB is also non-singular,
Then (AB)–1 = B–1 A–1
(vii) Let A, B, C be square matrices of order n and A be a non-singular matrix, then
(a) AB = AC pre-multiplying throughout by A–1, we get
(A−1 A)B = (A−1A) C  IB = IC  B = C (Left cancellation Law)
(b) BA = CA post multiplying throughout by A−1, we get
AA−1 = CAA−1  BI = CI  B = C (Right cancellation Law)
(viii) If |A| = 0, then A–1 does not exist.
(ix) 1
If A–1 is the inverse of matrix A, then A–1 = (adj A), provided |A|  0,
| A|
i.e., A is non-singular. Also, AA−1 = I = A−1A.
1
1. If A2 + bA + cI = 0, then A–1 = − (A + bI).
c
a b 
If A =   where a, b, c, d  R, then A – (a + d) A + (ad – bc)I = 0
2
2.
ca db 
1
3. If A = , such that ad – bc  0, then A−1 =  d −b
c d 
  (ad − bc −c a 

1 0 0 
a 0 0  a 
4. If A = 0 b 0 where abc  0, then A−1 =  0 1 0
0 0 c  b 
   
0 0 1
 c 

0 1
0 0 a  0 a
 
If A = 0 b 0 where abc  0, then A−1 = 0 1 0
c 0 0  b 
   
1 0 0
c 
Matrices - MCQs 02.7

 cos sin  cos −sin   cos  sin  0 cos −sin  0

5. If A =   or    or −sin  cos  0 or sin  cos 0 ,

− sin  cos  sin cos     
 0 0 1  0 0 1
then A–1 = A() = A
6. Any interchange of two rows or two columns in an identity matrix always results in a marix whose inverse is itself.
7. If AA–I = I, apply row transformation on A.
If A–IA = I, apply column transformation on A.
8. To find inverse by adjoint method:
(i) Find minors Mij
(ii) Find co-factor, Aij = (–1)i + jM ij
(iii) Write co-factor matrix
(iv) Adj A = (co-factor matrix) i.e. transpose of co-factor matrix
1
(v) A−1 = adj A
| A|
9. To find the inverse if a matrix equation is given, then premultiply or post multiply the equation by A–I
e.g. if A2 – 2A + 3I = 0, then A–IAA – 2A–IA + 3A–II = 0
1
A – 2I + 3A–1 = 0  A−1 = (2I − A)
3
5. Property of Adjoint :
(i) Adjoint of a diagonal matrix is a diagonal matrix.
(ii) The adjoint of a scalar matrix is scalar matrix.
(iii) The adjoint of a triangular matrix is a triangular matrix.
(iv) If A is a square matrix, then adj (adj A) = A.
(v) If A is a square matrix of order n, then adj(AT) = (adj A)T
(vi) If A is a square matrix of order n, then A (adj A) = |A | In = (adj A)A
Where, | A | is determinant of A and In is a square matrix of order n.
(vii) If A and B are any two square matrices of the same order, then adj (AB) = (adjB)(adjA)
(viii) Adjoint of a square matrix of order 2 can be easily obtained by interchanging the diagonal elements and changing the
signs of the off diagonal elements.
(ix) If A is a non-singular matrix of order n, then
(a) |adj A| = |A|n–1 (b) adj (adj A) = |A|n–2A
(x) If A is the transpose of non-singular matrix A, then adj (A) = (adj A)
(xi) If A and B are non-singular matrices of same order, then adj (AB) = (adj B) (adj A)
(xii)
| adj (adj A) | = | A |( n − 1 )
2

(xiii) adj (kA) = kn –1 (adj A), where k is a constant

(xiv) If A is singular, adj A is singular
1. a b   d −b
If A = then adj A =
c d  −c a 
   
02.8

2. The value of the determinant of matrix A, i.e. | A | is the sum of the products obtained by multiplying each element
of a row (or column) and co-factors.
e.g If A = [aij]3 × 3 then | A| = a11A11+ a12A12 + a13 A13

3. Sum of products formed by elements of any row (or column) and co-factors of corresponding elements of any
other row (or column) is zero
e.g. a11A21+ a12A22 + a13 A23 = 0

Key Results
1. We cannot expand matrix like determinants.
2. Diagonal elements are defined only for square a matrix.
3. A unit matrix is a particular case of a scalar matrix.
4. A scalar matrix is a particular case of a diagonal matrix.
5. If A and B are square matrices such that A = B then |A| = |B|
Let A = [aij] be a square matrix of order m, then
(i) an element aij is a diagonal element if i = j
(ii) an element aij lies above the diagonal if i < j
(ii) an element aij lies below the diagonal if i > j
(iv) elements aij and aji (if i  j) are symmetrically situated about the diagonal.
6. The product of two diagonal matrices of the same order is a diagonal matrix.
7. Only square matrix has determinants. Matrices which are not square do not have determinants.
8. A diagonal matrix is both an upper triangular and lower triangular matrix.
9. If S is a scalar matrix and A is a square matrix of same order, then AS = SA.
10. If A is an m-rowed square matrix and I is a unit matrix of order m, then AI = IA = A.
11. If a matrix A is such that A2 = A, then A is called an idempotent matrix.
12. If a matrix A is such that A2 = I, then A is called and involuntary matrix.
13. The matrix A is involuntary  (I + A) . (I − A) = 0.
14. If a matrix is such that AA = I  A–1 = A. Then A is called an orthogonal matrix.
If Aand B are orthogonol than AB is also an orthogonol.
15. For a square matrix A in matrix equation AX = B, if |A|  0, then there exists unique solution.
16. Unique solution of equation AX = B is given by X = A–1B, where |A|  0.
Matrices - MCQs 02.9

MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS :

CLASSWORK

1. A matrix is
(a) a collection of real numbers (b) an array of real numbers
(c) a collection of real or complex numbers (d) an array of real or complex numbers

3 0 0
2. If A = 0 2 0 , then A is a
0 0 1
(a) diagonal matrix (b) scalar matrix (c) unit matrix (d) nullmatrix

1 0 0
 
3. If A = 0 1 0 , then A is
0 0 1
(a) unit matrix (b) diagonal matrix and scalar matrix
(c) singular matrix (d) both (a) and (b)

4. A matrix A = [aij ] is an upper triangular matrix if

(a) it is a square matrix and aij = 0, i < j. (b) it is a square matrix and aji = 0, i > j.
(c) it is not a square matrix and aij= 0, i > j. (d) it is not a square matrix and aij= 0.

5. If A = [aij]22 where aij = i + j, then A is

1 2 2 3 1 1 1 2
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
3 4  3 4 2 2 1 2

6. Choose the correct statement

(a) Every scalar matrix is an identity matrix
(b) Every identity matrix is a scalar matrix
(c) Every diagonal matrix is an identity matrix
(d) A square matrix whose each element is 1 is an identity matrix.

7. The order of the matrix A is 3 × 5 and that of B is 2 × 3. The order of the matrix BA is
(a) 2 × 3 (b) 3 × 2 (c) 2 × 5 (d) 5 × 2

8. If a matrix has 13 elements, then the possible dimensions (order) it can have are
(a) 1 × 13 , 13 × 1 (b) 2 × 13 , 13 × 2 (c) 1 × 26, 26 × 1 (d) 13 × 3, 13 × 3

9. A square matrix A = [ a ] in which a = 0 for i  j and a = k ( constant ) for i = j is called a

ij ij ij
(a) unit matrix (b) scalar matrix (c) nullmatrix (d) diagonal matrix

10. I f A is 3  4 matrix and B is a matrix such that AB and BA are both defined. Then B is matrix of order
(a) 3  4 (b) 1  3 (c) 4  4 (d) 4  3

11. If AB = C, then orders of matrices A, B and C are

(a) A2×3, B3×2, C2×3 (b) A3×3, B2×3, C3×3 (c) A3×2, B2×3, C3×2 (d) A3×2, B2×3, C3×3
02.10

0 1 −1 0
12. If A + 2B =  – −1 1 , then B =
1 0
and 2A B =
   
1 2  (b) −2 −1 (c) 1 / 5 2 / 5  (d) 1 5 2 5
−1 2 
(a) 
3 −1 3 / 5 −1 / 5 3 5 1 5
     

 x + y 2x + z  4 7 
13. If  =  , then the values of x, y, z ,w ,are
x − y 2z + w 0 10
   
(a) 2, 2, 3, 4 (b) 2, 3, 1, 2 (c) 3, 3, 0, 1 (d) 2, 2, 3, – 4

 cosθ sinθ  sinθ − cosθ 

14. cos  cosθ  + sin cosθ sinθ  is equal to
−sinθ   
(a) 1 0 (b) 0 1 (c) 0 0 (d) 1 0
    1 1  1 −1 
0 1 1 0   

1 −6 2 2
15. If A =   and B = 2 , then AB equals
−  
0 1 5
1
2 2
(a) [–8 3 ] (b) −8 (c)  −12 2 (d)  −12 4 
3 0 −2 5 0 −2 −10
     

0 2   0 3a
16. If A =   and k A = 
2b 24
, then the values of k, a, b are respectively
3 −4
   
(a) –6, –12, –18 (b) –6, 4, 9 (c) –6, – 4, –9 (d) –6, 12, 18

0 c −b a ab2 ac

2

17. If A = −c 0 a and B = ab b bc , then AB is equal to

   
 b −a 0   ac bc c 
2
 
(a) A (b) B (c) I (d) O

1 0 0 0 
and B = 
1 12
18. Let A =   , then
2 0
   
(a) AB = O , BA = O (b) AB  O, BA =O (c) AB = O, BA  O (d) AB  O, BA  O

 1 −2 3 2 3
19. If A = 
−  and B =  4 5  , then
 
 4 2 5 2 1
(a) AB, BA exists and are equal (b) AB, BA exists and are not equal
(c) AB exists and BA does not exist (d) AB does not exist and BA exists
Matrices - MCQs 02.11

 cos t sin t 
20. If R(t) =
 cos t  , then R(s)R(t) =
 −sin t 
(a) R(s + t) (b) R(s – t) (c) R(s) + R(t) (d) R(s) – R(t)

5 0 0 a1 a2 a3 

21. If A = 0 5 0 and B = b b b then AB =
   1 2 3

0 0 5 c1 c2 c3 

(a) A (b) B (c) 5B (d) 5A

 p q  r s
22. If P =   and Q =   , then PQ = QP for
−q p  −s r 
(a) all values of p, q, r, s (b) some particular values of p, q, r, s
(c) no values of p, q, r, s (d) only for some values of p and q

α β 
If  is a square-root of the unit matrix of order two, then ,  and  should satisfy the relation
γ −α 
23.
 
(a) 1 +  +  = 0
2
(b) 1 − 2 −  = 0 (c) 1 − 2 +  = 0 (d) 1 + 2 −  = 0

1 / 3 2  , B = 3 6
24. If A =  0 2x − 3
−1
0 and AB = I, then x =
   
(a) −1 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 2

 x 1
2
25. If A =   and A is an identity matrix, then x =
 1 0 
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 0

 1  2 
and B =   where  is the cube root of unity, then AB =
 1
26. If A = 
  1 
 

(a) 1 1 (b) 1 0 (c) −1 −1  0 −1

(d) −1 0
1 1 0 1 2 −1
       

 1 1+ x 2 + x
27. If A = 8 2 + x 4 + x is a singular matrix, then x =
 
27 3 + x 6 + x
(a) 2 (b) −1 (c) 1 (d) 0

a b  3a 3b
28. If A =   and |A| = 5, then =
c d  3c 3d
(a) 15 (b) 45 (c) 34  5 (d) 35  5
02.12

200 50 50 40

29. If A =   and B =   , then the value of the determinant of the product matrix AB is
 10 2  2 3
(a) − 7000 (b) 7000 (c) − 3000 (d) 3000

30. If B is a non-singular matrix and A is a square matrix, then det (B−1AB) is equal to
(a) det (B) (b) det (A) (c) det (A−1) (d) det (B−1)

ap bq cr 
31. If a + b + c = p + q + r = 0 and A = cq ar bp then |A| =

 
br cp aq
(a) 0 (b) pa + qb + rc (c) p2 + q2 + r2 (d) (pa + qb + rc)2

 If A and B are two square matrices of same order such that det (A + B) = 0. This means
(a) det A + det B = 0 (b) det A = 0 or det B = 0
(c) det A = det B = 0 (d) det A – det B = 0

33. If A and B are square matrices of order 3 such that |A| = −1 and |B| = 3, then |3 AB| =
(a) −9 (b) −81 (c) −27 (d) 81

λ 2λ 3λ
34.  4 5 6  is a singular matrix for
 
7 8 9 
(a) no value of  (b) only two values of 
(c) only one value of  (d) all values of 

35. Which of the following matrices does not possess an inverse ?

9 9 1 0 0 9 −9 1 0 0

(a)   (b) 0 1 1 (c)   (d) 0 2 0
  −3  
3 −3 3 
0 0 1 0 0 3

a b  –1
36. If A =   and ad  bc, then A =
c d 
1 1  1 1 
a b  1   1  d −b 1  d −c
  a b
 
| A | −c a  | A | −b a 
(a)  1 1 (b) (c) (d)
ad − bc  1 1 
c d 
c d 

−1
5 0  x −1
37. If   =
 y  2 , then (x, y) =
0 7     
(a) (5,14) (b) (−5, −14) (c) (5, −14) (d) (−5, 14)
Matrices - MCQs 02.13

 1 − 2 3
38. If A =  0 −1 4 , then (A)−1 =
−2 2 1 

−9 −8 −2  1 0 −2 −9 8 −5 1 0 0

  
(a)  8 7 2 
(b) −2 −1 2 (c) −8 7 −4  (d) 0 1 0 
   
 −5 −4 −1  
 3 4 1   2 2 −1 0 0 1

cosα −sin α  cos β −sin β 

39. If A =  cosα  and B = sin β cos β  , then which of the following holds good?
sin α  
 
2
(a) A = B 2
(b) A + B = B – A (c) AB = BA (d) AB = − BA

40. If A and B are two matrices such that AB = O, then

(a) A and B are both null matrices (b) It is not necessary for A or B to be null matrix
(c) One of A or B is a null matrix (d) A is null matrix and B is other than null matrix

41. From the matrix equation AB = AC, we can conclude B = C provided

(a) A is singular (b) A is symmetric (c) A is non-singular (d) A is square

2 1 −3 2 1 0
If 3 2 A  5
−3 0 1
42. = , then the matrix A =
     
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
1 0   0 1 1 1   1 1

 1 − tan θ  1 tan θ−1 a −b

If  =
− θ b a
43. tan 1 then
tan θ 1
    
(a) a = 1, b = 1 (b) a = cos 2, b = sin 2
(c) a = sin 2, b = cos 2 (d) a = 0, b = 0

1 2 1 0
If A =  −5 and B = 
0 2
44. and X be a matrix such that A = BX, then matrix X is
3
   
(a) 2 4 (b) 1 2 4 (c) −2 4 (d) 1 −2
2 3 −5 2  3 5
4
3 −5  3 5
       

45. Which of the following is incorrect ?

(a) A is invertible iff |A|  0 (b) If AB = AC, then B = C
(c) If A = I, then A2 = I (d) Every non-singular matrix has a unique inverse

0 −1
46. If A =   , then A16 is
1 0 
0 −1 0 1 −1 0 1 0
(a) 1 0  (b) 1 0 (c)  0 1 (d) 0 1
       
02.14

9  3 −1 2 −1 2 
   
47. If for AX = B, B = 52  and A−1 = −4 3 4 5 4  then X =
 0   2 −1 4 −3 4

1 −1 2 −4  3 

 
(a)  3 (b) −1 2  (c)  2  (d)  3 4 
     
5  2   3  −3 4

2 3  + 3
48. If the matrix 4 7 −2  is singular then  =
 
0 −1 −3 
22 11 11
(a) − (b) − (c) − (d) –11
3 3 2

0 5
If A =   and f(x) = 1 + x + x + … + x , then f(A) =
2 16
49.
0 0
1 5 1 5 0 5
(a) 0 (b)   (c)   (d)  
0 1  0 0  1 1

50. Matrix equation A2 − B2 = (A − B) (A + B) holds only when

(a) AB = BA (b) A2 = A, B2 = B (c) A + B = B + A (d) A – B = B − A

51. If A is a square matrix such that A2 = A. Then |A| =

(a) 0 or 1 (b) −2 or 2 (c) −1 or −2 (d) − 1 or 2

 cos2θ cosθsinθ π
52. If E() =   and  and  differ by an odd multiple of , then E()E() is a
cosθsinθ sin2θ  2
(a) Null matrix (b) Unit matrix (c) Diagonal matrix (d) Scalar Matrix

 i 0  0 −i
53. If A =   and B =   where i = −1 , then (A + B) (A – B) =
0 i  −i 0 
(a) A2 – B2 (b) A2 + B2 (c) A2 – B2 + BA + AB (d) A2 – B2 + 2AB

54. If In is identity matrix of order n, then (I n)−1

(a) does not exist (b) is In (c) is 0 (d) is n In

55. If A and B are two invertible matrices, then the inverse of AB =

(a) AB (b) BA (c) A−1B−1 (d) B−1A−1

 2 2 0 −1
and B = 
1 0
56. If A =   , then ( B−1A−1 ) −1 =
−
 3 2  
3 −2 1  2 2 2 −2 1  3 2
   
10 −2 3 10 −2 2
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2 3
Matrices - MCQs 02.15

 − cot 
57. The inverse of cosec
is
cosec −cot 
 
(a)  − cot  cosec (b)  cot  cosec (c)  −cot  cosec (d)  cot  −cosec
cosec −cot  cosec cot  −cosec −cot  −cosec cot 
       

a b
58. If A =  
where a, b, c, d  R then A2 – (a + d) A + (ad – bc) I =
c d
(a) O (b) I (c) A (d) A2

1 5
59. If A =  2
 , then numbers x and y such that A + xA + yI = 0 are
4 3
(a) 4, 17 (b) − 4, −17 (c) 4, −17 (d) − 4, 17

60. If A and B are two square matrices such that AB = O, then

(a) | A | = 0 or | B | = 0 (b) B = A (c) B = A−1 (d) B = A

3 −2
61. If A = 4 −2 and A = kA – 2I, then the value of k is
2

 
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) not defined

1 2 3
62. Adjoint of 2 3 2

 
3 3 4

 6 2 −8 6 1 −5
−2 −5 3 6 1 3 5 2 7

(a) −2 −5 3

(b) (c) 4 2 3 (d) 1 3 2
       
 
 −3 3 −1   −3 3 −1 3 −3 1 4 3 2

2 3
63. If A =   , then A−1 =
4 5
1 1
(a) (A + 7I) (b) A − 7I (c) (A − 7I) (d) A + 7I
2 2

0 1 2
 
64. Inverse of A = 1 2 3  is
3 1 1

0 1 2 −1 1 −1 1 −1 1 −1 1 5 −6 2 


(a) 1 2 3
 (b)  8 −6 2 (c) − 8 −6 2 (d) 0 1 2
    2   3  
3 1 1 −5 3 −1 −5 3 −1 1 1 −1
02.16

1 −8 1 4
65. If A = 4 4 7 , then which of the following is correct ?
9 
 1 −8 4

1 T
(a) A =
−1
A (b) A−1 = AT (c) A−1 = A (d) A–1 = AT
2

7 6 −1  4 2 3


66. If A 4 2 3 = 1 3 0 , then A =
   
1 3 0 7 6 −1

0 1 0 1 3 0 
0 0 1 7 6  
(a) (b)   (c) 4 2 3 (d) I
  4 2  
1 0 0 7 6 −1

67. If A2 – A + I = 0, then A–1 =

(a) A (b) A + I (c) I − A (d) A − I

a 0 0
68. Let A = 0 a 0 , then An is equal to
 
0 0 a

a 0 0 an 0  na 0  a 0

n 0 n
0 0
(a) 0 a 0 (b) 0 an 0 (c) 0 na 0 (d) 0 an 0
       
0
 0 a  an   0 0 na 0
 0 a
0 0

69. If A and B are square matrices of order n × n, then ( A – B )2 is equal to

(a) A2 – 2 AB + B2 (b) A2 – 2BA + B2 (c) A2 – B2 (d) A2 – AB – BA + B2

70. If A and B are two matrices each of order n × n, then which of the following is not true ?
(a) (A + B) = B + A (b) (A–B) = –B + A (c) (AB) = AB (d) (ABC) = CBA

1 4
71. If A is non-singular and (A−2I) (A−4I) = 0 , then A + A−1 =
6 3
(a) I (b) 0 (c) 2I (d) 6I

 2 λ −4
 4 is non – singular, if
72. The matrix A = −1 3
 1 −2 −3
(a)   –2 (b)   2 (c)   3 (d)   –3

73. If A is a non-singular matrix and At denotes the transpose of A, then

(a) | A |  | At| (b) | AAt |  | A2| (c) | AtA |  | At|2 (d) | A | + | At|  0
Matrices - MCQs 02.17

α 0 1 0
74. If A =   and B =   , whenever A = B, the value of 
2

1 1 5 1
(a) is −1 (b) is 5 (c) is 11 (d) can not be found

 2 −1 1
75. If A = 1 2 1 , then det. [adj. (adj A)] =
 
−1 1 3
(a) (17)2 (b) (17)3 (c) (17)4 (d) (17)5

76. Let A be an invertible matrix, then which of the following is not true ?
1
(a) A–1= | A |–1 (b) (A)–1 = (A–1) (c) (A2)–1 = (A–1)2 (d) A−1 =
A
1 2 −3
0 1 2 
77. The element in the first row and third column of the inverse of the matrix   is
0 0 1
(a) –2 (b) 0 (c) 1 (d) 7

78. If A and B are two square matrices such that B = –A−1BA , then ( A + B )2 =
(a) 0 (b) A2 + B2 (c) A2 + 2AB + B2 (d) A + B

 1 0
 , then A50 =
79. If A =  1
 1
2 
1 0  1 25  1 0  1 0
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
0 50  0 1  50 1 25 1 

HOMEWORK

 7 0 0
80. If A = −3 −3 0 , then A is
 
−2 2 4
(a) an upper triangular matrix (b) a null matrix
(c) a lower triangular matrix (d) an identity matrix

81. If a matrix A is of order 2  3 and the product matrix ABC is formed, then the number of elements in matrix BC can be
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 12 (d) 32

−5

4 0

82. If A = [1 2 3] and B = 0 2 −1 , then AB =
 
 1 −3 2 
−5 4 0 −2
 0 2 1  
(a)   (b) [−2 −1 4] (c) [−2 −1 3] (d)  −1
 4 3 2  4 
02.18

1 0 0 
83. If A = 0 1 0  , then A2 is equal to
 
a b −1
(a) A (b) –A (c) Null matrix (d) I

0 0 0
84. If A = 0 0 0 , then
 
1 0 0
(a) A2 = 0 (b) A2 = A (c) A3 = A (d) I

1 2 1  10 −4 −1

85. If A = 3 4 2 and B = −11 5 0 , then
   
1 3 2  9 −5 −1
(a) AB = BA (b) AB ≠ BA (c) AB = 2 BA (d) AB = 3BA

1 −1
−1 0 2 0 1 5
86. The order of the single matrix obtained from 0 2   −  is
   2 6 7 1 0 7
   
 2 3 
(a) 2  3 (b) 2  2 (c) 3  2 (d) 3  3

−1 7 
87. If A =  2
 , then A =
 2 −5
(a) 15 −42 (b)  15 −42 (c)  15 −42 (d) −15 −42
12 39 −12 39 −12 −39 −12 −39
       

1 1 1   ℓ α   9 2
88. If 2 5 7  m β = 52 15 , then
    
2 1 −1 n γ   0 −1

(a) ℓ = m = n = α = β = γ = 0 (b) ℓ = m = n = 1, α = β = γ = 3
(c) ℓ = 1, m = 3, n = 5, α = −1, β = 2, γ = 1 (d) l = 1, m = 3, n = 7,  = –1,  = 2,  = 1

1 1
89. If A =   , then An =
0 1
1 n n n n 1 1 1
(a)  (b)   (c)   (d)  
0 1 0 n   0 n 0 n 

1 2 4 3
90. If A =   and B = 2 1 , then
3 4  
(a) |AB| = |A| (b) |AB| = |B| (c) |AB| = |A| |B| (d) |AB| = |A| |B|–1
Matrices - MCQs 02.19

3 −4 n
91. If A =   , then A is
1 −1
2n +1 − 4n
(a) 3n −4n (b) 2 + n 5 − n (c) 3nn (−4)nn  (d) A =  
n  n −n (−1) n 1− 2n
 n    1   

92. | A (adj A) | is
(a) An (b) | A |n (c) | A |n–1 (d) | A |n–2

cos x −sin x 0  cos x 0 sin x 

93. If F(x) = sin x cos x 0 and G(x) = 0 1 0 , then [F(x) G(y)]−1 =
   
 0 0 
1 − sin x 0 cos x 
(a) F(−x) G(−y) (b) [F(x)]−1 [G(y)]−1 (c) G(y) F(−x) (d) [G(y)]–1 [F(x)]–1

 1 
If A =  , then for what value of , A will be a singular matrix ?
−1 −
94.
 
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) −1 (d) 1

95. If A and B are two matrices such that AB = B and BA = A, then A2 + B2 =

(a) 2AB (b) 2BA (c) A + B (d) AB

96. If A is a square matrix of order n, then det (A), being a scalar , is

(a)  det A (b) n–1 det A (c) 0 (d) n det A

1 2
97. If A = n
0 1 , then A is equal to
 
(a) 1 2n 2 n (c) 1 2n 1 n
0 1  (b) 
0 1 0 −1 (d) 
0 1
       

1 1
If A =   , and n  N , then A is equal to
n
98.
 1 1
n
(a) 2 A (b) 2n −1 A (c) nA (d) 2n–2A

n
If n is a natural number, then 
2 −1
99.
3
 is
 −2 
1 0 1 0
(a)   if n is even (b)   if n is odd
 0 1  0 1
1 0 2n − n 
(c) 0 1 if n is a natural number (d) 3n − 2n
   

100. If A  A2 = I , then | I + A |
(a) is 1 (b) is −1 (c) is 0 (d) cannot be determined
02.20

101. Which of the following is not true ?

If A and B are square matrices of the same order then
(a) (AB)n = An Bnwhere n  N and AB = BA (b) (A) = A
(c) (A – I) (A + I) = 0  A2 = I (d) (A + B) (A – B) = A2 – B2


a 0 0
2 0 0 
102. If the matrix A = 0 2 0 , then An = 0 a 0 , n  N , where
   
2 0 2 b 0 a
(a) a = 2n and b = n2n–1 (b) a = 2n and b = 2n (c) a = 2n and b = n2n (d) a = 2n and b = 2n

1 2
103. If A =   , then I + A + A + …  =
2

 3 4 
 1 − 3 − 1
1 1
(a) 1 0 (b) −1 −2 (c)  2 (d)  4 3
0 1 −3 − 4  
1 1
    − 0   0
 2   2 
 3 −2 −1
104. Inverse of the matrix − 4 1 −1 is
 
 2 0 1
1 −3 5 1 2 −4
 3
1 2 3  1 2 3
(a) 3 7 
(b)
 2 5 7 
(c) 7 4 6 (d) 8 − 4 −5
       
−2 − 4 −5 −2 − 4 −5 4 2 7 3 5 2

105. A and B are two matrices such that A + B and AB are both defined. This is possible if
(a) A and B have the same order
(b) A and B are square matrices of the same order
(c) number of columns of A = number of rows of B
(d) number of rows of B = number of columns of A

 3 2 3 y +1
=
5 
106. If 
x −1 5 4
, then (x, y) =
  
(a) (1, 5) (b) (5,1) (c) (0,1) (d) (−1, −5)

3 1 7 3 
1 −2 5 10
107. If 2A +  = , then A =
 
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
 2 7 2 6  4 6 2 6

−1 0 0 

108. If A = 0 −1 0 , then A2 is
 
 0 0 −1
(a) nullmatrix (b) unit matrix (c) A (d) 2A
Matrices - MCQs 02.21

109. If a matrix has 5 elements then the possible orders it can have are
(a) 3  4, 4 × 3 (b) 1  5, 5  1 (c) 7  1, 1  7 (d) 2  3, 3 2

110. If A is a square matrix then A will be non-singular if

(a) | A | = 0 (b) | A |  0 (c) A = 0 (d) A  0

0 7 5
7 0 2
111. If A = , then
 
5 2 0
1 7
(a) A = A (b) A = − A (c) A = A (d) A = A '
2 2

 0 r −q  p2 pq pr 
  
112. If A = −r 0 p  and B =  pq q2 qr  , then AB =
   
 −  2
pr r 
q p 0 qr
 p 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
(a) 0 q 0 
(b) 0 1 0 (c) 0 0 0 (d) 1 1 1
       

0 0 r   0 0 
1  
 0 0 0 1 1 1

1 0 −1 1
113. If A + B = 1 1 and A – 2B = 
0 −1
, then A =
   
1/ 3 2 / 3  1 / 3 1 / 3 1/ 3 1 / 3  1 / 3 1 / 3
(a)   (b) 2 / 3 1 / 3 (c)   (d)  
2 / 3 1 / 3    2 / 3 2 / 3 1 / 3 1 / 3

114. If A = aij  and aij = 3i + 2 j , then the matrix A =

14
(a) [3 4 5 6] (b) [5 7 9 11] (c) [1 3 5 7] (d) [5 8 11 14]

4 6 −1  2 4 3
 
115. If A = 3 0 2  and B =  0 1 and C = 1 , then the expression which is not defined is
     
1 −2 5 −1 2 2
(a) A2 + 2B – 2A (b) CC (c) BC (d) AB

m
116. If [m n] = [25] and m > n, then (m, n) =
n
 
(a) (2, 3) (b) (3, 4) (c) (4, 3) (d) (−2, −3)

 i 0 0 i 
117. If A = 
0 −i  i 0 where i = −1 , then the correct relation is
and B =
   
(a) AB = 0 (b) A + B = 0 (c) A2 – B2 = 0 (d) A2 + B2 = 0

3 −2
118. If A =   and A – A + kI = O, then value of k is
2

4 −2
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) 2 (d) 3
02.22

−r
0 r q
119. If p 2
+ q 2
+ r2
= 1and A = 0 p , then A3 + A =
 
−q − p 0 
(a) I (b) −I (c) 2I (d) 0

−6
120. If X = [ 1 −2 a], Y =  5 and XY = O, then the value of a is
 
 a
(a)  4 (b) only 4 (c) only −4 (d) 4

a h  x
121. [x y] =
h b  y
  
(a) ax − 2hxy − by2  (b) ax2 + 2hxy − by2  (c) ax + 2hxy + by 
 (d) ax − 2hxy + by 
2 2 2 2 2

       

i 0
i  where i = −1 , then A =
122. If A = 0 2

 
(a) 1 0  (b) −1 0  (c) 1 0 (d) −1 0
0 −1 0 −1 0 1  0 1
       

 1 3 0  2 3 4
123. If A = −1 2 1 and B = 1 2 3 , then AB =
   
 0 0 2 −1 1 2

−1
 5 9 13 5 9 13  5 8 4  5 9 13 
(a) −1
 2 4 
(b) 2 4 (c) −1 2 4 (d)
−1 2 −4
       
−2 2 4   2 2 4  −2 2 4 −2 2 4

124. If A and B are square matrices of order 3 such that |A| = 2, |B| = 4, then |2AB| =
(a) 16 (b) 64 (c) 32 (d) 8

 1 
tan 2 
125. If A =   and AB = I, then B =
− tan  1
 2 
 2   2  T  2   
(a) cos A (b) cos A (c) cos I (d) −cos2 A
 2  2  2  2
       

126. If |A| denotes the value of the determinant of the square matrix A of order 3, then |−2A| =
(a) −8 |A| (b) 8 |A| (c) −2|A| (d) 2|A|
Matrices - MCQs 02.23

k 3  2  5
127. If = , then k =
    
 1 2   −1 0 
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

4 −4 12 8
  −1 3 2 , then the matrix A is
128. If 1 A =
   
3 −3 9 6
(a) [1 2 3] (b) [2 −3 2] (c) [−1 −2 −3] (d) [−1 3 2]

129. If I3 is a unit matrix of order 3, then (I 3)–1 equals

(a) 0 (b) I3 (c) 3I3 (d) −I3
2 k 
130. The value of k for which the matrix does not have an inverse is
 
3 5 
3 10
(a) 2 (b) 5 (c) (d)
10 3
a b   
131. If A =   and A =   , then
2

b a  
(a)  = a + b ,  = ab
2 2
(b)  = a2 + b2,  = 2ab
(c)  = a2 + b2,  = a2 − b2 (d)  = 2ab,  = a2 + b2

a b 
132. If 
1 2 a b  1 0
= , then  =
    
3 4   c d   0 1  c d 
2 1 −2 1  −2 −1  −2 1 
(a)  3 1  (b)  3 1 (c)  3 1 (d)  3 1 
   −   −   
2 2 2 2 2 2  2 2
cos α −sin α
−1
133. If A =   , then A =
 sin α cos α 
cos α sin α   cos α sin α  −cos α sin α  − cosα sin α
(a) sin α cos α (b) −sin α cos α (c)  sin α − cos α (d) − sin α cosα 
     

 4 2
134. If A =   and I is the identity matrix of order 2, then (A − 2I) (A − 3I) =
−1 1 
1 0 0 0
(a) I (b) 0 (c)   (d)  
0 0 0 1
 λ 1
135. If A =   ,then for what values of , A2 = 0 ?
−
 1 −λ 
(a) 0 (b) 2 (c) –1 (d) 3
02.24

−1 2  x  0
136. If   y =   , then (x, y) =
3 −2
    4 
(a) (4, 0) (b) (0, 4) (c) (4, 4) (d) (2, 1)
0 0
137. If a  0, then is a
a 0
 
(a) nullmatrix (b) diagonal matrix (c) upper triangular matrix (d) lower triangular matrix

5 x
138. If A = y 0 and A =A , then
 
 
(a) x = y (b) x + y = 5 (c) x = 0, y = 5 (d) x = 5, y = 0

i 0 
139. If A = 
0 i / 2
 
i = −1 , then A−1 =
 
i 0 
(a) 0 i / 2 (b) −i 0  (c) 0i 2i
0  (d)  0 i 
0 −2i 2i 0
       

3 2
140. If A =   , then (A−1)3 is
 0 1 
1 1 −26 1 −1 26 1 1 −26 1 −1 −26
(a) 27 0 27 (b) 27  0 27 (c) 27 0 −27 (d) 27  0 −27
       

 1 − tanθ  α −β 
 , then  =
−1
141. If A =   and A(A) = 
tanθ 1  β α 
(a) cos 2 (b) cos  (c) sin 2 (d) sin

2 + λ 3 4
  1 −1 2  is a singular matrix. Then  =
 
 λ 1 −5

25 25
(a) − (b) (c) 2 (d) –2
13 13

1 2
143. Given the matrix A =   , then f(A) where f (x) = 2x2 – 3x + 5 is
 3 4 
14 20 16 14 3 6   7 10
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
30 44  21 37  9 12  15 22 

cos  −sin  0

144. If F() =  s in  cos  0 , then F() F() =
 0 0 1
(a) F() (b) F( / ) (c) F( + ) (d) F( − )
Matrices - MCQs 02.25

 x 0 −2 1 3 5 2 4
145. If + = − , then
1 y  3 4 6 3 2 1
       
(a) x = −3, y = −2 (b) x = 3, y = −2 (c) x = 3, y = 2 (d) x = −3, y = 2

1 3 3   7 −3 −3
 
146. If A =  1 4 3  and B = −1 1 0 , then
 1 3 4  −1 0 1
(a) AB = BA (b) AB  BA (c) AB = 2 BA (d) AB = 0

2x 0  1 0
147. If A =   and A−1 = −1 2 , then x =
 x x  
1 3
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) (d)
2 2

148. Let A, B, C be three square matrices, each of order n, such that AB = AC. If A is non-singular, then
(a) B = C (b) B + C = I (c) B − C = I (d) B = − C

149. If A and B are square matrices of the same order then (A + B)2 = A2 + 2AB + B2 is possible, if
(a) AB = I (b) BA = I (c) AB = BA (d) AB = − BA

1 0  0 1  cosθ sinθ 
, Q=  and A = 
−sinθ cosθ 
150. If P =   , then A =
0 1 −1 0
     
(a) P cos + Q sin (b) P sin + Q cos  (c) P cos − Q sin (d) Q sin − P cos
2 −3 −1
151. If x2 +x = , then x =
1  1  2
     
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) –1 (d) 2

 x2   4x   3
152. In the matrix equation 4  2  +   =   , value of x is
5y −1
y     
(a) 1 3 (b) 1 3 1 1
,− , (c) ,1 (d) − , −1
2 2 2 2 4 4

−1 −b
153. If A =  b 2 satisfies A2 = A, then value of b is
 
(a) ±1 (b) ± 2 (c) 0 (d) ±2
ℓ + 5 2m + ℓ −ℓ − 3 0 
154. If  = , then the values of l, m, n, p are
n − 2 4 p − 6  5 3 p
   
(a) ℓ = − 4, m = − 2, n = 0, p = 1 (b) ℓ = − 4, m = − 2, n = 7, p = 1
(c) ℓ = 4, m = − 2, n = 7, p = 6 (d) ℓ = −4, m = 2, n = 7, p = 6
02.26

2 3 2 1
155. If A = 5 2  , B = 5 2 and A +B – 2D = O, then D is
   
8 9 8 9

2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
   
(a)  5 2 (b)  5 2  (c)  5 2  (d)  5 2 
 
8 9 8 0 8 0 0 8

3 −3 0  4 1 5
156. If 2X – Y =  
3 2 −1 4 −4
and 2Y + X = , then
3
   
2 2 
(a) X =  −1 1 1 1 2 (b) X =  −1 1 Y =  1 1 2
1 2 0 , Y = 1 2 1 1 2 0 , −1 1 −2
       
 2
(c) X =  1 1 2 2 −1 1 (d) X =  −1 1 1 1 2
−1 1 −2 , Y = 1 2 0 1 2 0 , Y = 5 6 7
       

secθ tanθ 0
157. The inverse of tanθ
secθ 0 is
 
 0 0 1
secθ tanθ 0 cosθ cotθ 0  secθ − tanθ 0
  cotθ cosθ 0 (c) − tanθ secθ 0
1 0 0
(a) tanθ secθ 0 (b) (d) 0 1 0
      0 0 1
 0 0 1  0 0 1  0 0 1

 2 −1 −1 −8 −10

158. If  1 0 A =  1 −2 −5  , then A =
   
−3 4  9 22 15 
 1 2
(a) 1 1 2 1 −2 −5 (c) 9 8 2 (d)  3 1
3 1 −1 (b) 3 4 0 1 0 −1  
      −1 1
1 3 2  1
   
159. If 1 x 1 0 5 1   1  = [0], then x =
0 3 2  x

−9  53 −9  27
(a) 1 (b) 0 (c) (d)
2 2
1
160. If −4 −16 −6 then X =
3 −2 X =  7 2
   
 6 2 1 5 −2 1 / 2 2 
(a) 11 / 2 2 (b) 2 (c) 1 4  (d) 3 / 2 −5 / 2
       
Matrices - MCQs 02.27

1
−1[ 2 1
161.
  −1 ] is
 2 
2  2 1 −1
(a) [–1] (b) −1 (c) −2 −1 1  (d) not defined
   
−2  4 2 −2

 4 −3
1 2
and B = 5 6  . Then

162. Let A = 
2 1   0 1 
(a)  
AB exists (b) AB and BA both exist
(c) neither AB nor BA exists (d) BA exists, but AB does not exist

163. If A is 3 × 4 matrix and B is a matrix such that A× B and B × A are both defined and are square matrices of the same
type, then B is of type
(a) 3 × 4 (b) 3 × 3 (c) 4 × 4 (d) 4 × 3

a h g  x
164. The order of  x y z   h b f   y is
g f c  z
(a) 3 × 1 (b) 1 × 1 (c) 1 × 3 (d) 3 × 3

165. A matrix A = [aij ]mn is said to be rectangular if

(a) m = n (b) m  n (c) m > n (d) m = 1

166. Let aij denote the element of the i th row and j th column in a 33 matrix. Also aij = −aji for every i and j. Then each
element of the principal diagonal of the matrix is
(a) –1 (b) 1 (c) 0 (d) 2

 i 0 −i  −i i 
167. If P =  0 −i i  and Q = 0 0 where i = , then PQ is equal to
    −1
−i i 0  i −i 
−2 2  2 −2  2 −2 1 0 0
(a)  1 −1 −1 
(c) 
−1 1 
(b) 1 (d) 0 1 0
       
 1 −1 −1 1 0 0 1

0 −1 0 i 
168. If A =   and B = 
i 0
where i = −1 , then
1 0
   
(a) A2 = B2 = I (b) A2 = B2 = –I (c) A2 = I , B2 = –I (d) A2 = –I, B2 = I

2 0 7 −x 14x 7x 
169. The value of x for which the matrix product 0 1 0 0 1 0 equals an identity matrix is
  
1 −2 1  x −4x −2x
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 3 4 5
02.28

0 1
170. If A = , then A4 =
1 0
 
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
(a)   (b)   (c)   (d)  
 0 1 0 0  1 1  1 0 

171. If each element of a 3 × 3 matrix is multiplied by 3, then the determinant of the newly formed matrix is
(a) 3 |A| (b) 9 | A | (c) 27 | A | (d) | A |3

 cos2 θ cosθsin θ  cos2  cossin 

172. If A =   and B =   are the two matrices such that
 cosθsin θ sin2 θ   cossin  sin2  
the product AB is the null matrix, then  −  is equal to
π
(a) 0 (b) an odd multiple of
2
π
(c) multiple of π (d) an even multiple of
2
1 −1 a 1 
173. If A=  , B = 
2 2 2
 and ( A + B ) = A + B , then the values of a and b are
2 −1 b −1
(a) a = , b = 1 (b) a = 1 , b =  (c) a = 0 , b =  (d) a = 2 , b = 4

 i 0
174. If A =  , n  N where i =
0 i
4n
−1 , then A equals
 
1 0  i 0 0 0i  0 0
0 1 (b)  0 i  (c)  i (d) 
0 0
(a)
       

175. Let A and B be two square matrices of the same order. Then (A + B)3 = A3 + 3A2B + 3AB2 + B3 only when
(a) AB = I (b) BA = I (c) AB  BA (d) AB = BA

1 3
 , then determinant of A – 2A is
2
176. If A = 
2 1
(a) 5 (b) 25 (c) –5 (d) –25

177. For how many values of x in the closed interval [ – 4 , –1 ] is the matrix
 3 −1+ x 2 
 3
A=  −1 x + 2 singular ?
x + 3 −1 2 
(a) 2 (b) 0 (c) 3 (d) 1

178. If a 3 × 3 matrix A has its inverse equal to A, then A2 is equal to

1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
 
(a) 1 1 1 (b) 0 1 0 (c) 0 0 0 (d) 1 1 1 
     
1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0
Matrices - MCQs 02.29

1 2
179. If f (x) = x + 4x − 5 and A = 
2
, then f ( A) =
4 −3
 
0
(a) −4 (b) 2 1 (c) 1 1 (d) 8 4
       
8 8   2 0 1 0  8 0 


180. I f A = cosθsin θ  , then A3 =
−sin θ cos θ
 
(a)  cos 3θ sin3θ  (b) cos 3θ −sin3θ  (c)  cos 3θ sin3θ  (d) −cosθ − sin 3θ 
−sin 3θ cos3θ sin 3θ cos3θ −sin 3θ −cos3θ  sin 3θ cos 3θ 
     

0 1 1 0 3
181. If E =   and I =   , then (aI + bE) =
0 0 0 1
(a) a3I + a2bE (b) a3I − 3a2bE (c) a3I + 3a2bE (d) 3a2bE − a3I

n
2 −1 =
182. If n is an even natural number, then 3 −2

 
(a) a null matrix of order 2 (b) scalar matrix of order 2
2 −1
(c) unit matrix of order 2 (d) 
3 − 2

3 0 0
183. If A = 0 3 0 , then A5 =

 
0 0 3
(a) 27A (b) 15A (c) 81A (d) 243A

 2 1
184. If A =  , then I – 2A + 3A – 4A + 5A =
2 3 4
−
 4 −2

 3 1 − 4 −2 −3 −2

(a)  5 2

 −3  (c)  (d)  
8 − 4
(b) 
−8  − 4 −1  8 5

0 1 1 b + c c − a b − a
185. If A = 1 0 1 , B = c − b c + a a − b , then ABA−1 is
   
1 1 0  b − c a − c a + b 
(a) an identity matrix (b) a scalar matrix (c) a diagonal matrix (d) a null matrix

186. Let P and Q be two 2 × 2 matrices. Consider the statements

(i) PQ = 0  P = 0 or Q = 0 or both (ii) PQ = I 2  P = Q−1
(iii) (P + Q)2 = P2 + 2PQ + Q2 . Then
(a) (i) , (ii) are false and (iii) is true (b) (i), (iii) are false , (ii) is true
(c) (ii) , (iii) are false , (i) is true (d) (i), (ii) and (iii) all true.
02.30

187. The number of all possible matrices of order 3 × 3 with each entry 0 or 1 is
(a) 18 (b) 512 (c) 81 (d) 1024

188. Let A be any m × n matrix, then A2 can be found only when

(a) m < n (b) m > n (c) m = n (d) m  n

189. A square matrix A is called singular iff det A is

(a) positive (b) negative (c) zero (d) non-zero

190. Two matrices A and B are multiplicative inverse of each other only if
(a) AB = O, BA = I (b) AB = BA = O (c) AB = BA (d) AB = BA = I

191. For an invertible square matrix of order 3 with real entries A−1 = A2, then det A =
1
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) (d) –3
3
192. If for a matrix A, A2 + I = O where I is the identity matrix, then A equals
(a) 1 0  i 0
(b) 0 −i (c)  1 2 (d) −1 0
0 1 −1 1 0 −1
       

 2 −1
193. If A =   and I is the unit matrix of order 2, then A2 is equal to
−1 2 
(a) 4A – 3I (b) 3A – 4I (c) A – I (d) A + I

 x1  1 −1 2 3
194. Let X =  x  , A = 2 0 1 and B = 1 and if AX = B, then X =
 2    
x3  3 2 1 4

1 −1 −1 −1

(a) 2 (b) −2 (c) −2 (d)  2
       
3  3 −3  3

 2 
195. If A =  and | A3 | = 125, then the value of  is
2 
 
(a) ±1 (b) ± 2 (c) ± 3 (d) ± 5

196. If A and B are square matrices of order 4, det A = 2 and det B = −3, then det (2AB ) =
(a) –96 (b) –12 (c) – 48 (d) 96

 0 1
197. If A =   , then A =
100
−1 0 
(a) – I (b) I (c) O (d) A

198. Which of the following matrices is not invertible ?

(a) 1 1 (b) −1 −1 (c) 2 3 (d) 2 −2
  −1 2 4 6 1 1 
 0 1     
Matrices - MCQs 02.31

1 2 3
199. Inverse of 2 3 4 is
 
3 4 6
 2 0 −1 1 2 3 −2 0 1 2 0 −1
   0
(a)  0 −3 2 (b) 2 3 4 (c)  0 3 −2 (d)  −3 2
  
−1 2 −1 3 4 6  1 −2 1  1 2 −1

1 0 0
200. The inverse of the matrix a 1 0 is
 
b c 1

 1 0 0  1 0 0 1 −a ac − b  1 0 0
−a
(a)  1 0  
(b) −a 1 0  (c) 0 −c   −a 1 0
 1  (d)  
 b −c 1 ac b 1 0 0 1  ac − b −c 1

a 0 0
201. If a , b , c are non – zero real numbers, then the inverse of the matrix A= 0 b 0 =
 
0 0 c 

a−1 0 0 1 1 0 0 a−1 0−1 0  1 a 0 0

(a)  0 b−1  (b) 0 1 0 
(c) abc 0 b 0 (d) 0 b 0
0
−1 abc     abc  
0 0 c  0 0 1 0 0 c 
−1
0 0 c
 

2 −1 4
  1 −5 9 11
202. If the inverse of 4 −3 1 is −3 −2 14 , then k =
  37  
1 2 1 11 −5 k 
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) –2 (d) –3

203. If A and B are square matrices of the same order and AB = 3I, then A−1 is equal to
1 1
(a) 3B (b) B (c) 3B–1
(d) − B
3 3

204. If a matrix A is such that 3A3 + 2A2 + 5A + I = 0, then its inverse is

(a) – ( 3A2 + 2A + 5I) (b) 3A2 – 2 A – 5I (c) 3A2 + 2A + 5I (d) 3A2 + 2A + 5I

1 1 1
 −2 2 
0 1 2
 2
205. If A = 1 2 3 and A = −4
−1 3 c , then
   
3 a 1 5 3 1
 − 
2 2 2
1 1 1
(a) a = 2, c = − (b) a = 1, c = −1 (c) a = −1, c = 1 (d) a = , c =
2 2 2
02.32

206. I f A is a square matrix such that A2 = I, then A−1 =

(a) 2A (b) 0 (c) A (d) A + I

n
1 1 0
207. If n is a positive integer, then 0 1 1 =
 
0 0 1

  
1 n n(n −1)  1 n n(n −1)  1 n n(n −1) 
1 n n(n −1)  2   
 2   2 
  0 1 1 0 1 n 0 1 0 
0 1 n
(a)   (b)     (d)
0 0 1  0 0 n  (c) 0 0 1  0 0 1 
     
     

1 −1 1 
208. If A = 0 2 −3 , B = adj A, C = 5A, then
| adj B |
is
  |C |
2 1 0 
(a) 5 (b) 25 (c) –1 (d) 1

RESPONSE SHEET
Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Response
Question 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Response
Question 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Response
Question 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Response
Question 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75
Response
Question 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Response
Question 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105
Response
Question 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120
Response
Question 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135
Response
Question 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
Response
Question 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165
Response
Question 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180
Response
Question 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195
Response
Question 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208
Response